]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
bbf6f052 | 1 | /* Convert tree expression to rtl instructions, for GNU compiler. |
8752c357 | 2 | Copyright (C) 1988, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, |
319638ed JJ |
3 | 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, |
4 | 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
bbf6f052 | 5 | |
1322177d | 6 | This file is part of GCC. |
bbf6f052 | 7 | |
1322177d LB |
8 | GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under |
9 | the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free | |
9dcd6f09 | 10 | Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later |
1322177d | 11 | version. |
bbf6f052 | 12 | |
1322177d LB |
13 | GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY |
14 | WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or | |
15 | FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License | |
16 | for more details. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
17 | |
18 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
9dcd6f09 NC |
19 | along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see |
20 | <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 21 | |
bbf6f052 | 22 | #include "config.h" |
670ee920 | 23 | #include "system.h" |
4977bab6 ZW |
24 | #include "coretypes.h" |
25 | #include "tm.h" | |
ca695ac9 | 26 | #include "machmode.h" |
bbf6f052 RK |
27 | #include "rtl.h" |
28 | #include "tree.h" | |
29 | #include "flags.h" | |
bf76bb5a | 30 | #include "regs.h" |
4ed67205 | 31 | #include "hard-reg-set.h" |
3d195391 | 32 | #include "except.h" |
bbf6f052 | 33 | #include "function.h" |
bbf6f052 | 34 | #include "insn-config.h" |
34e81b5a | 35 | #include "insn-attr.h" |
3a94c984 | 36 | /* Include expr.h after insn-config.h so we get HAVE_conditional_move. */ |
d6f4ec51 | 37 | #include "expr.h" |
e78d8e51 ZW |
38 | #include "optabs.h" |
39 | #include "libfuncs.h" | |
bbf6f052 | 40 | #include "recog.h" |
3ef1eef4 | 41 | #include "reload.h" |
bbf6f052 | 42 | #include "typeclass.h" |
10f0ad3d | 43 | #include "toplev.h" |
ac79cd5a | 44 | #include "langhooks.h" |
e2c49ac2 | 45 | #include "intl.h" |
b1474bb7 | 46 | #include "tm_p.h" |
6de9cd9a | 47 | #include "tree-iterator.h" |
2f8e398b PB |
48 | #include "tree-pass.h" |
49 | #include "tree-flow.h" | |
c988af2b | 50 | #include "target.h" |
677f3fa8 | 51 | #include "common/common-target.h" |
2f8e398b | 52 | #include "timevar.h" |
6fb5fa3c | 53 | #include "df.h" |
a509ebb5 | 54 | #include "diagnostic.h" |
4e3825db | 55 | #include "ssaexpand.h" |
9d86796b | 56 | #include "target-globals.h" |
1169e45d | 57 | #include "params.h" |
bbf6f052 | 58 | |
bbf6f052 | 59 | /* Decide whether a function's arguments should be processed |
bbc8a071 RK |
60 | from first to last or from last to first. |
61 | ||
62 | They should if the stack and args grow in opposite directions, but | |
63 | only if we have push insns. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 64 | |
bbf6f052 | 65 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
bbc8a071 | 66 | |
2da4124d | 67 | #ifndef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED |
3319a347 | 68 | #if defined (STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD) != defined (ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD) |
3a94c984 | 69 | #define PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED /* If it's last to first. */ |
bbf6f052 | 70 | #endif |
2da4124d | 71 | #endif |
bbc8a071 | 72 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
73 | #endif |
74 | ||
75 | #ifndef STACK_PUSH_CODE | |
76 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
77 | #define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_DEC | |
78 | #else | |
79 | #define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_INC | |
80 | #endif | |
81 | #endif | |
82 | ||
4ca79136 | 83 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
84 | /* If this is nonzero, we do not bother generating VOLATILE |
85 | around volatile memory references, and we are willing to | |
86 | output indirect addresses. If cse is to follow, we reject | |
87 | indirect addresses so a useful potential cse is generated; | |
88 | if it is used only once, instruction combination will produce | |
89 | the same indirect address eventually. */ | |
90 | int cse_not_expected; | |
91 | ||
4969d05d RK |
92 | /* This structure is used by move_by_pieces to describe the move to |
93 | be performed. */ | |
b0f43ca0 | 94 | struct move_by_pieces_d |
4969d05d RK |
95 | { |
96 | rtx to; | |
97 | rtx to_addr; | |
98 | int autinc_to; | |
99 | int explicit_inc_to; | |
100 | rtx from; | |
101 | rtx from_addr; | |
102 | int autinc_from; | |
103 | int explicit_inc_from; | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
104 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len; |
105 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset; | |
4969d05d RK |
106 | int reverse; |
107 | }; | |
108 | ||
57814e5e | 109 | /* This structure is used by store_by_pieces to describe the clear to |
9de08200 RK |
110 | be performed. */ |
111 | ||
b0f43ca0 | 112 | struct store_by_pieces_d |
9de08200 RK |
113 | { |
114 | rtx to; | |
115 | rtx to_addr; | |
116 | int autinc_to; | |
117 | int explicit_inc_to; | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
118 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len; |
119 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset; | |
502b8322 | 120 | rtx (*constfun) (void *, HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode); |
fad205ff | 121 | void *constfundata; |
9de08200 RK |
122 | int reverse; |
123 | }; | |
124 | ||
502b8322 | 125 | static void move_by_pieces_1 (rtx (*) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode, |
b0f43ca0 | 126 | struct move_by_pieces_d *); |
502b8322 | 127 | static bool block_move_libcall_safe_for_call_parm (void); |
079a182e | 128 | static bool emit_block_move_via_movmem (rtx, rtx, rtx, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT); |
502b8322 AJ |
129 | static tree emit_block_move_libcall_fn (int); |
130 | static void emit_block_move_via_loop (rtx, rtx, rtx, unsigned); | |
131 | static rtx clear_by_pieces_1 (void *, HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode); | |
132 | static void clear_by_pieces (rtx, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int); | |
b0f43ca0 | 133 | static void store_by_pieces_1 (struct store_by_pieces_d *, unsigned int); |
502b8322 | 134 | static void store_by_pieces_2 (rtx (*) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode, |
b0f43ca0 | 135 | struct store_by_pieces_d *); |
502b8322 AJ |
136 | static tree clear_storage_libcall_fn (int); |
137 | static rtx compress_float_constant (rtx, rtx); | |
138 | static rtx get_subtarget (rtx); | |
502b8322 AJ |
139 | static void store_constructor_field (rtx, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, |
140 | HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode, | |
4862826d | 141 | tree, tree, int, alias_set_type); |
502b8322 | 142 | static void store_constructor (tree, rtx, int, HOST_WIDE_INT); |
1169e45d AH |
143 | static rtx store_field (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT, |
144 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, | |
145 | enum machine_mode, | |
4862826d | 146 | tree, tree, alias_set_type, bool); |
502b8322 | 147 | |
fa233e34 | 148 | static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT highest_pow2_factor_for_target (const_tree, const_tree); |
502b8322 | 149 | |
22ea9ec0 | 150 | static int is_aligning_offset (const_tree, const_tree); |
eb698c58 RS |
151 | static void expand_operands (tree, tree, rtx, rtx*, rtx*, |
152 | enum expand_modifier); | |
bc15d0ef | 153 | static rtx reduce_to_bit_field_precision (rtx, rtx, tree); |
8e7aa1f9 | 154 | static rtx do_store_flag (sepops, rtx, enum machine_mode); |
21d93687 | 155 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
502b8322 | 156 | static void emit_single_push_insn (enum machine_mode, rtx, tree); |
21d93687 | 157 | #endif |
502b8322 AJ |
158 | static void do_tablejump (rtx, enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx, rtx); |
159 | static rtx const_vector_from_tree (tree); | |
57aaef66 | 160 | static void write_complex_part (rtx, rtx, bool); |
bbf6f052 | 161 | |
fbe1758d | 162 | /* This macro is used to determine whether move_by_pieces should be called |
3a94c984 | 163 | to perform a structure copy. */ |
fbe1758d | 164 | #ifndef MOVE_BY_PIECES_P |
19caa751 | 165 | #define MOVE_BY_PIECES_P(SIZE, ALIGN) \ |
45d78e7f | 166 | (move_by_pieces_ninsns (SIZE, ALIGN, MOVE_MAX_PIECES + 1) \ |
e04ad03d | 167 | < (unsigned int) MOVE_RATIO (optimize_insn_for_speed_p ())) |
fbe1758d AM |
168 | #endif |
169 | ||
78762e3b RS |
170 | /* This macro is used to determine whether clear_by_pieces should be |
171 | called to clear storage. */ | |
172 | #ifndef CLEAR_BY_PIECES_P | |
173 | #define CLEAR_BY_PIECES_P(SIZE, ALIGN) \ | |
45d78e7f | 174 | (move_by_pieces_ninsns (SIZE, ALIGN, STORE_MAX_PIECES + 1) \ |
e04ad03d | 175 | < (unsigned int) CLEAR_RATIO (optimize_insn_for_speed_p ())) |
78762e3b RS |
176 | #endif |
177 | ||
4977bab6 | 178 | /* This macro is used to determine whether store_by_pieces should be |
cfa31150 SL |
179 | called to "memset" storage with byte values other than zero. */ |
180 | #ifndef SET_BY_PIECES_P | |
181 | #define SET_BY_PIECES_P(SIZE, ALIGN) \ | |
182 | (move_by_pieces_ninsns (SIZE, ALIGN, STORE_MAX_PIECES + 1) \ | |
e04ad03d | 183 | < (unsigned int) SET_RATIO (optimize_insn_for_speed_p ())) |
cfa31150 SL |
184 | #endif |
185 | ||
186 | /* This macro is used to determine whether store_by_pieces should be | |
187 | called to "memcpy" storage when the source is a constant string. */ | |
4977bab6 | 188 | #ifndef STORE_BY_PIECES_P |
45d78e7f JJ |
189 | #define STORE_BY_PIECES_P(SIZE, ALIGN) \ |
190 | (move_by_pieces_ninsns (SIZE, ALIGN, STORE_MAX_PIECES + 1) \ | |
e04ad03d | 191 | < (unsigned int) MOVE_RATIO (optimize_insn_for_speed_p ())) |
4977bab6 ZW |
192 | #endif |
193 | ||
cc2902df | 194 | /* SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS is nonzero if unaligned accesses are very slow. */ |
e87b4f3f RS |
195 | |
196 | #ifndef SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS | |
e1565e65 | 197 | #define SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS(MODE, ALIGN) STRICT_ALIGNMENT |
e87b4f3f | 198 | #endif |
bbf6f052 | 199 | \f |
b5deb7b6 SL |
200 | /* This is run to set up which modes can be used |
201 | directly in memory and to initialize the block move optab. It is run | |
202 | at the beginning of compilation and when the target is reinitialized. */ | |
4fa52007 RK |
203 | |
204 | void | |
b5deb7b6 | 205 | init_expr_target (void) |
4fa52007 RK |
206 | { |
207 | rtx insn, pat; | |
208 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
cff48d8f | 209 | int num_clobbers; |
9ec36da5 | 210 | rtx mem, mem1; |
bf1660a6 | 211 | rtx reg; |
9ec36da5 | 212 | |
e2549997 RS |
213 | /* Try indexing by frame ptr and try by stack ptr. |
214 | It is known that on the Convex the stack ptr isn't a valid index. | |
215 | With luck, one or the other is valid on any machine. */ | |
9ec36da5 JL |
216 | mem = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx); |
217 | mem1 = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, frame_pointer_rtx); | |
4fa52007 | 218 | |
bf1660a6 JL |
219 | /* A scratch register we can modify in-place below to avoid |
220 | useless RTL allocations. */ | |
221 | reg = gen_rtx_REG (VOIDmode, -1); | |
222 | ||
1f8c3c5b | 223 | insn = rtx_alloc (INSN); |
bbbbb16a | 224 | pat = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX); |
1f8c3c5b | 225 | PATTERN (insn) = pat; |
4fa52007 RK |
226 | |
227 | for (mode = VOIDmode; (int) mode < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; | |
228 | mode = (enum machine_mode) ((int) mode + 1)) | |
229 | { | |
230 | int regno; | |
4fa52007 RK |
231 | |
232 | direct_load[(int) mode] = direct_store[(int) mode] = 0; | |
233 | PUT_MODE (mem, mode); | |
e2549997 | 234 | PUT_MODE (mem1, mode); |
bf1660a6 | 235 | PUT_MODE (reg, mode); |
4fa52007 | 236 | |
e6fe56a4 RK |
237 | /* See if there is some register that can be used in this mode and |
238 | directly loaded or stored from memory. */ | |
239 | ||
7308a047 RS |
240 | if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode) |
241 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
242 | && (direct_load[(int) mode] == 0 || direct_store[(int) mode] == 0); | |
243 | regno++) | |
244 | { | |
245 | if (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode)) | |
246 | continue; | |
e6fe56a4 | 247 | |
6fb5fa3c | 248 | SET_REGNO (reg, regno); |
e6fe56a4 | 249 | |
7308a047 RS |
250 | SET_SRC (pat) = mem; |
251 | SET_DEST (pat) = reg; | |
252 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
253 | direct_load[(int) mode] = 1; | |
e6fe56a4 | 254 | |
e2549997 RS |
255 | SET_SRC (pat) = mem1; |
256 | SET_DEST (pat) = reg; | |
257 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
258 | direct_load[(int) mode] = 1; | |
259 | ||
7308a047 RS |
260 | SET_SRC (pat) = reg; |
261 | SET_DEST (pat) = mem; | |
262 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
263 | direct_store[(int) mode] = 1; | |
e2549997 RS |
264 | |
265 | SET_SRC (pat) = reg; | |
266 | SET_DEST (pat) = mem1; | |
267 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
268 | direct_store[(int) mode] = 1; | |
7308a047 | 269 | } |
4fa52007 RK |
270 | } |
271 | ||
51286de6 RH |
272 | mem = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_raw_REG (Pmode, 10000)); |
273 | ||
274 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT); mode != VOIDmode; | |
275 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
276 | { | |
277 | enum machine_mode srcmode; | |
278 | for (srcmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT); srcmode != mode; | |
0fb7aeda | 279 | srcmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (srcmode)) |
51286de6 RH |
280 | { |
281 | enum insn_code ic; | |
282 | ||
283 | ic = can_extend_p (mode, srcmode, 0); | |
284 | if (ic == CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
285 | continue; | |
286 | ||
287 | PUT_MODE (mem, srcmode); | |
0fb7aeda | 288 | |
2ef6ce06 | 289 | if (insn_operand_matches (ic, 1, mem)) |
51286de6 RH |
290 | float_extend_from_mem[mode][srcmode] = true; |
291 | } | |
292 | } | |
4fa52007 | 293 | } |
cff48d8f | 294 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
295 | /* This is run at the start of compiling a function. */ |
296 | ||
297 | void | |
502b8322 | 298 | init_expr (void) |
bbf6f052 | 299 | { |
3e029763 | 300 | memset (&crtl->expr, 0, sizeof (crtl->expr)); |
bbf6f052 | 301 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
302 | \f |
303 | /* Copy data from FROM to TO, where the machine modes are not the same. | |
0f996086 CF |
304 | Both modes may be integer, or both may be floating, or both may be |
305 | fixed-point. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
306 | UNSIGNEDP should be nonzero if FROM is an unsigned type. |
307 | This causes zero-extension instead of sign-extension. */ | |
308 | ||
309 | void | |
502b8322 | 310 | convert_move (rtx to, rtx from, int unsignedp) |
bbf6f052 RK |
311 | { |
312 | enum machine_mode to_mode = GET_MODE (to); | |
313 | enum machine_mode from_mode = GET_MODE (from); | |
3d8bf70f BE |
314 | int to_real = SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (to_mode); |
315 | int from_real = SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (from_mode); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
316 | enum insn_code code; |
317 | rtx libcall; | |
318 | ||
319 | /* rtx code for making an equivalent value. */ | |
37d0b254 SE |
320 | enum rtx_code equiv_code = (unsignedp < 0 ? UNKNOWN |
321 | : (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND)); | |
bbf6f052 | 322 | |
bbf6f052 | 323 | |
5b0264cb | 324 | gcc_assert (to_real == from_real); |
ed1223ba EC |
325 | gcc_assert (to_mode != BLKmode); |
326 | gcc_assert (from_mode != BLKmode); | |
bbf6f052 | 327 | |
6de9cd9a DN |
328 | /* If the source and destination are already the same, then there's |
329 | nothing to do. */ | |
330 | if (to == from) | |
331 | return; | |
332 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
333 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG that indicates that we have already done at least |
334 | the required extension, strip it. We don't handle such SUBREGs as | |
335 | TO here. */ | |
336 | ||
337 | if (GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (from) | |
69660a70 BS |
338 | && (GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (from))) |
339 | >= GET_MODE_PRECISION (to_mode)) | |
1499e0a8 RK |
340 | && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (from) == unsignedp) |
341 | from = gen_lowpart (to_mode, from), from_mode = to_mode; | |
342 | ||
5b0264cb | 343 | gcc_assert (GET_CODE (to) != SUBREG || !SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (to)); |
1499e0a8 | 344 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
345 | if (to_mode == from_mode |
346 | || (from_mode == VOIDmode && CONSTANT_P (from))) | |
347 | { | |
348 | emit_move_insn (to, from); | |
349 | return; | |
350 | } | |
351 | ||
0b4565c9 BS |
352 | if (VECTOR_MODE_P (to_mode) || VECTOR_MODE_P (from_mode)) |
353 | { | |
5b0264cb | 354 | gcc_assert (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode)); |
3a94c984 | 355 | |
0b4565c9 | 356 | if (VECTOR_MODE_P (to_mode)) |
bafe341a | 357 | from = simplify_gen_subreg (to_mode, from, GET_MODE (from), 0); |
0b4565c9 | 358 | else |
bafe341a | 359 | to = simplify_gen_subreg (from_mode, to, GET_MODE (to), 0); |
0b4565c9 BS |
360 | |
361 | emit_move_insn (to, from); | |
362 | return; | |
363 | } | |
364 | ||
06765df1 R |
365 | if (GET_CODE (to) == CONCAT && GET_CODE (from) == CONCAT) |
366 | { | |
367 | convert_move (XEXP (to, 0), XEXP (from, 0), unsignedp); | |
368 | convert_move (XEXP (to, 1), XEXP (from, 1), unsignedp); | |
369 | return; | |
370 | } | |
371 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
372 | if (to_real) |
373 | { | |
642dfa8b | 374 | rtx value, insns; |
85363ca0 | 375 | convert_optab tab; |
81d79e2c | 376 | |
15ed7b52 JG |
377 | gcc_assert ((GET_MODE_PRECISION (from_mode) |
378 | != GET_MODE_PRECISION (to_mode)) | |
379 | || (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (from_mode) | |
380 | != DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (to_mode))); | |
ed1223ba | 381 | |
15ed7b52 JG |
382 | if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (from_mode) == GET_MODE_PRECISION (to_mode)) |
383 | /* Conversion between decimal float and binary float, same size. */ | |
384 | tab = DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (from_mode) ? trunc_optab : sext_optab; | |
385 | else if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (from_mode) < GET_MODE_PRECISION (to_mode)) | |
85363ca0 | 386 | tab = sext_optab; |
85363ca0 | 387 | else |
5b0264cb | 388 | tab = trunc_optab; |
2b01c326 | 389 | |
85363ca0 | 390 | /* Try converting directly if the insn is supported. */ |
2b01c326 | 391 | |
947131ba | 392 | code = convert_optab_handler (tab, to_mode, from_mode); |
85363ca0 | 393 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
b092b471 | 394 | { |
85363ca0 ZW |
395 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, |
396 | tab == sext_optab ? FLOAT_EXTEND : FLOAT_TRUNCATE); | |
b092b471 JW |
397 | return; |
398 | } | |
b092b471 | 399 | |
85363ca0 | 400 | /* Otherwise use a libcall. */ |
8a33f100 | 401 | libcall = convert_optab_libfunc (tab, to_mode, from_mode); |
3a94c984 | 402 | |
5b0264cb NS |
403 | /* Is this conversion implemented yet? */ |
404 | gcc_assert (libcall); | |
bbf6f052 | 405 | |
642dfa8b | 406 | start_sequence (); |
ebb1b59a | 407 | value = emit_library_call_value (libcall, NULL_RTX, LCT_CONST, to_mode, |
81d79e2c | 408 | 1, from, from_mode); |
642dfa8b BS |
409 | insns = get_insns (); |
410 | end_sequence (); | |
450b1728 EC |
411 | emit_libcall_block (insns, to, value, |
412 | tab == trunc_optab ? gen_rtx_FLOAT_TRUNCATE (to_mode, | |
413 | from) | |
414 | : gen_rtx_FLOAT_EXTEND (to_mode, from)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
415 | return; |
416 | } | |
417 | ||
85363ca0 ZW |
418 | /* Handle pointer conversion. */ /* SPEE 900220. */ |
419 | /* Targets are expected to provide conversion insns between PxImode and | |
420 | xImode for all MODE_PARTIAL_INT modes they use, but no others. */ | |
421 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (to_mode) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT) | |
422 | { | |
423 | enum machine_mode full_mode | |
424 | = smallest_mode_for_size (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode), MODE_INT); | |
425 | ||
947131ba | 426 | gcc_assert (convert_optab_handler (trunc_optab, to_mode, full_mode) |
5b0264cb | 427 | != CODE_FOR_nothing); |
85363ca0 ZW |
428 | |
429 | if (full_mode != from_mode) | |
430 | from = convert_to_mode (full_mode, from, unsignedp); | |
947131ba | 431 | emit_unop_insn (convert_optab_handler (trunc_optab, to_mode, full_mode), |
85363ca0 ZW |
432 | to, from, UNKNOWN); |
433 | return; | |
434 | } | |
435 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (from_mode) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT) | |
436 | { | |
d2348bd5 | 437 | rtx new_from; |
85363ca0 ZW |
438 | enum machine_mode full_mode |
439 | = smallest_mode_for_size (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode), MODE_INT); | |
e90247f8 BS |
440 | convert_optab ctab = unsignedp ? zext_optab : sext_optab; |
441 | enum insn_code icode; | |
85363ca0 | 442 | |
e90247f8 BS |
443 | icode = convert_optab_handler (ctab, full_mode, from_mode); |
444 | gcc_assert (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing); | |
85363ca0 | 445 | |
85363ca0 | 446 | if (to_mode == full_mode) |
d2348bd5 | 447 | { |
e90247f8 | 448 | emit_unop_insn (icode, to, from, UNKNOWN); |
d2348bd5 DD |
449 | return; |
450 | } | |
451 | ||
452 | new_from = gen_reg_rtx (full_mode); | |
e90247f8 | 453 | emit_unop_insn (icode, new_from, from, UNKNOWN); |
85363ca0 | 454 | |
a1105617 | 455 | /* else proceed to integer conversions below. */ |
85363ca0 | 456 | from_mode = full_mode; |
d2348bd5 | 457 | from = new_from; |
85363ca0 ZW |
458 | } |
459 | ||
0f996086 CF |
460 | /* Make sure both are fixed-point modes or both are not. */ |
461 | gcc_assert (ALL_SCALAR_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (from_mode) == | |
462 | ALL_SCALAR_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (to_mode)); | |
463 | if (ALL_SCALAR_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (from_mode)) | |
464 | { | |
465 | /* If we widen from_mode to to_mode and they are in the same class, | |
466 | we won't saturate the result. | |
467 | Otherwise, always saturate the result to play safe. */ | |
468 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (from_mode) == GET_MODE_CLASS (to_mode) | |
469 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (from_mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode)) | |
470 | expand_fixed_convert (to, from, 0, 0); | |
471 | else | |
472 | expand_fixed_convert (to, from, 0, 1); | |
473 | return; | |
474 | } | |
475 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
476 | /* Now both modes are integers. */ |
477 | ||
478 | /* Handle expanding beyond a word. */ | |
69660a70 BS |
479 | if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (from_mode) < GET_MODE_PRECISION (to_mode) |
480 | && GET_MODE_PRECISION (to_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
481 | { |
482 | rtx insns; | |
483 | rtx lowpart; | |
484 | rtx fill_value; | |
485 | rtx lowfrom; | |
486 | int i; | |
487 | enum machine_mode lowpart_mode; | |
488 | int nwords = CEIL (GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode), UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
489 | ||
490 | /* Try converting directly if the insn is supported. */ | |
491 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)) | |
492 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
493 | { | |
cd1b4b44 RK |
494 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG, put it into a register. Do this |
495 | so that we always generate the same set of insns for | |
496 | better cse'ing; if an intermediate assignment occurred, | |
497 | we won't be doing the operation directly on the SUBREG. */ | |
498 | if (optimize > 0 && GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG) | |
499 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
500 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code); |
501 | return; | |
502 | } | |
503 | /* Next, try converting via full word. */ | |
69660a70 | 504 | else if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD |
bbf6f052 RK |
505 | && ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, word_mode, unsignedp)) |
506 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
507 | { | |
2f6025a1 | 508 | rtx word_to = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode); |
f8cfc6aa | 509 | if (REG_P (to)) |
6a2d136b EB |
510 | { |
511 | if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (to, from)) | |
512 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
c41c1387 | 513 | emit_clobber (to); |
6a2d136b | 514 | } |
2f6025a1 PB |
515 | convert_move (word_to, from, unsignedp); |
516 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, word_to, equiv_code); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
517 | return; |
518 | } | |
519 | ||
520 | /* No special multiword conversion insn; do it by hand. */ | |
521 | start_sequence (); | |
522 | ||
ecd49d51 OH |
523 | /* Since we will turn this into a no conflict block, we must ensure the |
524 | the source does not overlap the target so force it into an isolated | |
525 | register when maybe so. Likewise for any MEM input, since the | |
526 | conversion sequence might require several references to it and we | |
527 | must ensure we're getting the same value every time. */ | |
5c5033c3 | 528 | |
ecd49d51 | 529 | if (MEM_P (from) || reg_overlap_mentioned_p (to, from)) |
5c5033c3 RK |
530 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); |
531 | ||
bbf6f052 | 532 | /* Get a copy of FROM widened to a word, if necessary. */ |
69660a70 | 533 | if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD) |
bbf6f052 RK |
534 | lowpart_mode = word_mode; |
535 | else | |
536 | lowpart_mode = from_mode; | |
537 | ||
538 | lowfrom = convert_to_mode (lowpart_mode, from, unsignedp); | |
539 | ||
540 | lowpart = gen_lowpart (lowpart_mode, to); | |
541 | emit_move_insn (lowpart, lowfrom); | |
542 | ||
543 | /* Compute the value to put in each remaining word. */ | |
544 | if (unsignedp) | |
545 | fill_value = const0_rtx; | |
546 | else | |
9a53bc17 PB |
547 | fill_value = emit_store_flag (gen_reg_rtx (word_mode), |
548 | LT, lowfrom, const0_rtx, | |
549 | VOIDmode, 0, -1); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
550 | |
551 | /* Fill the remaining words. */ | |
552 | for (i = GET_MODE_SIZE (lowpart_mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; i < nwords; i++) | |
553 | { | |
554 | int index = (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? nwords - i - 1 : i); | |
555 | rtx subword = operand_subword (to, index, 1, to_mode); | |
556 | ||
5b0264cb | 557 | gcc_assert (subword); |
bbf6f052 RK |
558 | |
559 | if (fill_value != subword) | |
560 | emit_move_insn (subword, fill_value); | |
561 | } | |
562 | ||
563 | insns = get_insns (); | |
564 | end_sequence (); | |
565 | ||
d70dcf29 | 566 | emit_insn (insns); |
bbf6f052 RK |
567 | return; |
568 | } | |
569 | ||
d3c64ee3 | 570 | /* Truncating multi-word to a word or less. */ |
69660a70 BS |
571 | if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (from_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD |
572 | && GET_MODE_PRECISION (to_mode) <= BITS_PER_WORD) | |
bbf6f052 | 573 | { |
3c0cb5de | 574 | if (!((MEM_P (from) |
431a6eca JW |
575 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from) |
576 | && direct_load[(int) to_mode] | |
577 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0))) | |
f8cfc6aa | 578 | || REG_P (from) |
431a6eca JW |
579 | || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)) |
580 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
581 | convert_move (to, gen_lowpart (word_mode, from), 0); |
582 | return; | |
583 | } | |
584 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
585 | /* Now follow all the conversions between integers |
586 | no more than a word long. */ | |
587 | ||
588 | /* For truncation, usually we can just refer to FROM in a narrower mode. */ | |
589 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) | |
d0edd768 | 590 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION_MODES_P (to_mode, from_mode)) |
bbf6f052 | 591 | { |
3c0cb5de | 592 | if (!((MEM_P (from) |
d3c64ee3 RS |
593 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from) |
594 | && direct_load[(int) to_mode] | |
595 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0))) | |
f8cfc6aa | 596 | || REG_P (from) |
d3c64ee3 RS |
597 | || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)) |
598 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
f8cfc6aa | 599 | if (REG_P (from) && REGNO (from) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER |
34aa3599 RK |
600 | && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (from), to_mode)) |
601 | from = copy_to_reg (from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
602 | emit_move_insn (to, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from)); |
603 | return; | |
604 | } | |
605 | ||
d3c64ee3 | 606 | /* Handle extension. */ |
69660a70 | 607 | if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (to_mode) > GET_MODE_PRECISION (from_mode)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
608 | { |
609 | /* Convert directly if that works. */ | |
610 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)) | |
611 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
612 | { | |
613 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code); | |
614 | return; | |
615 | } | |
616 | else | |
617 | { | |
618 | enum machine_mode intermediate; | |
2b28d92e | 619 | rtx tmp; |
eb6c3df1 | 620 | int shift_amount; |
bbf6f052 RK |
621 | |
622 | /* Search for a mode to convert via. */ | |
623 | for (intermediate = from_mode; intermediate != VOIDmode; | |
624 | intermediate = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (intermediate)) | |
930b4e39 RK |
625 | if (((can_extend_p (to_mode, intermediate, unsignedp) |
626 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
627 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (intermediate) | |
d0edd768 | 628 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION_MODES_P (to_mode, intermediate))) |
bbf6f052 RK |
629 | && (can_extend_p (intermediate, from_mode, unsignedp) |
630 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
631 | { | |
632 | convert_move (to, convert_to_mode (intermediate, from, | |
633 | unsignedp), unsignedp); | |
634 | return; | |
635 | } | |
636 | ||
2b28d92e | 637 | /* No suitable intermediate mode. |
3a94c984 | 638 | Generate what we need with shifts. */ |
69660a70 BS |
639 | shift_amount = (GET_MODE_PRECISION (to_mode) |
640 | - GET_MODE_PRECISION (from_mode)); | |
2b28d92e NC |
641 | from = gen_lowpart (to_mode, force_reg (from_mode, from)); |
642 | tmp = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, to_mode, from, shift_amount, | |
643 | to, unsignedp); | |
3a94c984 | 644 | tmp = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, to_mode, tmp, shift_amount, |
2b28d92e NC |
645 | to, unsignedp); |
646 | if (tmp != to) | |
647 | emit_move_insn (to, tmp); | |
648 | return; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
649 | } |
650 | } | |
651 | ||
3a94c984 | 652 | /* Support special truncate insns for certain modes. */ |
947131ba RS |
653 | if (convert_optab_handler (trunc_optab, to_mode, |
654 | from_mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
bbf6f052 | 655 | { |
947131ba | 656 | emit_unop_insn (convert_optab_handler (trunc_optab, to_mode, from_mode), |
85363ca0 | 657 | to, from, UNKNOWN); |
b9bcad65 RK |
658 | return; |
659 | } | |
660 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
661 | /* Handle truncation of volatile memrefs, and so on; |
662 | the things that couldn't be truncated directly, | |
85363ca0 ZW |
663 | and for which there was no special instruction. |
664 | ||
665 | ??? Code above formerly short-circuited this, for most integer | |
666 | mode pairs, with a force_reg in from_mode followed by a recursive | |
667 | call to this routine. Appears always to have been wrong. */ | |
69660a70 | 668 | if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (to_mode) < GET_MODE_PRECISION (from_mode)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
669 | { |
670 | rtx temp = force_reg (to_mode, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from)); | |
671 | emit_move_insn (to, temp); | |
672 | return; | |
673 | } | |
674 | ||
675 | /* Mode combination is not recognized. */ | |
5b0264cb | 676 | gcc_unreachable (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
677 | } |
678 | ||
679 | /* Return an rtx for a value that would result | |
680 | from converting X to mode MODE. | |
681 | Both X and MODE may be floating, or both integer. | |
682 | UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value. | |
683 | This can be done by referring to a part of X in place | |
ad76cef8 | 684 | or by copying to a new temporary with conversion. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
685 | |
686 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 687 | convert_to_mode (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, int unsignedp) |
5ffe63ed RS |
688 | { |
689 | return convert_modes (mode, VOIDmode, x, unsignedp); | |
690 | } | |
691 | ||
692 | /* Return an rtx for a value that would result | |
693 | from converting X from mode OLDMODE to mode MODE. | |
694 | Both modes may be floating, or both integer. | |
695 | UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value. | |
696 | ||
697 | This can be done by referring to a part of X in place | |
698 | or by copying to a new temporary with conversion. | |
699 | ||
ad76cef8 | 700 | You can give VOIDmode for OLDMODE, if you are sure X has a nonvoid mode. */ |
5ffe63ed RS |
701 | |
702 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 703 | convert_modes (enum machine_mode mode, enum machine_mode oldmode, rtx x, int unsignedp) |
bbf6f052 | 704 | { |
b3694847 | 705 | rtx temp; |
5ffe63ed | 706 | |
1499e0a8 RK |
707 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG that indicates that we have already done at least |
708 | the required extension, strip it. */ | |
709 | ||
710 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x) | |
711 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) >= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) | |
712 | && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (x) == unsignedp) | |
713 | x = gen_lowpart (mode, x); | |
bbf6f052 | 714 | |
64791b18 RK |
715 | if (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode) |
716 | oldmode = GET_MODE (x); | |
3a94c984 | 717 | |
3a3d54f2 UB |
718 | if (mode == oldmode) |
719 | return x; | |
720 | ||
bbf6f052 | 721 | /* There is one case that we must handle specially: If we are converting |
906c4e36 | 722 | a CONST_INT into a mode whose size is twice HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT and |
bbf6f052 RK |
723 | we are to interpret the constant as unsigned, gen_lowpart will do |
724 | the wrong if the constant appears negative. What we want to do is | |
725 | make the high-order word of the constant zero, not all ones. */ | |
726 | ||
727 | if (unsignedp && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
49ab6098 | 728 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT |
481683e1 | 729 | && CONST_INT_P (x) && INTVAL (x) < 0) |
96ff8a16 | 730 | { |
54fb1ae0 | 731 | double_int val = uhwi_to_double_int (INTVAL (x)); |
96ff8a16 | 732 | |
54fb1ae0 AS |
733 | /* We need to zero extend VAL. */ |
734 | if (oldmode != VOIDmode) | |
735 | val = double_int_zext (val, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode)); | |
96ff8a16 | 736 | |
54fb1ae0 | 737 | return immed_double_int_const (val, mode); |
96ff8a16 | 738 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
739 | |
740 | /* We can do this with a gen_lowpart if both desired and current modes | |
741 | are integer, and this is either a constant integer, a register, or a | |
ba2e110c RK |
742 | non-volatile MEM. Except for the constant case where MODE is no |
743 | wider than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, we must be narrowing the operand. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 744 | |
481683e1 | 745 | if ((CONST_INT_P (x) |
69660a70 | 746 | && GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
bbf6f052 | 747 | || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
5ffe63ed | 748 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (oldmode) == MODE_INT |
bbf6f052 | 749 | && (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE |
69660a70 | 750 | || (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) <= GET_MODE_PRECISION (oldmode) |
3c0cb5de | 751 | && ((MEM_P (x) && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) |
d57c66da | 752 | && direct_load[(int) mode]) |
f8cfc6aa | 753 | || (REG_P (x) |
006c9f4a SE |
754 | && (! HARD_REGISTER_P (x) |
755 | || HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (x), mode)) | |
d0edd768 BS |
756 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION_MODES_P (mode, |
757 | GET_MODE (x)))))))) | |
ba2e110c RK |
758 | { |
759 | /* ?? If we don't know OLDMODE, we have to assume here that | |
760 | X does not need sign- or zero-extension. This may not be | |
761 | the case, but it's the best we can do. */ | |
481683e1 | 762 | if (CONST_INT_P (x) && oldmode != VOIDmode |
69660a70 | 763 | && GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) > GET_MODE_PRECISION (oldmode)) |
ba2e110c RK |
764 | { |
765 | HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (x); | |
ba2e110c RK |
766 | |
767 | /* We must sign or zero-extend in this case. Start by | |
768 | zero-extending, then sign extend if we need to. */ | |
2d0c270f | 769 | val &= GET_MODE_MASK (oldmode); |
ba2e110c | 770 | if (! unsignedp |
2d0c270f BS |
771 | && val_signbit_known_set_p (oldmode, val)) |
772 | val |= ~GET_MODE_MASK (oldmode); | |
ba2e110c | 773 | |
2496c7bd | 774 | return gen_int_mode (val, mode); |
ba2e110c RK |
775 | } |
776 | ||
777 | return gen_lowpart (mode, x); | |
778 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 779 | |
ebe75517 JH |
780 | /* Converting from integer constant into mode is always equivalent to an |
781 | subreg operation. */ | |
782 | if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode) && GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode) | |
783 | { | |
5b0264cb | 784 | gcc_assert (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode)); |
ebe75517 JH |
785 | return simplify_gen_subreg (mode, x, oldmode, 0); |
786 | } | |
787 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
788 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
789 | convert_move (temp, x, unsignedp); | |
790 | return temp; | |
791 | } | |
792 | \f | |
d824aea2 NF |
793 | /* Return the largest alignment we can use for doing a move (or store) |
794 | of MAX_PIECES. ALIGN is the largest alignment we could use. */ | |
795 | ||
796 | static unsigned int | |
797 | alignment_for_piecewise_move (unsigned int max_pieces, unsigned int align) | |
798 | { | |
799 | enum machine_mode tmode; | |
800 | ||
801 | tmode = mode_for_size (max_pieces * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 1); | |
802 | if (align >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (tmode)) | |
803 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (tmode); | |
804 | else | |
805 | { | |
806 | enum machine_mode tmode, xmode; | |
807 | ||
808 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT), xmode = tmode; | |
809 | tmode != VOIDmode; | |
810 | xmode = tmode, tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
811 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) > max_pieces | |
812 | || SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (tmode, align)) | |
813 | break; | |
814 | ||
815 | align = MAX (align, GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (xmode)); | |
816 | } | |
817 | ||
818 | return align; | |
819 | } | |
820 | ||
821 | /* Return the widest integer mode no wider than SIZE. If no such mode | |
822 | can be found, return VOIDmode. */ | |
823 | ||
824 | static enum machine_mode | |
825 | widest_int_mode_for_size (unsigned int size) | |
826 | { | |
827 | enum machine_mode tmode, mode = VOIDmode; | |
828 | ||
829 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); | |
830 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
831 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < size) | |
832 | mode = tmode; | |
833 | ||
834 | return mode; | |
835 | } | |
836 | ||
cf5124f6 RS |
837 | /* STORE_MAX_PIECES is the number of bytes at a time that we can |
838 | store efficiently. Due to internal GCC limitations, this is | |
839 | MOVE_MAX_PIECES limited by the number of bytes GCC can represent | |
840 | for an immediate constant. */ | |
841 | ||
842 | #define STORE_MAX_PIECES MIN (MOVE_MAX_PIECES, 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT)) | |
843 | ||
8fd3cf4e JJ |
844 | /* Determine whether the LEN bytes can be moved by using several move |
845 | instructions. Return nonzero if a call to move_by_pieces should | |
846 | succeed. */ | |
847 | ||
848 | int | |
502b8322 AJ |
849 | can_move_by_pieces (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len, |
850 | unsigned int align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
851 | { |
852 | return MOVE_BY_PIECES_P (len, align); | |
853 | } | |
854 | ||
21d93687 | 855 | /* Generate several move instructions to copy LEN bytes from block FROM to |
ad76cef8 | 856 | block TO. (These are MEM rtx's with BLKmode). |
566aa174 | 857 | |
21d93687 RK |
858 | If PUSH_ROUNDING is defined and TO is NULL, emit_single_push_insn is |
859 | used to push FROM to the stack. | |
566aa174 | 860 | |
8fd3cf4e | 861 | ALIGN is maximum stack alignment we can assume. |
bbf6f052 | 862 | |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
863 | If ENDP is 0 return to, if ENDP is 1 return memory at the end ala |
864 | mempcpy, and if ENDP is 2 return memory the end minus one byte ala | |
865 | stpcpy. */ | |
866 | ||
867 | rtx | |
502b8322 AJ |
868 | move_by_pieces (rtx to, rtx from, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len, |
869 | unsigned int align, int endp) | |
bbf6f052 | 870 | { |
b0f43ca0 | 871 | struct move_by_pieces_d data; |
372d6395 RS |
872 | enum machine_mode to_addr_mode; |
873 | enum machine_mode from_addr_mode = get_address_mode (from); | |
566aa174 | 874 | rtx to_addr, from_addr = XEXP (from, 0); |
770ae6cc | 875 | unsigned int max_size = MOVE_MAX_PIECES + 1; |
fbe1758d | 876 | enum insn_code icode; |
bbf6f052 | 877 | |
f26aca6d DD |
878 | align = MIN (to ? MEM_ALIGN (to) : align, MEM_ALIGN (from)); |
879 | ||
bbf6f052 | 880 | data.offset = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 881 | data.from_addr = from_addr; |
566aa174 JH |
882 | if (to) |
883 | { | |
372d6395 | 884 | to_addr_mode = get_address_mode (to); |
566aa174 JH |
885 | to_addr = XEXP (to, 0); |
886 | data.to = to; | |
887 | data.autinc_to | |
888 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
889 | || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
890 | data.reverse | |
891 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
892 | } | |
893 | else | |
894 | { | |
d4ebfa65 | 895 | to_addr_mode = VOIDmode; |
566aa174 JH |
896 | to_addr = NULL_RTX; |
897 | data.to = NULL_RTX; | |
898 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
899 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
900 | data.reverse = 1; | |
901 | #else | |
902 | data.reverse = 0; | |
903 | #endif | |
904 | } | |
905 | data.to_addr = to_addr; | |
bbf6f052 | 906 | data.from = from; |
bbf6f052 RK |
907 | data.autinc_from |
908 | = (GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
909 | || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_INC | |
910 | || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
911 | ||
912 | data.explicit_inc_from = 0; | |
913 | data.explicit_inc_to = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
914 | if (data.reverse) data.offset = len; |
915 | data.len = len; | |
916 | ||
917 | /* If copying requires more than two move insns, | |
918 | copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter) | |
919 | and use post-increment if available. */ | |
920 | if (!(data.autinc_from && data.autinc_to) | |
45d78e7f | 921 | && move_by_pieces_ninsns (len, align, max_size) > 2) |
bbf6f052 | 922 | { |
d824aea2 NF |
923 | /* Find the mode of the largest move... |
924 | MODE might not be used depending on the definitions of the | |
925 | USE_* macros below. */ | |
926 | enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED | |
927 | = widest_int_mode_for_size (max_size); | |
fbe1758d AM |
928 | |
929 | if (USE_LOAD_PRE_DECREMENT (mode) && data.reverse && ! data.autinc_from) | |
bbf6f052 | 930 | { |
d4ebfa65 | 931 | data.from_addr = copy_to_mode_reg (from_addr_mode, |
0a81f074 RS |
932 | plus_constant (from_addr_mode, |
933 | from_addr, len)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
934 | data.autinc_from = 1; |
935 | data.explicit_inc_from = -1; | |
936 | } | |
fbe1758d | 937 | if (USE_LOAD_POST_INCREMENT (mode) && ! data.autinc_from) |
bbf6f052 | 938 | { |
d4ebfa65 | 939 | data.from_addr = copy_to_mode_reg (from_addr_mode, from_addr); |
bbf6f052 RK |
940 | data.autinc_from = 1; |
941 | data.explicit_inc_from = 1; | |
942 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 943 | if (!data.autinc_from && CONSTANT_P (from_addr)) |
d4ebfa65 | 944 | data.from_addr = copy_to_mode_reg (from_addr_mode, from_addr); |
fbe1758d | 945 | if (USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (mode) && data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) |
bbf6f052 | 946 | { |
d4ebfa65 | 947 | data.to_addr = copy_to_mode_reg (to_addr_mode, |
0a81f074 RS |
948 | plus_constant (to_addr_mode, |
949 | to_addr, len)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
950 | data.autinc_to = 1; |
951 | data.explicit_inc_to = -1; | |
952 | } | |
fbe1758d | 953 | if (USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (mode) && ! data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) |
bbf6f052 | 954 | { |
d4ebfa65 | 955 | data.to_addr = copy_to_mode_reg (to_addr_mode, to_addr); |
bbf6f052 RK |
956 | data.autinc_to = 1; |
957 | data.explicit_inc_to = 1; | |
958 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 959 | if (!data.autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr)) |
d4ebfa65 | 960 | data.to_addr = copy_to_mode_reg (to_addr_mode, to_addr); |
bbf6f052 RK |
961 | } |
962 | ||
d824aea2 | 963 | align = alignment_for_piecewise_move (MOVE_MAX_PIECES, align); |
bbf6f052 RK |
964 | |
965 | /* First move what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to | |
966 | successively smaller modes. */ | |
967 | ||
968 | while (max_size > 1) | |
969 | { | |
d824aea2 | 970 | enum machine_mode mode = widest_int_mode_for_size (max_size); |
bbf6f052 RK |
971 | |
972 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
973 | break; | |
974 | ||
947131ba | 975 | icode = optab_handler (mov_optab, mode); |
19caa751 | 976 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing && align >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
977 | move_by_pieces_1 (GEN_FCN (icode), mode, &data); |
978 | ||
979 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
980 | } | |
981 | ||
982 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
5b0264cb | 983 | gcc_assert (!data.len); |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
984 | |
985 | if (endp) | |
986 | { | |
987 | rtx to1; | |
988 | ||
5b0264cb | 989 | gcc_assert (!data.reverse); |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
990 | if (data.autinc_to) |
991 | { | |
992 | if (endp == 2) | |
993 | { | |
994 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data.explicit_inc_to > 0) | |
995 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data.to_addr, constm1_rtx)); | |
996 | else | |
d4ebfa65 | 997 | data.to_addr = copy_to_mode_reg (to_addr_mode, |
0a81f074 RS |
998 | plus_constant (to_addr_mode, |
999 | data.to_addr, | |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
1000 | -1)); |
1001 | } | |
1002 | to1 = adjust_automodify_address (data.to, QImode, data.to_addr, | |
1003 | data.offset); | |
1004 | } | |
1005 | else | |
1006 | { | |
1007 | if (endp == 2) | |
1008 | --data.offset; | |
1009 | to1 = adjust_address (data.to, QImode, data.offset); | |
1010 | } | |
1011 | return to1; | |
1012 | } | |
1013 | else | |
1014 | return data.to; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1015 | } |
1016 | ||
1017 | /* Return number of insns required to move L bytes by pieces. | |
f1eaaf73 | 1018 | ALIGN (in bits) is maximum alignment we can assume. */ |
bbf6f052 | 1019 | |
0d8f5d62 | 1020 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT |
45d78e7f JJ |
1021 | move_by_pieces_ninsns (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l, unsigned int align, |
1022 | unsigned int max_size) | |
bbf6f052 | 1023 | { |
3bdf5ad1 | 1024 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT n_insns = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 1025 | |
d824aea2 | 1026 | align = alignment_for_piecewise_move (MOVE_MAX_PIECES, align); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1027 | |
1028 | while (max_size > 1) | |
1029 | { | |
d824aea2 | 1030 | enum machine_mode mode; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1031 | enum insn_code icode; |
1032 | ||
d824aea2 | 1033 | mode = widest_int_mode_for_size (max_size); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1034 | |
1035 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
1036 | break; | |
1037 | ||
947131ba | 1038 | icode = optab_handler (mov_optab, mode); |
19caa751 | 1039 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing && align >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1040 | n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); |
1041 | ||
1042 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1043 | } | |
1044 | ||
5b0264cb | 1045 | gcc_assert (!l); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1046 | return n_insns; |
1047 | } | |
1048 | ||
1049 | /* Subroutine of move_by_pieces. Move as many bytes as appropriate | |
1050 | with move instructions for mode MODE. GENFUN is the gen_... function | |
1051 | to make a move insn for that mode. DATA has all the other info. */ | |
1052 | ||
1053 | static void | |
502b8322 | 1054 | move_by_pieces_1 (rtx (*genfun) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode mode, |
b0f43ca0 | 1055 | struct move_by_pieces_d *data) |
bbf6f052 | 1056 | { |
3bdf5ad1 | 1057 | unsigned int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); |
ae0ed63a | 1058 | rtx to1 = NULL_RTX, from1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1059 | |
1060 | while (data->len >= size) | |
1061 | { | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
1062 | if (data->reverse) |
1063 | data->offset -= size; | |
1064 | ||
566aa174 | 1065 | if (data->to) |
3bdf5ad1 | 1066 | { |
566aa174 | 1067 | if (data->autinc_to) |
630036c6 JJ |
1068 | to1 = adjust_automodify_address (data->to, mode, data->to_addr, |
1069 | data->offset); | |
566aa174 | 1070 | else |
f4ef873c | 1071 | to1 = adjust_address (data->to, mode, data->offset); |
3bdf5ad1 | 1072 | } |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
1073 | |
1074 | if (data->autinc_from) | |
630036c6 JJ |
1075 | from1 = adjust_automodify_address (data->from, mode, data->from_addr, |
1076 | data->offset); | |
3bdf5ad1 | 1077 | else |
f4ef873c | 1078 | from1 = adjust_address (data->from, mode, data->offset); |
bbf6f052 | 1079 | |
940da324 | 1080 | if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to < 0) |
3d709fd3 RH |
1081 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, |
1082 | GEN_INT (-(HOST_WIDE_INT)size))); | |
940da324 | 1083 | if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT && data->explicit_inc_from < 0) |
3d709fd3 RH |
1084 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, |
1085 | GEN_INT (-(HOST_WIDE_INT)size))); | |
bbf6f052 | 1086 | |
566aa174 JH |
1087 | if (data->to) |
1088 | emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, from1)); | |
1089 | else | |
21d93687 RK |
1090 | { |
1091 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
1092 | emit_single_push_insn (mode, from1, NULL); | |
1093 | #else | |
5b0264cb | 1094 | gcc_unreachable (); |
21d93687 RK |
1095 | #endif |
1096 | } | |
3bdf5ad1 | 1097 | |
940da324 | 1098 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to > 0) |
906c4e36 | 1099 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
940da324 | 1100 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data->explicit_inc_from > 0) |
906c4e36 | 1101 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
bbf6f052 | 1102 | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
1103 | if (! data->reverse) |
1104 | data->offset += size; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1105 | |
1106 | data->len -= size; | |
1107 | } | |
1108 | } | |
1109 | \f | |
4ca79136 RH |
1110 | /* Emit code to move a block Y to a block X. This may be done with |
1111 | string-move instructions, with multiple scalar move instructions, | |
1112 | or with a library call. | |
bbf6f052 | 1113 | |
4ca79136 | 1114 | Both X and Y must be MEM rtx's (perhaps inside VOLATILE) with mode BLKmode. |
bbf6f052 | 1115 | SIZE is an rtx that says how long they are. |
19caa751 | 1116 | ALIGN is the maximum alignment we can assume they have. |
44bb111a | 1117 | METHOD describes what kind of copy this is, and what mechanisms may be used. |
bbf6f052 | 1118 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
1119 | Return the address of the new block, if memcpy is called and returns it, |
1120 | 0 otherwise. */ | |
1121 | ||
1122 | rtx | |
079a182e JH |
1123 | emit_block_move_hints (rtx x, rtx y, rtx size, enum block_op_methods method, |
1124 | unsigned int expected_align, HOST_WIDE_INT expected_size) | |
bbf6f052 | 1125 | { |
44bb111a | 1126 | bool may_use_call; |
e9a25f70 | 1127 | rtx retval = 0; |
44bb111a RH |
1128 | unsigned int align; |
1129 | ||
8b4c365c RG |
1130 | gcc_assert (size); |
1131 | if (CONST_INT_P (size) | |
1132 | && INTVAL (size) == 0) | |
1133 | return 0; | |
1134 | ||
44bb111a RH |
1135 | switch (method) |
1136 | { | |
1137 | case BLOCK_OP_NORMAL: | |
8148fe65 | 1138 | case BLOCK_OP_TAILCALL: |
44bb111a RH |
1139 | may_use_call = true; |
1140 | break; | |
1141 | ||
1142 | case BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM: | |
1143 | may_use_call = block_move_libcall_safe_for_call_parm (); | |
1144 | ||
1145 | /* Make inhibit_defer_pop nonzero around the library call | |
1146 | to force it to pop the arguments right away. */ | |
1147 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
1148 | break; | |
1149 | ||
1150 | case BLOCK_OP_NO_LIBCALL: | |
1151 | may_use_call = false; | |
1152 | break; | |
1153 | ||
1154 | default: | |
5b0264cb | 1155 | gcc_unreachable (); |
44bb111a RH |
1156 | } |
1157 | ||
8b4c365c | 1158 | gcc_assert (MEM_P (x) && MEM_P (y)); |
44bb111a | 1159 | align = MIN (MEM_ALIGN (x), MEM_ALIGN (y)); |
e100f395 | 1160 | gcc_assert (align >= BITS_PER_UNIT); |
e9a25f70 | 1161 | |
82c82743 RH |
1162 | /* Make sure we've got BLKmode addresses; store_one_arg can decide that |
1163 | block copy is more efficient for other large modes, e.g. DCmode. */ | |
1164 | x = adjust_address (x, BLKmode, 0); | |
1165 | y = adjust_address (y, BLKmode, 0); | |
1166 | ||
cb38fd88 RH |
1167 | /* Set MEM_SIZE as appropriate for this block copy. The main place this |
1168 | can be incorrect is coming from __builtin_memcpy. */ | |
481683e1 | 1169 | if (CONST_INT_P (size)) |
cb38fd88 RH |
1170 | { |
1171 | x = shallow_copy_rtx (x); | |
1172 | y = shallow_copy_rtx (y); | |
f5541398 RS |
1173 | set_mem_size (x, INTVAL (size)); |
1174 | set_mem_size (y, INTVAL (size)); | |
cb38fd88 RH |
1175 | } |
1176 | ||
481683e1 | 1177 | if (CONST_INT_P (size) && MOVE_BY_PIECES_P (INTVAL (size), align)) |
8fd3cf4e | 1178 | move_by_pieces (x, y, INTVAL (size), align, 0); |
079a182e JH |
1179 | else if (emit_block_move_via_movmem (x, y, size, align, |
1180 | expected_align, expected_size)) | |
4ca79136 | 1181 | ; |
09e881c9 BE |
1182 | else if (may_use_call |
1183 | && ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (MEM_ADDR_SPACE (x)) | |
1184 | && ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (MEM_ADDR_SPACE (y))) | |
c4b9a87e ER |
1185 | { |
1186 | /* Since x and y are passed to a libcall, mark the corresponding | |
1187 | tree EXPR as addressable. */ | |
1188 | tree y_expr = MEM_EXPR (y); | |
1189 | tree x_expr = MEM_EXPR (x); | |
1190 | if (y_expr) | |
1191 | mark_addressable (y_expr); | |
1192 | if (x_expr) | |
1193 | mark_addressable (x_expr); | |
1194 | retval = emit_block_move_via_libcall (x, y, size, | |
1195 | method == BLOCK_OP_TAILCALL); | |
1196 | } | |
1197 | ||
44bb111a RH |
1198 | else |
1199 | emit_block_move_via_loop (x, y, size, align); | |
1200 | ||
1201 | if (method == BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM) | |
1202 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
266007a7 | 1203 | |
4ca79136 RH |
1204 | return retval; |
1205 | } | |
266007a7 | 1206 | |
079a182e JH |
1207 | rtx |
1208 | emit_block_move (rtx x, rtx y, rtx size, enum block_op_methods method) | |
1209 | { | |
1210 | return emit_block_move_hints (x, y, size, method, 0, -1); | |
1211 | } | |
1212 | ||
502b8322 | 1213 | /* A subroutine of emit_block_move. Returns true if calling the |
44bb111a RH |
1214 | block move libcall will not clobber any parameters which may have |
1215 | already been placed on the stack. */ | |
1216 | ||
1217 | static bool | |
502b8322 | 1218 | block_move_libcall_safe_for_call_parm (void) |
44bb111a | 1219 | { |
81464b2c KT |
1220 | #if defined (REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE) |
1221 | tree fn; | |
1222 | #endif | |
1223 | ||
a357a6d4 | 1224 | /* If arguments are pushed on the stack, then they're safe. */ |
44bb111a RH |
1225 | if (PUSH_ARGS) |
1226 | return true; | |
44bb111a | 1227 | |
450b1728 | 1228 | /* If registers go on the stack anyway, any argument is sure to clobber |
a357a6d4 | 1229 | an outgoing argument. */ |
ac294f0b | 1230 | #if defined (REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE) |
81464b2c | 1231 | fn = emit_block_move_libcall_fn (false); |
5a905a2b JJ |
1232 | /* Avoid set but not used warning if *REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE doesn't |
1233 | depend on its argument. */ | |
1234 | (void) fn; | |
81464b2c KT |
1235 | if (OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE ((!fn ? NULL_TREE : TREE_TYPE (fn))) |
1236 | && REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (fn) != 0) | |
1237 | return false; | |
44bb111a | 1238 | #endif |
44bb111a | 1239 | |
a357a6d4 GK |
1240 | /* If any argument goes in memory, then it might clobber an outgoing |
1241 | argument. */ | |
1242 | { | |
d5cc9181 JR |
1243 | CUMULATIVE_ARGS args_so_far_v; |
1244 | cumulative_args_t args_so_far; | |
a357a6d4 | 1245 | tree fn, arg; |
450b1728 | 1246 | |
a357a6d4 | 1247 | fn = emit_block_move_libcall_fn (false); |
d5cc9181 JR |
1248 | INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far_v, TREE_TYPE (fn), NULL_RTX, 0, 3); |
1249 | args_so_far = pack_cumulative_args (&args_so_far_v); | |
450b1728 | 1250 | |
a357a6d4 GK |
1251 | arg = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (fn)); |
1252 | for ( ; arg != void_list_node ; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg)) | |
1253 | { | |
1254 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_VALUE (arg)); | |
d5cc9181 | 1255 | rtx tmp = targetm.calls.function_arg (args_so_far, mode, |
3c07301f | 1256 | NULL_TREE, true); |
a357a6d4 | 1257 | if (!tmp || !REG_P (tmp)) |
44bb111a | 1258 | return false; |
d5cc9181 | 1259 | if (targetm.calls.arg_partial_bytes (args_so_far, mode, NULL, 1)) |
a357a6d4 | 1260 | return false; |
d5cc9181 | 1261 | targetm.calls.function_arg_advance (args_so_far, mode, |
3c07301f | 1262 | NULL_TREE, true); |
a357a6d4 GK |
1263 | } |
1264 | } | |
1265 | return true; | |
44bb111a RH |
1266 | } |
1267 | ||
70128ad9 | 1268 | /* A subroutine of emit_block_move. Expand a movmem pattern; |
4ca79136 | 1269 | return true if successful. */ |
3ef1eef4 | 1270 | |
4ca79136 | 1271 | static bool |
079a182e JH |
1272 | emit_block_move_via_movmem (rtx x, rtx y, rtx size, unsigned int align, |
1273 | unsigned int expected_align, HOST_WIDE_INT expected_size) | |
4ca79136 | 1274 | { |
a5e9c810 | 1275 | int save_volatile_ok = volatile_ok; |
4ca79136 | 1276 | enum machine_mode mode; |
266007a7 | 1277 | |
079a182e JH |
1278 | if (expected_align < align) |
1279 | expected_align = align; | |
1280 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
1281 | /* Since this is a move insn, we don't care about volatility. */ |
1282 | volatile_ok = 1; | |
1283 | ||
ee960939 OH |
1284 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point |
1285 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
1286 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
1287 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
1288 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode; |
1289 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
1290 | { | |
f9621cc4 | 1291 | enum insn_code code = direct_optab_handler (movmem_optab, mode); |
4ca79136 RH |
1292 | |
1293 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
1294 | /* We don't need MODE to be narrower than BITS_PER_HOST_WIDE_INT | |
1295 | here because if SIZE is less than the mode mask, as it is | |
1296 | returned by the macro, it will definitely be less than the | |
1297 | actual mode mask. */ | |
481683e1 | 1298 | && ((CONST_INT_P (size) |
4ca79136 RH |
1299 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) |
1300 | <= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1))) | |
a5c7d693 RS |
1301 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD)) |
1302 | { | |
1303 | struct expand_operand ops[6]; | |
1304 | unsigned int nops; | |
4ca79136 RH |
1305 | |
1306 | /* ??? When called via emit_block_move_for_call, it'd be | |
1307 | nice if there were some way to inform the backend, so | |
1308 | that it doesn't fail the expansion because it thinks | |
1309 | emitting the libcall would be more efficient. */ | |
f04713ee RS |
1310 | nops = insn_data[(int) code].n_generator_args; |
1311 | gcc_assert (nops == 4 || nops == 6); | |
c2654ded | 1312 | |
a5c7d693 RS |
1313 | create_fixed_operand (&ops[0], x); |
1314 | create_fixed_operand (&ops[1], y); | |
1315 | /* The check above guarantees that this size conversion is valid. */ | |
1316 | create_convert_operand_to (&ops[2], size, mode, true); | |
1317 | create_integer_operand (&ops[3], align / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
c2654ded | 1318 | if (nops == 6) |
a5c7d693 RS |
1319 | { |
1320 | create_integer_operand (&ops[4], expected_align / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
1321 | create_integer_operand (&ops[5], expected_size); | |
a5c7d693 RS |
1322 | } |
1323 | if (maybe_expand_insn (code, nops, ops)) | |
4ca79136 | 1324 | { |
a5e9c810 | 1325 | volatile_ok = save_volatile_ok; |
4ca79136 | 1326 | return true; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1327 | } |
1328 | } | |
4ca79136 | 1329 | } |
bbf6f052 | 1330 | |
a5e9c810 | 1331 | volatile_ok = save_volatile_ok; |
4ca79136 RH |
1332 | return false; |
1333 | } | |
3ef1eef4 | 1334 | |
8f99553f | 1335 | /* A subroutine of emit_block_move. Expand a call to memcpy. |
4ca79136 | 1336 | Return the return value from memcpy, 0 otherwise. */ |
4bc973ae | 1337 | |
8c996513 | 1338 | rtx |
8148fe65 | 1339 | emit_block_move_via_libcall (rtx dst, rtx src, rtx size, bool tailcall) |
4ca79136 | 1340 | { |
ee960939 | 1341 | rtx dst_addr, src_addr; |
5039610b | 1342 | tree call_expr, fn, src_tree, dst_tree, size_tree; |
4ca79136 RH |
1343 | enum machine_mode size_mode; |
1344 | rtx retval; | |
4bc973ae | 1345 | |
ad76cef8 PB |
1346 | /* Emit code to copy the addresses of DST and SRC and SIZE into new |
1347 | pseudos. We can then place those new pseudos into a VAR_DECL and | |
1348 | use them later. */ | |
ee960939 | 1349 | |
18ae1560 UB |
1350 | dst_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (dst, 0)); |
1351 | src_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (src, 0)); | |
4ca79136 | 1352 | |
ee960939 OH |
1353 | dst_addr = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, dst_addr); |
1354 | src_addr = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, src_addr); | |
ee960939 OH |
1355 | |
1356 | dst_tree = make_tree (ptr_type_node, dst_addr); | |
1357 | src_tree = make_tree (ptr_type_node, src_addr); | |
4ca79136 | 1358 | |
8f99553f | 1359 | size_mode = TYPE_MODE (sizetype); |
ee960939 | 1360 | |
4ca79136 RH |
1361 | size = convert_to_mode (size_mode, size, 1); |
1362 | size = copy_to_mode_reg (size_mode, size); | |
1363 | ||
1364 | /* It is incorrect to use the libcall calling conventions to call | |
1365 | memcpy in this context. This could be a user call to memcpy and | |
1366 | the user may wish to examine the return value from memcpy. For | |
1367 | targets where libcalls and normal calls have different conventions | |
8f99553f | 1368 | for returning pointers, we could end up generating incorrect code. */ |
4ca79136 | 1369 | |
8f99553f | 1370 | size_tree = make_tree (sizetype, size); |
4ca79136 RH |
1371 | |
1372 | fn = emit_block_move_libcall_fn (true); | |
5039610b | 1373 | call_expr = build_call_expr (fn, 3, dst_tree, src_tree, size_tree); |
8148fe65 | 1374 | CALL_EXPR_TAILCALL (call_expr) = tailcall; |
4ca79136 | 1375 | |
84217346 | 1376 | retval = expand_normal (call_expr); |
4ca79136 | 1377 | |
8f99553f | 1378 | return retval; |
4ca79136 | 1379 | } |
52cf7115 | 1380 | |
4ca79136 | 1381 | /* A subroutine of emit_block_move_via_libcall. Create the tree node |
bbee5843 | 1382 | for the function we use for block copies. */ |
52cf7115 | 1383 | |
4ca79136 RH |
1384 | static GTY(()) tree block_move_fn; |
1385 | ||
9661b15f | 1386 | void |
502b8322 | 1387 | init_block_move_fn (const char *asmspec) |
4ca79136 | 1388 | { |
9661b15f | 1389 | if (!block_move_fn) |
4ca79136 | 1390 | { |
e384e6b5 | 1391 | tree args, fn, attrs, attr_args; |
9661b15f | 1392 | |
8f99553f JM |
1393 | fn = get_identifier ("memcpy"); |
1394 | args = build_function_type_list (ptr_type_node, ptr_type_node, | |
1395 | const_ptr_type_node, sizetype, | |
1396 | NULL_TREE); | |
52cf7115 | 1397 | |
c2255bc4 | 1398 | fn = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, FUNCTION_DECL, fn, args); |
4ca79136 RH |
1399 | DECL_EXTERNAL (fn) = 1; |
1400 | TREE_PUBLIC (fn) = 1; | |
1401 | DECL_ARTIFICIAL (fn) = 1; | |
1402 | TREE_NOTHROW (fn) = 1; | |
5b5cba1f JM |
1403 | DECL_VISIBILITY (fn) = VISIBILITY_DEFAULT; |
1404 | DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (fn) = 1; | |
66c60e67 | 1405 | |
e384e6b5 BS |
1406 | attr_args = build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, build_string (1, "1")); |
1407 | attrs = tree_cons (get_identifier ("fn spec"), attr_args, NULL); | |
1408 | ||
1409 | decl_attributes (&fn, attrs, ATTR_FLAG_BUILT_IN); | |
1410 | ||
4ca79136 | 1411 | block_move_fn = fn; |
bbf6f052 | 1412 | } |
e9a25f70 | 1413 | |
9661b15f | 1414 | if (asmspec) |
0e6df31e | 1415 | set_user_assembler_name (block_move_fn, asmspec); |
9661b15f JJ |
1416 | } |
1417 | ||
1418 | static tree | |
502b8322 | 1419 | emit_block_move_libcall_fn (int for_call) |
9661b15f JJ |
1420 | { |
1421 | static bool emitted_extern; | |
1422 | ||
1423 | if (!block_move_fn) | |
1424 | init_block_move_fn (NULL); | |
1425 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
1426 | if (for_call && !emitted_extern) |
1427 | { | |
1428 | emitted_extern = true; | |
0e6df31e | 1429 | make_decl_rtl (block_move_fn); |
4ca79136 RH |
1430 | } |
1431 | ||
9661b15f | 1432 | return block_move_fn; |
bbf6f052 | 1433 | } |
44bb111a RH |
1434 | |
1435 | /* A subroutine of emit_block_move. Copy the data via an explicit | |
1436 | loop. This is used only when libcalls are forbidden. */ | |
1437 | /* ??? It'd be nice to copy in hunks larger than QImode. */ | |
1438 | ||
1439 | static void | |
502b8322 AJ |
1440 | emit_block_move_via_loop (rtx x, rtx y, rtx size, |
1441 | unsigned int align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
44bb111a RH |
1442 | { |
1443 | rtx cmp_label, top_label, iter, x_addr, y_addr, tmp; | |
372d6395 RS |
1444 | enum machine_mode x_addr_mode = get_address_mode (x); |
1445 | enum machine_mode y_addr_mode = get_address_mode (y); | |
44bb111a RH |
1446 | enum machine_mode iter_mode; |
1447 | ||
1448 | iter_mode = GET_MODE (size); | |
1449 | if (iter_mode == VOIDmode) | |
1450 | iter_mode = word_mode; | |
1451 | ||
1452 | top_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
1453 | cmp_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
1454 | iter = gen_reg_rtx (iter_mode); | |
1455 | ||
1456 | emit_move_insn (iter, const0_rtx); | |
1457 | ||
1458 | x_addr = force_operand (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX); | |
1459 | y_addr = force_operand (XEXP (y, 0), NULL_RTX); | |
1460 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
1461 | ||
44bb111a RH |
1462 | emit_jump (cmp_label); |
1463 | emit_label (top_label); | |
1464 | ||
d4ebfa65 BE |
1465 | tmp = convert_modes (x_addr_mode, iter_mode, iter, true); |
1466 | x_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (x_addr_mode, x_addr, tmp); | |
1467 | ||
1468 | if (x_addr_mode != y_addr_mode) | |
1469 | tmp = convert_modes (y_addr_mode, iter_mode, iter, true); | |
1470 | y_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (y_addr_mode, y_addr, tmp); | |
1471 | ||
44bb111a RH |
1472 | x = change_address (x, QImode, x_addr); |
1473 | y = change_address (y, QImode, y_addr); | |
1474 | ||
1475 | emit_move_insn (x, y); | |
1476 | ||
1477 | tmp = expand_simple_binop (iter_mode, PLUS, iter, const1_rtx, iter, | |
1478 | true, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
1479 | if (tmp != iter) | |
1480 | emit_move_insn (iter, tmp); | |
1481 | ||
44bb111a RH |
1482 | emit_label (cmp_label); |
1483 | ||
1484 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (iter, size, LT, NULL_RTX, iter_mode, | |
1485 | true, top_label); | |
44bb111a | 1486 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
1487 | \f |
1488 | /* Copy all or part of a value X into registers starting at REGNO. | |
1489 | The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. */ | |
1490 | ||
1491 | void | |
502b8322 | 1492 | move_block_to_reg (int regno, rtx x, int nregs, enum machine_mode mode) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1493 | { |
1494 | int i; | |
381127e8 | 1495 | #ifdef HAVE_load_multiple |
3a94c984 | 1496 | rtx pat; |
381127e8 RL |
1497 | rtx last; |
1498 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 1499 | |
72bb9717 RK |
1500 | if (nregs == 0) |
1501 | return; | |
1502 | ||
1a627b35 | 1503 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && !targetm.legitimate_constant_p (mode, x)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1504 | x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x)); |
1505 | ||
1506 | /* See if the machine can do this with a load multiple insn. */ | |
1507 | #ifdef HAVE_load_multiple | |
c3a02afe | 1508 | if (HAVE_load_multiple) |
bbf6f052 | 1509 | { |
c3a02afe | 1510 | last = get_last_insn (); |
38a448ca | 1511 | pat = gen_load_multiple (gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), x, |
c3a02afe RK |
1512 | GEN_INT (nregs)); |
1513 | if (pat) | |
1514 | { | |
1515 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1516 | return; | |
1517 | } | |
1518 | else | |
1519 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 | 1520 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
1521 | #endif |
1522 | ||
1523 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
38a448ca | 1524 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno + i), |
bbf6f052 RK |
1525 | operand_subword_force (x, i, mode)); |
1526 | } | |
1527 | ||
1528 | /* Copy all or part of a BLKmode value X out of registers starting at REGNO. | |
c6b97fac | 1529 | The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. */ |
0040593d | 1530 | |
bbf6f052 | 1531 | void |
502b8322 | 1532 | move_block_from_reg (int regno, rtx x, int nregs) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1533 | { |
1534 | int i; | |
bbf6f052 | 1535 | |
2954d7db RK |
1536 | if (nregs == 0) |
1537 | return; | |
1538 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1539 | /* See if the machine can do this with a store multiple insn. */ |
1540 | #ifdef HAVE_store_multiple | |
c3a02afe | 1541 | if (HAVE_store_multiple) |
bbf6f052 | 1542 | { |
c6b97fac AM |
1543 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); |
1544 | rtx pat = gen_store_multiple (x, gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), | |
1545 | GEN_INT (nregs)); | |
c3a02afe RK |
1546 | if (pat) |
1547 | { | |
1548 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1549 | return; | |
1550 | } | |
1551 | else | |
1552 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 | 1553 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
1554 | #endif |
1555 | ||
1556 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
1557 | { | |
1558 | rtx tem = operand_subword (x, i, 1, BLKmode); | |
1559 | ||
5b0264cb | 1560 | gcc_assert (tem); |
bbf6f052 | 1561 | |
38a448ca | 1562 | emit_move_insn (tem, gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno + i)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1563 | } |
1564 | } | |
1565 | ||
084a1106 JDA |
1566 | /* Generate a PARALLEL rtx for a new non-consecutive group of registers from |
1567 | ORIG, where ORIG is a non-consecutive group of registers represented by | |
1568 | a PARALLEL. The clone is identical to the original except in that the | |
1569 | original set of registers is replaced by a new set of pseudo registers. | |
1570 | The new set has the same modes as the original set. */ | |
1571 | ||
1572 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 1573 | gen_group_rtx (rtx orig) |
084a1106 JDA |
1574 | { |
1575 | int i, length; | |
1576 | rtx *tmps; | |
1577 | ||
5b0264cb | 1578 | gcc_assert (GET_CODE (orig) == PARALLEL); |
084a1106 JDA |
1579 | |
1580 | length = XVECLEN (orig, 0); | |
1b4572a8 | 1581 | tmps = XALLOCAVEC (rtx, length); |
084a1106 JDA |
1582 | |
1583 | /* Skip a NULL entry in first slot. */ | |
1584 | i = XEXP (XVECEXP (orig, 0, 0), 0) ? 0 : 1; | |
1585 | ||
1586 | if (i) | |
1587 | tmps[0] = 0; | |
1588 | ||
1589 | for (; i < length; i++) | |
1590 | { | |
1591 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XVECEXP (orig, 0, i), 0)); | |
1592 | rtx offset = XEXP (XVECEXP (orig, 0, i), 1); | |
1593 | ||
1594 | tmps[i] = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, gen_reg_rtx (mode), offset); | |
1595 | } | |
1596 | ||
1597 | return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (GET_MODE (orig), gen_rtvec_v (length, tmps)); | |
1598 | } | |
1599 | ||
27e29549 RH |
1600 | /* A subroutine of emit_group_load. Arguments as for emit_group_load, |
1601 | except that values are placed in TMPS[i], and must later be moved | |
daa956d0 | 1602 | into corresponding XEXP (XVECEXP (DST, 0, i), 0) element. */ |
fffa9c1d | 1603 | |
27e29549 RH |
1604 | static void |
1605 | emit_group_load_1 (rtx *tmps, rtx dst, rtx orig_src, tree type, int ssize) | |
fffa9c1d | 1606 | { |
27e29549 | 1607 | rtx src; |
aac5cc16 | 1608 | int start, i; |
7ef7000b | 1609 | enum machine_mode m = GET_MODE (orig_src); |
fffa9c1d | 1610 | |
5b0264cb | 1611 | gcc_assert (GET_CODE (dst) == PARALLEL); |
fffa9c1d | 1612 | |
f2978871 AM |
1613 | if (m != VOIDmode |
1614 | && !SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (m) | |
1615 | && !MEM_P (orig_src) | |
1616 | && GET_CODE (orig_src) != CONCAT) | |
782fa603 AH |
1617 | { |
1618 | enum machine_mode imode = int_mode_for_mode (GET_MODE (orig_src)); | |
1619 | if (imode == BLKmode) | |
9474e8ab | 1620 | src = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (orig_src), ssize); |
782fa603 AH |
1621 | else |
1622 | src = gen_reg_rtx (imode); | |
1623 | if (imode != BLKmode) | |
1624 | src = gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (orig_src), src); | |
1625 | emit_move_insn (src, orig_src); | |
1626 | /* ...and back again. */ | |
1627 | if (imode != BLKmode) | |
1628 | src = gen_lowpart (imode, src); | |
27e29549 | 1629 | emit_group_load_1 (tmps, dst, src, type, ssize); |
782fa603 AH |
1630 | return; |
1631 | } | |
1632 | ||
fffa9c1d JW |
1633 | /* Check for a NULL entry, used to indicate that the parameter goes |
1634 | both on the stack and in registers. */ | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1635 | if (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, 0), 0)) |
1636 | start = 0; | |
fffa9c1d | 1637 | else |
aac5cc16 RH |
1638 | start = 1; |
1639 | ||
aac5cc16 RH |
1640 | /* Process the pieces. */ |
1641 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (dst, 0); i++) | |
1642 | { | |
1643 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 0)); | |
770ae6cc RK |
1644 | HOST_WIDE_INT bytepos = INTVAL (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 1)); |
1645 | unsigned int bytelen = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1646 | int shift = 0; |
1647 | ||
1648 | /* Handle trailing fragments that run over the size of the struct. */ | |
8752c357 | 1649 | if (ssize >= 0 && bytepos + (HOST_WIDE_INT) bytelen > ssize) |
aac5cc16 | 1650 | { |
6e985040 AM |
1651 | /* Arrange to shift the fragment to where it belongs. |
1652 | extract_bit_field loads to the lsb of the reg. */ | |
1653 | if ( | |
1654 | #ifdef BLOCK_REG_PADDING | |
1655 | BLOCK_REG_PADDING (GET_MODE (orig_src), type, i == start) | |
1656 | == (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? upward : downward) | |
1657 | #else | |
1658 | BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
1659 | #endif | |
1660 | ) | |
1661 | shift = (bytelen - (ssize - bytepos)) * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
aac5cc16 | 1662 | bytelen = ssize - bytepos; |
5b0264cb | 1663 | gcc_assert (bytelen > 0); |
aac5cc16 RH |
1664 | } |
1665 | ||
f3ce87a9 DE |
1666 | /* If we won't be loading directly from memory, protect the real source |
1667 | from strange tricks we might play; but make sure that the source can | |
1668 | be loaded directly into the destination. */ | |
1669 | src = orig_src; | |
3c0cb5de | 1670 | if (!MEM_P (orig_src) |
f3ce87a9 DE |
1671 | && (!CONSTANT_P (orig_src) |
1672 | || (GET_MODE (orig_src) != mode | |
1673 | && GET_MODE (orig_src) != VOIDmode))) | |
1674 | { | |
1675 | if (GET_MODE (orig_src) == VOIDmode) | |
1676 | src = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
1677 | else | |
1678 | src = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (orig_src)); | |
04050c69 | 1679 | |
f3ce87a9 DE |
1680 | emit_move_insn (src, orig_src); |
1681 | } | |
1682 | ||
aac5cc16 | 1683 | /* Optimize the access just a bit. */ |
3c0cb5de | 1684 | if (MEM_P (src) |
6e985040 AM |
1685 | && (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode, MEM_ALIGN (src)) |
1686 | || MEM_ALIGN (src) >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) | |
729a2125 | 1687 | && bytepos * BITS_PER_UNIT % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) == 0 |
aac5cc16 RH |
1688 | && bytelen == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) |
1689 | { | |
1690 | tmps[i] = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
f4ef873c | 1691 | emit_move_insn (tmps[i], adjust_address (src, mode, bytepos)); |
fffa9c1d | 1692 | } |
d20b1190 EB |
1693 | else if (COMPLEX_MODE_P (mode) |
1694 | && GET_MODE (src) == mode | |
1695 | && bytelen == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) | |
1696 | /* Let emit_move_complex do the bulk of the work. */ | |
1697 | tmps[i] = src; | |
7c4a6db0 JW |
1698 | else if (GET_CODE (src) == CONCAT) |
1699 | { | |
015b1ad1 JDA |
1700 | unsigned int slen = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)); |
1701 | unsigned int slen0 = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (src, 0))); | |
1702 | ||
1703 | if ((bytepos == 0 && bytelen == slen0) | |
1704 | || (bytepos != 0 && bytepos + bytelen <= slen)) | |
cbb92744 | 1705 | { |
015b1ad1 JDA |
1706 | /* The following assumes that the concatenated objects all |
1707 | have the same size. In this case, a simple calculation | |
1708 | can be used to determine the object and the bit field | |
1709 | to be extracted. */ | |
1710 | tmps[i] = XEXP (src, bytepos / slen0); | |
cbb92744 | 1711 | if (! CONSTANT_P (tmps[i]) |
f8cfc6aa | 1712 | && (!REG_P (tmps[i]) || GET_MODE (tmps[i]) != mode)) |
cbb92744 | 1713 | tmps[i] = extract_bit_field (tmps[i], bytelen * BITS_PER_UNIT, |
015b1ad1 | 1714 | (bytepos % slen0) * BITS_PER_UNIT, |
62519f7f | 1715 | 1, false, NULL_RTX, mode, mode); |
cbb92744 | 1716 | } |
5b0264cb | 1717 | else |
58f69841 | 1718 | { |
5b0264cb | 1719 | rtx mem; |
f58c00e3 | 1720 | |
5b0264cb | 1721 | gcc_assert (!bytepos); |
9474e8ab | 1722 | mem = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (src), slen); |
58f69841 | 1723 | emit_move_insn (mem, src); |
f58c00e3 | 1724 | tmps[i] = extract_bit_field (mem, bytelen * BITS_PER_UNIT, |
62519f7f | 1725 | 0, 1, false, NULL_RTX, mode, mode); |
58f69841 | 1726 | } |
7c4a6db0 | 1727 | } |
9c0631a7 AH |
1728 | /* FIXME: A SIMD parallel will eventually lead to a subreg of a |
1729 | SIMD register, which is currently broken. While we get GCC | |
1730 | to emit proper RTL for these cases, let's dump to memory. */ | |
1731 | else if (VECTOR_MODE_P (GET_MODE (dst)) | |
f8cfc6aa | 1732 | && REG_P (src)) |
9c0631a7 AH |
1733 | { |
1734 | int slen = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)); | |
1735 | rtx mem; | |
1736 | ||
9474e8ab | 1737 | mem = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (src), slen); |
9c0631a7 AH |
1738 | emit_move_insn (mem, src); |
1739 | tmps[i] = adjust_address (mem, mode, (int) bytepos); | |
1740 | } | |
d3a16cbd FJ |
1741 | else if (CONSTANT_P (src) && GET_MODE (dst) != BLKmode |
1742 | && XVECLEN (dst, 0) > 1) | |
1743 | tmps[i] = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, src, GET_MODE(dst), bytepos); | |
7cefcade JDA |
1744 | else if (CONSTANT_P (src)) |
1745 | { | |
1746 | HOST_WIDE_INT len = (HOST_WIDE_INT) bytelen; | |
1747 | ||
1748 | if (len == ssize) | |
1749 | tmps[i] = src; | |
1750 | else | |
1751 | { | |
1752 | rtx first, second; | |
1753 | ||
1754 | gcc_assert (2 * len == ssize); | |
1755 | split_double (src, &first, &second); | |
1756 | if (i) | |
1757 | tmps[i] = second; | |
1758 | else | |
1759 | tmps[i] = first; | |
1760 | } | |
1761 | } | |
1762 | else if (REG_P (src) && GET_MODE (src) == mode) | |
2ee5437b | 1763 | tmps[i] = src; |
fffa9c1d | 1764 | else |
19caa751 | 1765 | tmps[i] = extract_bit_field (src, bytelen * BITS_PER_UNIT, |
62519f7f | 1766 | bytepos * BITS_PER_UNIT, 1, false, NULL_RTX, |
b3520980 | 1767 | mode, mode); |
fffa9c1d | 1768 | |
6e985040 | 1769 | if (shift) |
09b52670 | 1770 | tmps[i] = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, mode, tmps[i], |
eb6c3df1 | 1771 | shift, tmps[i], 0); |
fffa9c1d | 1772 | } |
27e29549 RH |
1773 | } |
1774 | ||
1775 | /* Emit code to move a block SRC of type TYPE to a block DST, | |
1776 | where DST is non-consecutive registers represented by a PARALLEL. | |
1777 | SSIZE represents the total size of block ORIG_SRC in bytes, or -1 | |
1778 | if not known. */ | |
1779 | ||
1780 | void | |
1781 | emit_group_load (rtx dst, rtx src, tree type, int ssize) | |
1782 | { | |
1783 | rtx *tmps; | |
1784 | int i; | |
1785 | ||
1b4572a8 | 1786 | tmps = XALLOCAVEC (rtx, XVECLEN (dst, 0)); |
27e29549 | 1787 | emit_group_load_1 (tmps, dst, src, type, ssize); |
19caa751 | 1788 | |
aac5cc16 | 1789 | /* Copy the extracted pieces into the proper (probable) hard regs. */ |
27e29549 RH |
1790 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (dst, 0); i++) |
1791 | { | |
1792 | rtx d = XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 0); | |
1793 | if (d == NULL) | |
1794 | continue; | |
1795 | emit_move_insn (d, tmps[i]); | |
1796 | } | |
1797 | } | |
1798 | ||
1799 | /* Similar, but load SRC into new pseudos in a format that looks like | |
1800 | PARALLEL. This can later be fed to emit_group_move to get things | |
1801 | in the right place. */ | |
1802 | ||
1803 | rtx | |
1804 | emit_group_load_into_temps (rtx parallel, rtx src, tree type, int ssize) | |
1805 | { | |
1806 | rtvec vec; | |
1807 | int i; | |
1808 | ||
1809 | vec = rtvec_alloc (XVECLEN (parallel, 0)); | |
1810 | emit_group_load_1 (&RTVEC_ELT (vec, 0), parallel, src, type, ssize); | |
1811 | ||
1812 | /* Convert the vector to look just like the original PARALLEL, except | |
1813 | with the computed values. */ | |
1814 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (parallel, 0); i++) | |
1815 | { | |
1816 | rtx e = XVECEXP (parallel, 0, i); | |
1817 | rtx d = XEXP (e, 0); | |
1818 | ||
1819 | if (d) | |
1820 | { | |
1821 | d = force_reg (GET_MODE (d), RTVEC_ELT (vec, i)); | |
1822 | e = alloc_EXPR_LIST (REG_NOTE_KIND (e), d, XEXP (e, 1)); | |
1823 | } | |
1824 | RTVEC_ELT (vec, i) = e; | |
1825 | } | |
1826 | ||
1827 | return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (GET_MODE (parallel), vec); | |
fffa9c1d JW |
1828 | } |
1829 | ||
084a1106 JDA |
1830 | /* Emit code to move a block SRC to block DST, where SRC and DST are |
1831 | non-consecutive groups of registers, each represented by a PARALLEL. */ | |
1832 | ||
1833 | void | |
502b8322 | 1834 | emit_group_move (rtx dst, rtx src) |
084a1106 JDA |
1835 | { |
1836 | int i; | |
1837 | ||
5b0264cb NS |
1838 | gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) == PARALLEL |
1839 | && GET_CODE (dst) == PARALLEL | |
1840 | && XVECLEN (src, 0) == XVECLEN (dst, 0)); | |
084a1106 JDA |
1841 | |
1842 | /* Skip first entry if NULL. */ | |
1843 | for (i = XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, 0), 0) ? 0 : 1; i < XVECLEN (src, 0); i++) | |
1844 | emit_move_insn (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 0), | |
1845 | XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, i), 0)); | |
1846 | } | |
1847 | ||
27e29549 RH |
1848 | /* Move a group of registers represented by a PARALLEL into pseudos. */ |
1849 | ||
1850 | rtx | |
1851 | emit_group_move_into_temps (rtx src) | |
1852 | { | |
1853 | rtvec vec = rtvec_alloc (XVECLEN (src, 0)); | |
1854 | int i; | |
1855 | ||
1856 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (src, 0); i++) | |
1857 | { | |
1858 | rtx e = XVECEXP (src, 0, i); | |
1859 | rtx d = XEXP (e, 0); | |
1860 | ||
1861 | if (d) | |
1862 | e = alloc_EXPR_LIST (REG_NOTE_KIND (e), copy_to_reg (d), XEXP (e, 1)); | |
1863 | RTVEC_ELT (vec, i) = e; | |
1864 | } | |
1865 | ||
1866 | return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (GET_MODE (src), vec); | |
1867 | } | |
1868 | ||
6e985040 AM |
1869 | /* Emit code to move a block SRC to a block ORIG_DST of type TYPE, |
1870 | where SRC is non-consecutive registers represented by a PARALLEL. | |
1871 | SSIZE represents the total size of block ORIG_DST, or -1 if not | |
1872 | known. */ | |
fffa9c1d JW |
1873 | |
1874 | void | |
6e985040 | 1875 | emit_group_store (rtx orig_dst, rtx src, tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int ssize) |
fffa9c1d | 1876 | { |
aac5cc16 | 1877 | rtx *tmps, dst; |
79edfde8 | 1878 | int start, finish, i; |
7ef7000b | 1879 | enum machine_mode m = GET_MODE (orig_dst); |
fffa9c1d | 1880 | |
5b0264cb | 1881 | gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) == PARALLEL); |
fffa9c1d | 1882 | |
0da34ce4 RH |
1883 | if (!SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (m) |
1884 | && !MEM_P (orig_dst) && GET_CODE (orig_dst) != CONCAT) | |
782fa603 AH |
1885 | { |
1886 | enum machine_mode imode = int_mode_for_mode (GET_MODE (orig_dst)); | |
1887 | if (imode == BLKmode) | |
9474e8ab | 1888 | dst = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (orig_dst), ssize); |
782fa603 AH |
1889 | else |
1890 | dst = gen_reg_rtx (imode); | |
1891 | emit_group_store (dst, src, type, ssize); | |
1892 | if (imode != BLKmode) | |
1893 | dst = gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (orig_dst), dst); | |
1894 | emit_move_insn (orig_dst, dst); | |
1895 | return; | |
1896 | } | |
1897 | ||
fffa9c1d JW |
1898 | /* Check for a NULL entry, used to indicate that the parameter goes |
1899 | both on the stack and in registers. */ | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1900 | if (XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, 0), 0)) |
1901 | start = 0; | |
fffa9c1d | 1902 | else |
aac5cc16 | 1903 | start = 1; |
79edfde8 | 1904 | finish = XVECLEN (src, 0); |
aac5cc16 | 1905 | |
1b4572a8 | 1906 | tmps = XALLOCAVEC (rtx, finish); |
fffa9c1d | 1907 | |
aac5cc16 | 1908 | /* Copy the (probable) hard regs into pseudos. */ |
79edfde8 | 1909 | for (i = start; i < finish; i++) |
fffa9c1d | 1910 | { |
aac5cc16 | 1911 | rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, i), 0); |
5ac60669 RS |
1912 | if (!REG_P (reg) || REGNO (reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
1913 | { | |
1914 | tmps[i] = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (reg)); | |
1915 | emit_move_insn (tmps[i], reg); | |
1916 | } | |
1917 | else | |
1918 | tmps[i] = reg; | |
aac5cc16 | 1919 | } |
fffa9c1d | 1920 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1921 | /* If we won't be storing directly into memory, protect the real destination |
1922 | from strange tricks we might play. */ | |
1923 | dst = orig_dst; | |
10a9f2be JW |
1924 | if (GET_CODE (dst) == PARALLEL) |
1925 | { | |
1926 | rtx temp; | |
1927 | ||
1928 | /* We can get a PARALLEL dst if there is a conditional expression in | |
1929 | a return statement. In that case, the dst and src are the same, | |
1930 | so no action is necessary. */ | |
1931 | if (rtx_equal_p (dst, src)) | |
1932 | return; | |
1933 | ||
1934 | /* It is unclear if we can ever reach here, but we may as well handle | |
1935 | it. Allocate a temporary, and split this into a store/load to/from | |
1936 | the temporary. */ | |
1937 | ||
9474e8ab | 1938 | temp = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (dst), ssize); |
6e985040 AM |
1939 | emit_group_store (temp, src, type, ssize); |
1940 | emit_group_load (dst, temp, type, ssize); | |
10a9f2be JW |
1941 | return; |
1942 | } | |
3c0cb5de | 1943 | else if (!MEM_P (dst) && GET_CODE (dst) != CONCAT) |
aac5cc16 | 1944 | { |
79edfde8 RS |
1945 | enum machine_mode outer = GET_MODE (dst); |
1946 | enum machine_mode inner; | |
5650dfbd | 1947 | HOST_WIDE_INT bytepos; |
79edfde8 RS |
1948 | bool done = false; |
1949 | rtx temp; | |
1950 | ||
5ac60669 | 1951 | if (!REG_P (dst) || REGNO (dst) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
79edfde8 RS |
1952 | dst = gen_reg_rtx (outer); |
1953 | ||
aac5cc16 | 1954 | /* Make life a bit easier for combine. */ |
79edfde8 RS |
1955 | /* If the first element of the vector is the low part |
1956 | of the destination mode, use a paradoxical subreg to | |
1957 | initialize the destination. */ | |
1958 | if (start < finish) | |
1959 | { | |
1960 | inner = GET_MODE (tmps[start]); | |
7488662d | 1961 | bytepos = subreg_lowpart_offset (inner, outer); |
79edfde8 RS |
1962 | if (INTVAL (XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, start), 1)) == bytepos) |
1963 | { | |
1964 | temp = simplify_gen_subreg (outer, tmps[start], | |
7488662d | 1965 | inner, 0); |
9fd20553 RS |
1966 | if (temp) |
1967 | { | |
1968 | emit_move_insn (dst, temp); | |
1969 | done = true; | |
1970 | start++; | |
1971 | } | |
79edfde8 RS |
1972 | } |
1973 | } | |
1974 | ||
1975 | /* If the first element wasn't the low part, try the last. */ | |
1976 | if (!done | |
1977 | && start < finish - 1) | |
1978 | { | |
1979 | inner = GET_MODE (tmps[finish - 1]); | |
7488662d | 1980 | bytepos = subreg_lowpart_offset (inner, outer); |
79edfde8 RS |
1981 | if (INTVAL (XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, finish - 1), 1)) == bytepos) |
1982 | { | |
1983 | temp = simplify_gen_subreg (outer, tmps[finish - 1], | |
7488662d | 1984 | inner, 0); |
9fd20553 RS |
1985 | if (temp) |
1986 | { | |
1987 | emit_move_insn (dst, temp); | |
1988 | done = true; | |
1989 | finish--; | |
1990 | } | |
79edfde8 RS |
1991 | } |
1992 | } | |
1993 | ||
1994 | /* Otherwise, simply initialize the result to zero. */ | |
1995 | if (!done) | |
1996 | emit_move_insn (dst, CONST0_RTX (outer)); | |
aac5cc16 | 1997 | } |
aac5cc16 RH |
1998 | |
1999 | /* Process the pieces. */ | |
79edfde8 | 2000 | for (i = start; i < finish; i++) |
aac5cc16 | 2001 | { |
770ae6cc | 2002 | HOST_WIDE_INT bytepos = INTVAL (XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, i), 1)); |
aac5cc16 | 2003 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (tmps[i]); |
770ae6cc | 2004 | unsigned int bytelen = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); |
38c4df0b | 2005 | unsigned int adj_bytelen = bytelen; |
6ddae612 | 2006 | rtx dest = dst; |
aac5cc16 RH |
2007 | |
2008 | /* Handle trailing fragments that run over the size of the struct. */ | |
8752c357 | 2009 | if (ssize >= 0 && bytepos + (HOST_WIDE_INT) bytelen > ssize) |
38c4df0b | 2010 | adj_bytelen = ssize - bytepos; |
fffa9c1d | 2011 | |
6ddae612 JJ |
2012 | if (GET_CODE (dst) == CONCAT) |
2013 | { | |
38c4df0b JM |
2014 | if (bytepos + adj_bytelen |
2015 | <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (dst, 0)))) | |
6ddae612 JJ |
2016 | dest = XEXP (dst, 0); |
2017 | else if (bytepos >= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (dst, 0)))) | |
2018 | { | |
2019 | bytepos -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (dst, 0))); | |
2020 | dest = XEXP (dst, 1); | |
2021 | } | |
5b0264cb | 2022 | else |
0d446150 | 2023 | { |
6cd7942d L |
2024 | enum machine_mode dest_mode = GET_MODE (dest); |
2025 | enum machine_mode tmp_mode = GET_MODE (tmps[i]); | |
6cd7942d | 2026 | |
e0978eba | 2027 | gcc_assert (bytepos == 0 && XVECLEN (src, 0)); |
6cd7942d L |
2028 | |
2029 | if (GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (dest_mode) | |
2030 | >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (tmp_mode)) | |
2031 | { | |
e0978eba | 2032 | dest = assign_stack_temp (dest_mode, |
9474e8ab | 2033 | GET_MODE_SIZE (dest_mode)); |
6cd7942d L |
2034 | emit_move_insn (adjust_address (dest, |
2035 | tmp_mode, | |
2036 | bytepos), | |
2037 | tmps[i]); | |
2038 | dst = dest; | |
2039 | } | |
2040 | else | |
2041 | { | |
e0978eba | 2042 | dest = assign_stack_temp (tmp_mode, |
9474e8ab | 2043 | GET_MODE_SIZE (tmp_mode)); |
6cd7942d L |
2044 | emit_move_insn (dest, tmps[i]); |
2045 | dst = adjust_address (dest, dest_mode, bytepos); | |
2046 | } | |
0d446150 JH |
2047 | break; |
2048 | } | |
6ddae612 JJ |
2049 | } |
2050 | ||
38c4df0b JM |
2051 | if (ssize >= 0 && bytepos + (HOST_WIDE_INT) bytelen > ssize) |
2052 | { | |
2053 | /* store_bit_field always takes its value from the lsb. | |
2054 | Move the fragment to the lsb if it's not already there. */ | |
2055 | if ( | |
2056 | #ifdef BLOCK_REG_PADDING | |
2057 | BLOCK_REG_PADDING (GET_MODE (orig_dst), type, i == start) | |
2058 | == (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? upward : downward) | |
2059 | #else | |
2060 | BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
2061 | #endif | |
2062 | ) | |
2063 | { | |
2064 | int shift = (bytelen - (ssize - bytepos)) * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
2065 | tmps[i] = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, mode, tmps[i], | |
eb6c3df1 | 2066 | shift, tmps[i], 0); |
38c4df0b JM |
2067 | } |
2068 | bytelen = adj_bytelen; | |
2069 | } | |
2070 | ||
aac5cc16 | 2071 | /* Optimize the access just a bit. */ |
3c0cb5de | 2072 | if (MEM_P (dest) |
6e985040 AM |
2073 | && (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode, MEM_ALIGN (dest)) |
2074 | || MEM_ALIGN (dest) >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) | |
729a2125 | 2075 | && bytepos * BITS_PER_UNIT % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) == 0 |
aac5cc16 | 2076 | && bytelen == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) |
6ddae612 | 2077 | emit_move_insn (adjust_address (dest, mode, bytepos), tmps[i]); |
aac5cc16 | 2078 | else |
6ddae612 | 2079 | store_bit_field (dest, bytelen * BITS_PER_UNIT, bytepos * BITS_PER_UNIT, |
1169e45d | 2080 | 0, 0, mode, tmps[i]); |
fffa9c1d | 2081 | } |
729a2125 | 2082 | |
aac5cc16 | 2083 | /* Copy from the pseudo into the (probable) hard reg. */ |
0d446150 | 2084 | if (orig_dst != dst) |
aac5cc16 | 2085 | emit_move_insn (orig_dst, dst); |
fffa9c1d JW |
2086 | } |
2087 | ||
c36fce9a GRK |
2088 | /* Generate code to copy a BLKmode object of TYPE out of a |
2089 | set of registers starting with SRCREG into TGTBLK. If TGTBLK | |
2090 | is null, a stack temporary is created. TGTBLK is returned. | |
2091 | ||
c988af2b RS |
2092 | The purpose of this routine is to handle functions that return |
2093 | BLKmode structures in registers. Some machines (the PA for example) | |
2094 | want to return all small structures in registers regardless of the | |
2095 | structure's alignment. */ | |
c36fce9a GRK |
2096 | |
2097 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 2098 | copy_blkmode_from_reg (rtx tgtblk, rtx srcreg, tree type) |
c36fce9a | 2099 | { |
19caa751 RK |
2100 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type); |
2101 | rtx src = NULL, dst = NULL; | |
2102 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = MIN (TYPE_ALIGN (type), BITS_PER_WORD); | |
c988af2b | 2103 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, xbitpos, padding_correction = 0; |
15af420d | 2104 | enum machine_mode copy_mode; |
19caa751 RK |
2105 | |
2106 | if (tgtblk == 0) | |
2107 | { | |
1da68f56 RK |
2108 | tgtblk = assign_temp (build_qualified_type (type, |
2109 | (TYPE_QUALS (type) | |
2110 | | TYPE_QUAL_CONST)), | |
9474e8ab | 2111 | 1, 1); |
19caa751 RK |
2112 | preserve_temp_slots (tgtblk); |
2113 | } | |
3a94c984 | 2114 | |
1ed1b4fb | 2115 | /* This code assumes srcreg is at least a full word. If it isn't, copy it |
9ac3e73b | 2116 | into a new pseudo which is a full word. */ |
0d7839da | 2117 | |
19caa751 RK |
2118 | if (GET_MODE (srcreg) != BLKmode |
2119 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (srcreg)) < UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
8df83eae | 2120 | srcreg = convert_to_mode (word_mode, srcreg, TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)); |
19caa751 | 2121 | |
c988af2b RS |
2122 | /* If the structure doesn't take up a whole number of words, see whether |
2123 | SRCREG is padded on the left or on the right. If it's on the left, | |
2124 | set PADDING_CORRECTION to the number of bits to skip. | |
2125 | ||
2126 | In most ABIs, the structure will be returned at the least end of | |
2127 | the register, which translates to right padding on little-endian | |
2128 | targets and left padding on big-endian targets. The opposite | |
2129 | holds if the structure is returned at the most significant | |
2130 | end of the register. */ | |
2131 | if (bytes % UNITS_PER_WORD != 0 | |
2132 | && (targetm.calls.return_in_msb (type) | |
2133 | ? !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
2134 | : BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)) | |
2135 | padding_correction | |
19caa751 RK |
2136 | = (BITS_PER_WORD - ((bytes % UNITS_PER_WORD) * BITS_PER_UNIT)); |
2137 | ||
15af420d EB |
2138 | /* Copy the structure BITSIZE bits at a time. If the target lives in |
2139 | memory, take care of not reading/writing past its end by selecting | |
2140 | a copy mode suited to BITSIZE. This should always be possible given | |
2141 | how it is computed. | |
3a94c984 | 2142 | |
19caa751 RK |
2143 | We could probably emit more efficient code for machines which do not use |
2144 | strict alignment, but it doesn't seem worth the effort at the current | |
2145 | time. */ | |
15af420d EB |
2146 | |
2147 | copy_mode = word_mode; | |
2148 | if (MEM_P (tgtblk)) | |
2149 | { | |
2150 | enum machine_mode mem_mode = mode_for_size (bitsize, MODE_INT, 1); | |
2151 | if (mem_mode != BLKmode) | |
2152 | copy_mode = mem_mode; | |
2153 | } | |
2154 | ||
c988af2b | 2155 | for (bitpos = 0, xbitpos = padding_correction; |
19caa751 RK |
2156 | bitpos < bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT; |
2157 | bitpos += bitsize, xbitpos += bitsize) | |
2158 | { | |
3a94c984 | 2159 | /* We need a new source operand each time xbitpos is on a |
c988af2b | 2160 | word boundary and when xbitpos == padding_correction |
19caa751 RK |
2161 | (the first time through). */ |
2162 | if (xbitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0 | |
c988af2b | 2163 | || xbitpos == padding_correction) |
b47f8cfc JH |
2164 | src = operand_subword_force (srcreg, xbitpos / BITS_PER_WORD, |
2165 | GET_MODE (srcreg)); | |
19caa751 RK |
2166 | |
2167 | /* We need a new destination operand each time bitpos is on | |
2168 | a word boundary. */ | |
2169 | if (bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0) | |
2170 | dst = operand_subword (tgtblk, bitpos / BITS_PER_WORD, 1, BLKmode); | |
3a94c984 | 2171 | |
19caa751 | 2172 | /* Use xbitpos for the source extraction (right justified) and |
15af420d | 2173 | bitpos for the destination store (left justified). */ |
1169e45d | 2174 | store_bit_field (dst, bitsize, bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD, 0, 0, copy_mode, |
19caa751 | 2175 | extract_bit_field (src, bitsize, |
62519f7f | 2176 | xbitpos % BITS_PER_WORD, 1, false, |
15af420d | 2177 | NULL_RTX, copy_mode, copy_mode)); |
19caa751 RK |
2178 | } |
2179 | ||
2180 | return tgtblk; | |
c36fce9a GRK |
2181 | } |
2182 | ||
2ba87a29 RS |
2183 | /* Copy BLKmode value SRC into a register of mode MODE. Return the |
2184 | register if it contains any data, otherwise return null. | |
2185 | ||
2186 | This is used on targets that return BLKmode values in registers. */ | |
2187 | ||
2188 | rtx | |
2189 | copy_blkmode_to_reg (enum machine_mode mode, tree src) | |
2190 | { | |
2191 | int i, n_regs; | |
2192 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, xbitpos, padding_correction = 0, bytes; | |
2193 | unsigned int bitsize; | |
2194 | rtx *dst_words, dst, x, src_word = NULL_RTX, dst_word = NULL_RTX; | |
2195 | enum machine_mode dst_mode; | |
2196 | ||
2197 | gcc_assert (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (src)) == BLKmode); | |
2198 | ||
2199 | x = expand_normal (src); | |
2200 | ||
2201 | bytes = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (src)); | |
2202 | if (bytes == 0) | |
2203 | return NULL_RTX; | |
2204 | ||
2205 | /* If the structure doesn't take up a whole number of words, see | |
2206 | whether the register value should be padded on the left or on | |
2207 | the right. Set PADDING_CORRECTION to the number of padding | |
2208 | bits needed on the left side. | |
2209 | ||
2210 | In most ABIs, the structure will be returned at the least end of | |
2211 | the register, which translates to right padding on little-endian | |
2212 | targets and left padding on big-endian targets. The opposite | |
2213 | holds if the structure is returned at the most significant | |
2214 | end of the register. */ | |
2215 | if (bytes % UNITS_PER_WORD != 0 | |
2216 | && (targetm.calls.return_in_msb (TREE_TYPE (src)) | |
2217 | ? !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
2218 | : BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)) | |
2219 | padding_correction = (BITS_PER_WORD - ((bytes % UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
2220 | * BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
2221 | ||
2222 | n_regs = (bytes + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
2223 | dst_words = XALLOCAVEC (rtx, n_regs); | |
2224 | bitsize = MIN (TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (src)), BITS_PER_WORD); | |
2225 | ||
2226 | /* Copy the structure BITSIZE bits at a time. */ | |
2227 | for (bitpos = 0, xbitpos = padding_correction; | |
2228 | bitpos < bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
2229 | bitpos += bitsize, xbitpos += bitsize) | |
2230 | { | |
2231 | /* We need a new destination pseudo each time xbitpos is | |
2232 | on a word boundary and when xbitpos == padding_correction | |
2233 | (the first time through). */ | |
2234 | if (xbitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0 | |
2235 | || xbitpos == padding_correction) | |
2236 | { | |
2237 | /* Generate an appropriate register. */ | |
2238 | dst_word = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode); | |
2239 | dst_words[xbitpos / BITS_PER_WORD] = dst_word; | |
2240 | ||
2241 | /* Clear the destination before we move anything into it. */ | |
2242 | emit_move_insn (dst_word, CONST0_RTX (word_mode)); | |
2243 | } | |
2244 | ||
2245 | /* We need a new source operand each time bitpos is on a word | |
2246 | boundary. */ | |
2247 | if (bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0) | |
2248 | src_word = operand_subword_force (x, bitpos / BITS_PER_WORD, BLKmode); | |
2249 | ||
2250 | /* Use bitpos for the source extraction (left justified) and | |
2251 | xbitpos for the destination store (right justified). */ | |
2252 | store_bit_field (dst_word, bitsize, xbitpos % BITS_PER_WORD, | |
2253 | 0, 0, word_mode, | |
2254 | extract_bit_field (src_word, bitsize, | |
2255 | bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD, 1, false, | |
2256 | NULL_RTX, word_mode, word_mode)); | |
2257 | } | |
2258 | ||
2259 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
2260 | { | |
2261 | /* Find the smallest integer mode large enough to hold the | |
2262 | entire structure. */ | |
2263 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); | |
2264 | mode != VOIDmode; | |
2265 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
2266 | /* Have we found a large enough mode? */ | |
2267 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= bytes) | |
2268 | break; | |
2269 | ||
2270 | /* A suitable mode should have been found. */ | |
2271 | gcc_assert (mode != VOIDmode); | |
2272 | } | |
2273 | ||
2274 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (word_mode)) | |
2275 | dst_mode = word_mode; | |
2276 | else | |
2277 | dst_mode = mode; | |
2278 | dst = gen_reg_rtx (dst_mode); | |
2279 | ||
2280 | for (i = 0; i < n_regs; i++) | |
2281 | emit_move_insn (operand_subword (dst, i, 0, dst_mode), dst_words[i]); | |
2282 | ||
2283 | if (mode != dst_mode) | |
2284 | dst = gen_lowpart (mode, dst); | |
2285 | ||
2286 | return dst; | |
2287 | } | |
2288 | ||
94b25f81 RK |
2289 | /* Add a USE expression for REG to the (possibly empty) list pointed |
2290 | to by CALL_FUSAGE. REG must denote a hard register. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2291 | |
2292 | void | |
7d810276 | 2293 | use_reg_mode (rtx *call_fusage, rtx reg, enum machine_mode mode) |
b3f8cf4a | 2294 | { |
5b0264cb | 2295 | gcc_assert (REG_P (reg) && REGNO (reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); |
ed1223ba | 2296 | |
b3f8cf4a | 2297 | *call_fusage |
7d810276 | 2298 | = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (mode, gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg), *call_fusage); |
b3f8cf4a RK |
2299 | } |
2300 | ||
94b25f81 RK |
2301 | /* Add USE expressions to *CALL_FUSAGE for each of NREGS consecutive regs, |
2302 | starting at REGNO. All of these registers must be hard registers. */ | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
2303 | |
2304 | void | |
502b8322 | 2305 | use_regs (rtx *call_fusage, int regno, int nregs) |
bbf6f052 | 2306 | { |
0304dfbb | 2307 | int i; |
bbf6f052 | 2308 | |
5b0264cb | 2309 | gcc_assert (regno + nregs <= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); |
0304dfbb DE |
2310 | |
2311 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
e50126e8 | 2312 | use_reg (call_fusage, regno_reg_rtx[regno + i]); |
bbf6f052 | 2313 | } |
fffa9c1d JW |
2314 | |
2315 | /* Add USE expressions to *CALL_FUSAGE for each REG contained in the | |
2316 | PARALLEL REGS. This is for calls that pass values in multiple | |
2317 | non-contiguous locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
2318 | ||
2319 | void | |
502b8322 | 2320 | use_group_regs (rtx *call_fusage, rtx regs) |
fffa9c1d JW |
2321 | { |
2322 | int i; | |
2323 | ||
6bd35f86 DE |
2324 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); i++) |
2325 | { | |
2326 | rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i), 0); | |
fffa9c1d | 2327 | |
6bd35f86 DE |
2328 | /* A NULL entry means the parameter goes both on the stack and in |
2329 | registers. This can also be a MEM for targets that pass values | |
2330 | partially on the stack and partially in registers. */ | |
f8cfc6aa | 2331 | if (reg != 0 && REG_P (reg)) |
6bd35f86 DE |
2332 | use_reg (call_fusage, reg); |
2333 | } | |
fffa9c1d | 2334 | } |
641cac0b AN |
2335 | |
2336 | /* Return the defining gimple statement for SSA_NAME NAME if it is an | |
2337 | assigment and the code of the expresion on the RHS is CODE. Return | |
2338 | NULL otherwise. */ | |
2339 | ||
2340 | static gimple | |
2341 | get_def_for_expr (tree name, enum tree_code code) | |
2342 | { | |
2343 | gimple def_stmt; | |
2344 | ||
2345 | if (TREE_CODE (name) != SSA_NAME) | |
2346 | return NULL; | |
2347 | ||
2348 | def_stmt = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (name); | |
2349 | if (!def_stmt | |
2350 | || gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt) != code) | |
2351 | return NULL; | |
2352 | ||
2353 | return def_stmt; | |
2354 | } | |
683c600b | 2355 | |
18c56439 | 2356 | #ifdef HAVE_conditional_move |
683c600b AP |
2357 | /* Return the defining gimple statement for SSA_NAME NAME if it is an |
2358 | assigment and the class of the expresion on the RHS is CLASS. Return | |
2359 | NULL otherwise. */ | |
2360 | ||
2361 | static gimple | |
2362 | get_def_for_expr_class (tree name, enum tree_code_class tclass) | |
2363 | { | |
2364 | gimple def_stmt; | |
2365 | ||
2366 | if (TREE_CODE (name) != SSA_NAME) | |
2367 | return NULL; | |
2368 | ||
2369 | def_stmt = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (name); | |
2370 | if (!def_stmt | |
2371 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt)) != tclass) | |
2372 | return NULL; | |
2373 | ||
2374 | return def_stmt; | |
2375 | } | |
18c56439 | 2376 | #endif |
bbf6f052 | 2377 | \f |
57814e5e | 2378 | |
cf5124f6 RS |
2379 | /* Determine whether the LEN bytes generated by CONSTFUN can be |
2380 | stored to memory using several move instructions. CONSTFUNDATA is | |
2381 | a pointer which will be passed as argument in every CONSTFUN call. | |
cfa31150 SL |
2382 | ALIGN is maximum alignment we can assume. MEMSETP is true if this is |
2383 | a memset operation and false if it's a copy of a constant string. | |
2384 | Return nonzero if a call to store_by_pieces should succeed. */ | |
cf5124f6 | 2385 | |
57814e5e | 2386 | int |
502b8322 AJ |
2387 | can_store_by_pieces (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len, |
2388 | rtx (*constfun) (void *, HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode), | |
cfa31150 | 2389 | void *constfundata, unsigned int align, bool memsetp) |
57814e5e | 2390 | { |
45d78e7f JJ |
2391 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l; |
2392 | unsigned int max_size; | |
57814e5e | 2393 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0; |
d824aea2 | 2394 | enum machine_mode mode; |
57814e5e JJ |
2395 | enum insn_code icode; |
2396 | int reverse; | |
6ab31ade JR |
2397 | /* cst is set but not used if LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT doesn't use it. */ |
2398 | rtx cst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; | |
57814e5e | 2399 | |
2c430630 RS |
2400 | if (len == 0) |
2401 | return 1; | |
2402 | ||
b8698a0f | 2403 | if (! (memsetp |
cfa31150 SL |
2404 | ? SET_BY_PIECES_P (len, align) |
2405 | : STORE_BY_PIECES_P (len, align))) | |
57814e5e JJ |
2406 | return 0; |
2407 | ||
d824aea2 | 2408 | align = alignment_for_piecewise_move (STORE_MAX_PIECES, align); |
57814e5e JJ |
2409 | |
2410 | /* We would first store what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to | |
2411 | successively smaller modes. */ | |
2412 | ||
2413 | for (reverse = 0; | |
2414 | reverse <= (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT || HAVE_POST_DECREMENT); | |
2415 | reverse++) | |
2416 | { | |
2417 | l = len; | |
cf5124f6 | 2418 | max_size = STORE_MAX_PIECES + 1; |
57814e5e JJ |
2419 | while (max_size > 1) |
2420 | { | |
d824aea2 | 2421 | mode = widest_int_mode_for_size (max_size); |
57814e5e JJ |
2422 | |
2423 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
2424 | break; | |
2425 | ||
947131ba | 2426 | icode = optab_handler (mov_optab, mode); |
57814e5e JJ |
2427 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing |
2428 | && align >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) | |
2429 | { | |
2430 | unsigned int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2431 | ||
2432 | while (l >= size) | |
2433 | { | |
2434 | if (reverse) | |
2435 | offset -= size; | |
2436 | ||
2437 | cst = (*constfun) (constfundata, offset, mode); | |
1a627b35 | 2438 | if (!targetm.legitimate_constant_p (mode, cst)) |
57814e5e JJ |
2439 | return 0; |
2440 | ||
2441 | if (!reverse) | |
2442 | offset += size; | |
2443 | ||
2444 | l -= size; | |
2445 | } | |
2446 | } | |
2447 | ||
2448 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2449 | } | |
2450 | ||
2451 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
5b0264cb | 2452 | gcc_assert (!l); |
57814e5e JJ |
2453 | } |
2454 | ||
2455 | return 1; | |
2456 | } | |
2457 | ||
2458 | /* Generate several move instructions to store LEN bytes generated by | |
2459 | CONSTFUN to block TO. (A MEM rtx with BLKmode). CONSTFUNDATA is a | |
2460 | pointer which will be passed as argument in every CONSTFUN call. | |
cfa31150 SL |
2461 | ALIGN is maximum alignment we can assume. MEMSETP is true if this is |
2462 | a memset operation and false if it's a copy of a constant string. | |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
2463 | If ENDP is 0 return to, if ENDP is 1 return memory at the end ala |
2464 | mempcpy, and if ENDP is 2 return memory the end minus one byte ala | |
2465 | stpcpy. */ | |
57814e5e | 2466 | |
8fd3cf4e | 2467 | rtx |
502b8322 AJ |
2468 | store_by_pieces (rtx to, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len, |
2469 | rtx (*constfun) (void *, HOST_WIDE_INT, enum machine_mode), | |
cfa31150 | 2470 | void *constfundata, unsigned int align, bool memsetp, int endp) |
57814e5e | 2471 | { |
372d6395 | 2472 | enum machine_mode to_addr_mode = get_address_mode (to); |
b0f43ca0 | 2473 | struct store_by_pieces_d data; |
57814e5e | 2474 | |
2c430630 RS |
2475 | if (len == 0) |
2476 | { | |
5b0264cb | 2477 | gcc_assert (endp != 2); |
2c430630 RS |
2478 | return to; |
2479 | } | |
2480 | ||
cfa31150 SL |
2481 | gcc_assert (memsetp |
2482 | ? SET_BY_PIECES_P (len, align) | |
2483 | : STORE_BY_PIECES_P (len, align)); | |
57814e5e JJ |
2484 | data.constfun = constfun; |
2485 | data.constfundata = constfundata; | |
2486 | data.len = len; | |
2487 | data.to = to; | |
2488 | store_by_pieces_1 (&data, align); | |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
2489 | if (endp) |
2490 | { | |
2491 | rtx to1; | |
2492 | ||
5b0264cb | 2493 | gcc_assert (!data.reverse); |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
2494 | if (data.autinc_to) |
2495 | { | |
2496 | if (endp == 2) | |
2497 | { | |
2498 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data.explicit_inc_to > 0) | |
2499 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data.to_addr, constm1_rtx)); | |
2500 | else | |
d4ebfa65 | 2501 | data.to_addr = copy_to_mode_reg (to_addr_mode, |
0a81f074 RS |
2502 | plus_constant (to_addr_mode, |
2503 | data.to_addr, | |
8fd3cf4e JJ |
2504 | -1)); |
2505 | } | |
2506 | to1 = adjust_automodify_address (data.to, QImode, data.to_addr, | |
2507 | data.offset); | |
2508 | } | |
2509 | else | |
2510 | { | |
2511 | if (endp == 2) | |
2512 | --data.offset; | |
2513 | to1 = adjust_address (data.to, QImode, data.offset); | |
2514 | } | |
2515 | return to1; | |
2516 | } | |
2517 | else | |
2518 | return data.to; | |
57814e5e JJ |
2519 | } |
2520 | ||
19caa751 | 2521 | /* Generate several move instructions to clear LEN bytes of block TO. (A MEM |
ad76cef8 | 2522 | rtx with BLKmode). ALIGN is maximum alignment we can assume. */ |
9de08200 RK |
2523 | |
2524 | static void | |
342e2b74 | 2525 | clear_by_pieces (rtx to, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT len, unsigned int align) |
9de08200 | 2526 | { |
b0f43ca0 | 2527 | struct store_by_pieces_d data; |
57814e5e | 2528 | |
2c430630 RS |
2529 | if (len == 0) |
2530 | return; | |
2531 | ||
57814e5e | 2532 | data.constfun = clear_by_pieces_1; |
df4ae160 | 2533 | data.constfundata = NULL; |
57814e5e JJ |
2534 | data.len = len; |
2535 | data.to = to; | |
2536 | store_by_pieces_1 (&data, align); | |
2537 | } | |
2538 | ||
2539 | /* Callback routine for clear_by_pieces. | |
2540 | Return const0_rtx unconditionally. */ | |
2541 | ||
2542 | static rtx | |
502b8322 AJ |
2543 | clear_by_pieces_1 (void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
2544 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
2545 | enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
57814e5e JJ |
2546 | { |
2547 | return const0_rtx; | |
2548 | } | |
2549 | ||
2550 | /* Subroutine of clear_by_pieces and store_by_pieces. | |
2551 | Generate several move instructions to store LEN bytes of block TO. (A MEM | |
ad76cef8 | 2552 | rtx with BLKmode). ALIGN is maximum alignment we can assume. */ |
57814e5e JJ |
2553 | |
2554 | static void | |
b0f43ca0 | 2555 | store_by_pieces_1 (struct store_by_pieces_d *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
502b8322 | 2556 | unsigned int align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
57814e5e | 2557 | { |
372d6395 | 2558 | enum machine_mode to_addr_mode = get_address_mode (data->to); |
57814e5e | 2559 | rtx to_addr = XEXP (data->to, 0); |
45d78e7f | 2560 | unsigned int max_size = STORE_MAX_PIECES + 1; |
fbe1758d | 2561 | enum insn_code icode; |
9de08200 | 2562 | |
57814e5e JJ |
2563 | data->offset = 0; |
2564 | data->to_addr = to_addr; | |
2565 | data->autinc_to | |
9de08200 RK |
2566 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC |
2567 | || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
2568 | ||
57814e5e JJ |
2569 | data->explicit_inc_to = 0; |
2570 | data->reverse | |
9de08200 | 2571 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); |
57814e5e JJ |
2572 | if (data->reverse) |
2573 | data->offset = data->len; | |
9de08200 | 2574 | |
57814e5e | 2575 | /* If storing requires more than two move insns, |
9de08200 RK |
2576 | copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter) |
2577 | and use post-increment if available. */ | |
57814e5e | 2578 | if (!data->autinc_to |
45d78e7f | 2579 | && move_by_pieces_ninsns (data->len, align, max_size) > 2) |
9de08200 | 2580 | { |
d824aea2 NF |
2581 | /* Determine the main mode we'll be using. |
2582 | MODE might not be used depending on the definitions of the | |
2583 | USE_* macros below. */ | |
2584 | enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED | |
2585 | = widest_int_mode_for_size (max_size); | |
fbe1758d | 2586 | |
57814e5e | 2587 | if (USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (mode) && data->reverse && ! data->autinc_to) |
9de08200 | 2588 | { |
d4ebfa65 | 2589 | data->to_addr = copy_to_mode_reg (to_addr_mode, |
0a81f074 RS |
2590 | plus_constant (to_addr_mode, |
2591 | to_addr, | |
2592 | data->len)); | |
57814e5e JJ |
2593 | data->autinc_to = 1; |
2594 | data->explicit_inc_to = -1; | |
9de08200 | 2595 | } |
3bdf5ad1 | 2596 | |
57814e5e JJ |
2597 | if (USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (mode) && ! data->reverse |
2598 | && ! data->autinc_to) | |
9de08200 | 2599 | { |
d4ebfa65 | 2600 | data->to_addr = copy_to_mode_reg (to_addr_mode, to_addr); |
57814e5e JJ |
2601 | data->autinc_to = 1; |
2602 | data->explicit_inc_to = 1; | |
9de08200 | 2603 | } |
3bdf5ad1 | 2604 | |
57814e5e | 2605 | if ( !data->autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr)) |
d4ebfa65 | 2606 | data->to_addr = copy_to_mode_reg (to_addr_mode, to_addr); |
9de08200 RK |
2607 | } |
2608 | ||
d824aea2 | 2609 | align = alignment_for_piecewise_move (STORE_MAX_PIECES, align); |
9de08200 | 2610 | |
57814e5e | 2611 | /* First store what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to |
9de08200 RK |
2612 | successively smaller modes. */ |
2613 | ||
2614 | while (max_size > 1) | |
2615 | { | |
d824aea2 | 2616 | enum machine_mode mode = widest_int_mode_for_size (max_size); |
9de08200 RK |
2617 | |
2618 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
2619 | break; | |
2620 | ||
947131ba | 2621 | icode = optab_handler (mov_optab, mode); |
19caa751 | 2622 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing && align >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
57814e5e | 2623 | store_by_pieces_2 (GEN_FCN (icode), mode, data); |
9de08200 RK |
2624 | |
2625 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2626 | } | |
2627 | ||
2628 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
5b0264cb | 2629 | gcc_assert (!data->len); |
9de08200 RK |
2630 | } |
2631 | ||
57814e5e | 2632 | /* Subroutine of store_by_pieces_1. Store as many bytes as appropriate |
9de08200 RK |
2633 | with move instructions for mode MODE. GENFUN is the gen_... function |
2634 | to make a move insn for that mode. DATA has all the other info. */ | |
2635 | ||
2636 | static void | |
502b8322 | 2637 | store_by_pieces_2 (rtx (*genfun) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode mode, |
b0f43ca0 | 2638 | struct store_by_pieces_d *data) |
9de08200 | 2639 | { |
3bdf5ad1 | 2640 | unsigned int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); |
57814e5e | 2641 | rtx to1, cst; |
9de08200 RK |
2642 | |
2643 | while (data->len >= size) | |
2644 | { | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
2645 | if (data->reverse) |
2646 | data->offset -= size; | |
9de08200 | 2647 | |
3bdf5ad1 | 2648 | if (data->autinc_to) |
630036c6 JJ |
2649 | to1 = adjust_automodify_address (data->to, mode, data->to_addr, |
2650 | data->offset); | |
3a94c984 | 2651 | else |
f4ef873c | 2652 | to1 = adjust_address (data->to, mode, data->offset); |
9de08200 | 2653 | |
940da324 | 2654 | if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to < 0) |
57814e5e JJ |
2655 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, |
2656 | GEN_INT (-(HOST_WIDE_INT) size))); | |
9de08200 | 2657 | |
57814e5e JJ |
2658 | cst = (*data->constfun) (data->constfundata, data->offset, mode); |
2659 | emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, cst)); | |
3bdf5ad1 | 2660 | |
940da324 | 2661 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to > 0) |
9de08200 | 2662 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
9de08200 | 2663 | |
3bdf5ad1 RK |
2664 | if (! data->reverse) |
2665 | data->offset += size; | |
9de08200 RK |
2666 | |
2667 | data->len -= size; | |
2668 | } | |
2669 | } | |
2670 | \f | |
19caa751 | 2671 | /* Write zeros through the storage of OBJECT. If OBJECT has BLKmode, SIZE is |
8ac61af7 | 2672 | its length in bytes. */ |
e9a25f70 JL |
2673 | |
2674 | rtx | |
079a182e JH |
2675 | clear_storage_hints (rtx object, rtx size, enum block_op_methods method, |
2676 | unsigned int expected_align, HOST_WIDE_INT expected_size) | |
bbf6f052 | 2677 | { |
57aaef66 RH |
2678 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (object); |
2679 | unsigned int align; | |
e9a25f70 | 2680 | |
8148fe65 JJ |
2681 | gcc_assert (method == BLOCK_OP_NORMAL || method == BLOCK_OP_TAILCALL); |
2682 | ||
fcf1b822 RK |
2683 | /* If OBJECT is not BLKmode and SIZE is the same size as its mode, |
2684 | just move a zero. Otherwise, do this a piece at a time. */ | |
57aaef66 | 2685 | if (mode != BLKmode |
481683e1 | 2686 | && CONST_INT_P (size) |
57aaef66 | 2687 | && INTVAL (size) == (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) |
bbf6f052 | 2688 | { |
57aaef66 RH |
2689 | rtx zero = CONST0_RTX (mode); |
2690 | if (zero != NULL) | |
2691 | { | |
2692 | emit_move_insn (object, zero); | |
2693 | return NULL; | |
2694 | } | |
2695 | ||
2696 | if (COMPLEX_MODE_P (mode)) | |
2697 | { | |
2698 | zero = CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE_INNER (mode)); | |
2699 | if (zero != NULL) | |
2700 | { | |
2701 | write_complex_part (object, zero, 0); | |
2702 | write_complex_part (object, zero, 1); | |
2703 | return NULL; | |
2704 | } | |
2705 | } | |
4ca79136 RH |
2706 | } |
2707 | ||
57aaef66 RH |
2708 | if (size == const0_rtx) |
2709 | return NULL; | |
2710 | ||
2711 | align = MEM_ALIGN (object); | |
2712 | ||
481683e1 | 2713 | if (CONST_INT_P (size) |
57aaef66 RH |
2714 | && CLEAR_BY_PIECES_P (INTVAL (size), align)) |
2715 | clear_by_pieces (object, INTVAL (size), align); | |
079a182e JH |
2716 | else if (set_storage_via_setmem (object, size, const0_rtx, align, |
2717 | expected_align, expected_size)) | |
57aaef66 | 2718 | ; |
09e881c9 | 2719 | else if (ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (MEM_ADDR_SPACE (object))) |
8c996513 JH |
2720 | return set_storage_via_libcall (object, size, const0_rtx, |
2721 | method == BLOCK_OP_TAILCALL); | |
09e881c9 BE |
2722 | else |
2723 | gcc_unreachable (); | |
57aaef66 RH |
2724 | |
2725 | return NULL; | |
4ca79136 RH |
2726 | } |
2727 | ||
079a182e JH |
2728 | rtx |
2729 | clear_storage (rtx object, rtx size, enum block_op_methods method) | |
2730 | { | |
2731 | return clear_storage_hints (object, size, method, 0, -1); | |
2732 | } | |
2733 | ||
2734 | ||
8f99553f | 2735 | /* A subroutine of clear_storage. Expand a call to memset. |
4ca79136 | 2736 | Return the return value of memset, 0 otherwise. */ |
9de08200 | 2737 | |
8c996513 JH |
2738 | rtx |
2739 | set_storage_via_libcall (rtx object, rtx size, rtx val, bool tailcall) | |
4ca79136 | 2740 | { |
5039610b | 2741 | tree call_expr, fn, object_tree, size_tree, val_tree; |
4ca79136 RH |
2742 | enum machine_mode size_mode; |
2743 | rtx retval; | |
9de08200 | 2744 | |
ad76cef8 PB |
2745 | /* Emit code to copy OBJECT and SIZE into new pseudos. We can then |
2746 | place those into new pseudos into a VAR_DECL and use them later. */ | |
52cf7115 | 2747 | |
18ae1560 | 2748 | object = copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (object, 0)); |
52cf7115 | 2749 | |
8f99553f | 2750 | size_mode = TYPE_MODE (sizetype); |
4ca79136 RH |
2751 | size = convert_to_mode (size_mode, size, 1); |
2752 | size = copy_to_mode_reg (size_mode, size); | |
52cf7115 | 2753 | |
4ca79136 RH |
2754 | /* It is incorrect to use the libcall calling conventions to call |
2755 | memset in this context. This could be a user call to memset and | |
2756 | the user may wish to examine the return value from memset. For | |
2757 | targets where libcalls and normal calls have different conventions | |
8f99553f | 2758 | for returning pointers, we could end up generating incorrect code. */ |
4bc973ae | 2759 | |
4ca79136 | 2760 | object_tree = make_tree (ptr_type_node, object); |
481683e1 | 2761 | if (!CONST_INT_P (val)) |
8c996513 | 2762 | val = convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), val, 1); |
8f99553f | 2763 | size_tree = make_tree (sizetype, size); |
8c996513 | 2764 | val_tree = make_tree (integer_type_node, val); |
4ca79136 RH |
2765 | |
2766 | fn = clear_storage_libcall_fn (true); | |
038dc49a | 2767 | call_expr = build_call_expr (fn, 3, object_tree, val_tree, size_tree); |
8148fe65 | 2768 | CALL_EXPR_TAILCALL (call_expr) = tailcall; |
4ca79136 | 2769 | |
84217346 | 2770 | retval = expand_normal (call_expr); |
4ca79136 | 2771 | |
8f99553f | 2772 | return retval; |
4ca79136 RH |
2773 | } |
2774 | ||
8c996513 | 2775 | /* A subroutine of set_storage_via_libcall. Create the tree node |
bbee5843 | 2776 | for the function we use for block clears. */ |
4ca79136 | 2777 | |
8dd5516b | 2778 | tree block_clear_fn; |
66c60e67 | 2779 | |
9661b15f | 2780 | void |
502b8322 | 2781 | init_block_clear_fn (const char *asmspec) |
4ca79136 | 2782 | { |
9661b15f | 2783 | if (!block_clear_fn) |
4ca79136 | 2784 | { |
9661b15f JJ |
2785 | tree fn, args; |
2786 | ||
8f99553f JM |
2787 | fn = get_identifier ("memset"); |
2788 | args = build_function_type_list (ptr_type_node, ptr_type_node, | |
2789 | integer_type_node, sizetype, | |
2790 | NULL_TREE); | |
4ca79136 | 2791 | |
c2255bc4 | 2792 | fn = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, FUNCTION_DECL, fn, args); |
4ca79136 RH |
2793 | DECL_EXTERNAL (fn) = 1; |
2794 | TREE_PUBLIC (fn) = 1; | |
2795 | DECL_ARTIFICIAL (fn) = 1; | |
2796 | TREE_NOTHROW (fn) = 1; | |
5b5cba1f JM |
2797 | DECL_VISIBILITY (fn) = VISIBILITY_DEFAULT; |
2798 | DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (fn) = 1; | |
4ca79136 RH |
2799 | |
2800 | block_clear_fn = fn; | |
bbf6f052 | 2801 | } |
e9a25f70 | 2802 | |
9661b15f | 2803 | if (asmspec) |
0e6df31e | 2804 | set_user_assembler_name (block_clear_fn, asmspec); |
9661b15f JJ |
2805 | } |
2806 | ||
2807 | static tree | |
502b8322 | 2808 | clear_storage_libcall_fn (int for_call) |
9661b15f JJ |
2809 | { |
2810 | static bool emitted_extern; | |
2811 | ||
2812 | if (!block_clear_fn) | |
2813 | init_block_clear_fn (NULL); | |
2814 | ||
4ca79136 RH |
2815 | if (for_call && !emitted_extern) |
2816 | { | |
2817 | emitted_extern = true; | |
0e6df31e | 2818 | make_decl_rtl (block_clear_fn); |
4ca79136 | 2819 | } |
bbf6f052 | 2820 | |
9661b15f | 2821 | return block_clear_fn; |
4ca79136 | 2822 | } |
57e84f18 AS |
2823 | \f |
2824 | /* Expand a setmem pattern; return true if successful. */ | |
2825 | ||
2826 | bool | |
079a182e JH |
2827 | set_storage_via_setmem (rtx object, rtx size, rtx val, unsigned int align, |
2828 | unsigned int expected_align, HOST_WIDE_INT expected_size) | |
57e84f18 AS |
2829 | { |
2830 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point | |
2831 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
2832 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
2833 | ||
57e84f18 AS |
2834 | enum machine_mode mode; |
2835 | ||
079a182e JH |
2836 | if (expected_align < align) |
2837 | expected_align = align; | |
2838 | ||
57e84f18 AS |
2839 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode; |
2840 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
2841 | { | |
f9621cc4 | 2842 | enum insn_code code = direct_optab_handler (setmem_optab, mode); |
57e84f18 AS |
2843 | |
2844 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
2845 | /* We don't need MODE to be narrower than | |
2846 | BITS_PER_HOST_WIDE_INT here because if SIZE is less than | |
2847 | the mode mask, as it is returned by the macro, it will | |
2848 | definitely be less than the actual mode mask. */ | |
481683e1 | 2849 | && ((CONST_INT_P (size) |
57e84f18 AS |
2850 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) |
2851 | <= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1))) | |
a5c7d693 RS |
2852 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD)) |
2853 | { | |
2854 | struct expand_operand ops[6]; | |
2855 | unsigned int nops; | |
2856 | ||
f04713ee RS |
2857 | nops = insn_data[(int) code].n_generator_args; |
2858 | gcc_assert (nops == 4 || nops == 6); | |
c2654ded | 2859 | |
a5c7d693 RS |
2860 | create_fixed_operand (&ops[0], object); |
2861 | /* The check above guarantees that this size conversion is valid. */ | |
2862 | create_convert_operand_to (&ops[1], size, mode, true); | |
2863 | create_convert_operand_from (&ops[2], val, byte_mode, true); | |
2864 | create_integer_operand (&ops[3], align / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
c2654ded | 2865 | if (nops == 6) |
9ed92901 | 2866 | { |
a5c7d693 RS |
2867 | create_integer_operand (&ops[4], expected_align / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
2868 | create_integer_operand (&ops[5], expected_size); | |
9ed92901 | 2869 | } |
a5c7d693 RS |
2870 | if (maybe_expand_insn (code, nops, ops)) |
2871 | return true; | |
57e84f18 AS |
2872 | } |
2873 | } | |
2874 | ||
2875 | return false; | |
2876 | } | |
2877 | ||
4ca79136 | 2878 | \f |
1466e387 RH |
2879 | /* Write to one of the components of the complex value CPLX. Write VAL to |
2880 | the real part if IMAG_P is false, and the imaginary part if its true. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 2881 | |
1466e387 RH |
2882 | static void |
2883 | write_complex_part (rtx cplx, rtx val, bool imag_p) | |
2884 | { | |
ddf4e03f RH |
2885 | enum machine_mode cmode; |
2886 | enum machine_mode imode; | |
2887 | unsigned ibitsize; | |
2888 | ||
1466e387 | 2889 | if (GET_CODE (cplx) == CONCAT) |
1466e387 | 2890 | { |
ddf4e03f RH |
2891 | emit_move_insn (XEXP (cplx, imag_p), val); |
2892 | return; | |
2893 | } | |
2894 | ||
2895 | cmode = GET_MODE (cplx); | |
2896 | imode = GET_MODE_INNER (cmode); | |
2897 | ibitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (imode); | |
bbf6f052 | 2898 | |
7a31c801 DE |
2899 | /* For MEMs simplify_gen_subreg may generate an invalid new address |
2900 | because, e.g., the original address is considered mode-dependent | |
2901 | by the target, which restricts simplify_subreg from invoking | |
2902 | adjust_address_nv. Instead of preparing fallback support for an | |
2903 | invalid address, we call adjust_address_nv directly. */ | |
2904 | if (MEM_P (cplx)) | |
22469409 BW |
2905 | { |
2906 | emit_move_insn (adjust_address_nv (cplx, imode, | |
2907 | imag_p ? GET_MODE_SIZE (imode) : 0), | |
2908 | val); | |
2909 | return; | |
2910 | } | |
7a31c801 | 2911 | |
ddf4e03f RH |
2912 | /* If the sub-object is at least word sized, then we know that subregging |
2913 | will work. This special case is important, since store_bit_field | |
2914 | wants to operate on integer modes, and there's rarely an OImode to | |
2915 | correspond to TCmode. */ | |
36d7571c EB |
2916 | if (ibitsize >= BITS_PER_WORD |
2917 | /* For hard regs we have exact predicates. Assume we can split | |
2918 | the original object if it spans an even number of hard regs. | |
2919 | This special case is important for SCmode on 64-bit platforms | |
2920 | where the natural size of floating-point regs is 32-bit. */ | |
2ca202e7 | 2921 | || (REG_P (cplx) |
36d7571c | 2922 | && REGNO (cplx) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER |
7a31c801 | 2923 | && hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (cplx)][cmode] % 2 == 0)) |
ddf4e03f RH |
2924 | { |
2925 | rtx part = simplify_gen_subreg (imode, cplx, cmode, | |
2926 | imag_p ? GET_MODE_SIZE (imode) : 0); | |
36d7571c EB |
2927 | if (part) |
2928 | { | |
2929 | emit_move_insn (part, val); | |
2930 | return; | |
2931 | } | |
2932 | else | |
2933 | /* simplify_gen_subreg may fail for sub-word MEMs. */ | |
2934 | gcc_assert (MEM_P (cplx) && ibitsize < BITS_PER_WORD); | |
1466e387 | 2935 | } |
36d7571c | 2936 | |
1169e45d | 2937 | store_bit_field (cplx, ibitsize, imag_p ? ibitsize : 0, 0, 0, imode, val); |
1466e387 RH |
2938 | } |
2939 | ||
2940 | /* Extract one of the components of the complex value CPLX. Extract the | |
2941 | real part if IMAG_P is false, and the imaginary part if it's true. */ | |
2942 | ||
2943 | static rtx | |
2944 | read_complex_part (rtx cplx, bool imag_p) | |
bbf6f052 | 2945 | { |
1466e387 RH |
2946 | enum machine_mode cmode, imode; |
2947 | unsigned ibitsize; | |
bbf6f052 | 2948 | |
1466e387 RH |
2949 | if (GET_CODE (cplx) == CONCAT) |
2950 | return XEXP (cplx, imag_p); | |
bbf6f052 | 2951 | |
1466e387 RH |
2952 | cmode = GET_MODE (cplx); |
2953 | imode = GET_MODE_INNER (cmode); | |
2954 | ibitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (imode); | |
2955 | ||
2956 | /* Special case reads from complex constants that got spilled to memory. */ | |
2957 | if (MEM_P (cplx) && GET_CODE (XEXP (cplx, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF) | |
de1b33dd | 2958 | { |
1466e387 RH |
2959 | tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (cplx, 0)); |
2960 | if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == COMPLEX_CST) | |
2961 | { | |
2962 | tree part = imag_p ? TREE_IMAGPART (decl) : TREE_REALPART (decl); | |
2963 | if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (part)) | |
2964 | return expand_expr (part, NULL_RTX, imode, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
2965 | } | |
2966 | } | |
51286de6 | 2967 | |
7a31c801 DE |
2968 | /* For MEMs simplify_gen_subreg may generate an invalid new address |
2969 | because, e.g., the original address is considered mode-dependent | |
2970 | by the target, which restricts simplify_subreg from invoking | |
2971 | adjust_address_nv. Instead of preparing fallback support for an | |
2972 | invalid address, we call adjust_address_nv directly. */ | |
2973 | if (MEM_P (cplx)) | |
2974 | return adjust_address_nv (cplx, imode, | |
2975 | imag_p ? GET_MODE_SIZE (imode) : 0); | |
2976 | ||
ddf4e03f RH |
2977 | /* If the sub-object is at least word sized, then we know that subregging |
2978 | will work. This special case is important, since extract_bit_field | |
2979 | wants to operate on integer modes, and there's rarely an OImode to | |
2980 | correspond to TCmode. */ | |
36d7571c EB |
2981 | if (ibitsize >= BITS_PER_WORD |
2982 | /* For hard regs we have exact predicates. Assume we can split | |
2983 | the original object if it spans an even number of hard regs. | |
2984 | This special case is important for SCmode on 64-bit platforms | |
2985 | where the natural size of floating-point regs is 32-bit. */ | |
2ca202e7 | 2986 | || (REG_P (cplx) |
36d7571c | 2987 | && REGNO (cplx) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER |
7a31c801 | 2988 | && hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (cplx)][cmode] % 2 == 0)) |
ddf4e03f RH |
2989 | { |
2990 | rtx ret = simplify_gen_subreg (imode, cplx, cmode, | |
2991 | imag_p ? GET_MODE_SIZE (imode) : 0); | |
36d7571c EB |
2992 | if (ret) |
2993 | return ret; | |
2994 | else | |
2995 | /* simplify_gen_subreg may fail for sub-word MEMs. */ | |
2996 | gcc_assert (MEM_P (cplx) && ibitsize < BITS_PER_WORD); | |
ddf4e03f RH |
2997 | } |
2998 | ||
1466e387 | 2999 | return extract_bit_field (cplx, ibitsize, imag_p ? ibitsize : 0, |
62519f7f | 3000 | true, false, NULL_RTX, imode, imode); |
1466e387 RH |
3001 | } |
3002 | \f | |
539eaa3a | 3003 | /* A subroutine of emit_move_insn_1. Yet another lowpart generator. |
074e6d01 | 3004 | NEW_MODE and OLD_MODE are the same size. Return NULL if X cannot be |
539eaa3a RH |
3005 | represented in NEW_MODE. If FORCE is true, this will never happen, as |
3006 | we'll force-create a SUBREG if needed. */ | |
0c19a26f | 3007 | |
1466e387 | 3008 | static rtx |
074e6d01 | 3009 | emit_move_change_mode (enum machine_mode new_mode, |
539eaa3a | 3010 | enum machine_mode old_mode, rtx x, bool force) |
1466e387 | 3011 | { |
074e6d01 | 3012 | rtx ret; |
1466e387 | 3013 | |
4bcc9de5 UB |
3014 | if (push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x))) |
3015 | { | |
3016 | ret = gen_rtx_MEM (new_mode, XEXP (x, 0)); | |
3017 | MEM_COPY_ATTRIBUTES (ret, x); | |
3018 | } | |
3019 | else if (MEM_P (x)) | |
1466e387 | 3020 | { |
ef7befe0 BE |
3021 | /* We don't have to worry about changing the address since the |
3022 | size in bytes is supposed to be the same. */ | |
3023 | if (reload_in_progress) | |
3024 | { | |
3025 | /* Copy the MEM to change the mode and move any | |
3026 | substitutions from the old MEM to the new one. */ | |
3027 | ret = adjust_address_nv (x, new_mode, 0); | |
3028 | copy_replacements (x, ret); | |
3029 | } | |
3030 | else | |
3031 | ret = adjust_address (x, new_mode, 0); | |
de1b33dd | 3032 | } |
1466e387 RH |
3033 | else |
3034 | { | |
35fd3193 | 3035 | /* Note that we do want simplify_subreg's behavior of validating |
074e6d01 RH |
3036 | that the new mode is ok for a hard register. If we were to use |
3037 | simplify_gen_subreg, we would create the subreg, but would | |
3038 | probably run into the target not being able to implement it. */ | |
539eaa3a RH |
3039 | /* Except, of course, when FORCE is true, when this is exactly what |
3040 | we want. Which is needed for CCmodes on some targets. */ | |
3041 | if (force) | |
3042 | ret = simplify_gen_subreg (new_mode, x, old_mode, 0); | |
3043 | else | |
3044 | ret = simplify_subreg (new_mode, x, old_mode, 0); | |
1466e387 | 3045 | } |
bbf6f052 | 3046 | |
074e6d01 RH |
3047 | return ret; |
3048 | } | |
3049 | ||
1466e387 RH |
3050 | /* A subroutine of emit_move_insn_1. Generate a move from Y into X using |
3051 | an integer mode of the same size as MODE. Returns the instruction | |
3052 | emitted, or NULL if such a move could not be generated. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 3053 | |
1466e387 | 3054 | static rtx |
652b0932 | 3055 | emit_move_via_integer (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, rtx y, bool force) |
1466e387 RH |
3056 | { |
3057 | enum machine_mode imode; | |
3058 | enum insn_code code; | |
bbf6f052 | 3059 | |
1466e387 RH |
3060 | /* There must exist a mode of the exact size we require. */ |
3061 | imode = int_mode_for_mode (mode); | |
3062 | if (imode == BLKmode) | |
3063 | return NULL_RTX; | |
de1b33dd | 3064 | |
1466e387 | 3065 | /* The target must support moves in this mode. */ |
947131ba | 3066 | code = optab_handler (mov_optab, imode); |
1466e387 RH |
3067 | if (code == CODE_FOR_nothing) |
3068 | return NULL_RTX; | |
de1b33dd | 3069 | |
652b0932 | 3070 | x = emit_move_change_mode (imode, mode, x, force); |
539eaa3a RH |
3071 | if (x == NULL_RTX) |
3072 | return NULL_RTX; | |
652b0932 | 3073 | y = emit_move_change_mode (imode, mode, y, force); |
539eaa3a RH |
3074 | if (y == NULL_RTX) |
3075 | return NULL_RTX; | |
3076 | return emit_insn (GEN_FCN (code) (x, y)); | |
261c4230 RS |
3077 | } |
3078 | ||
1466e387 RH |
3079 | /* A subroutine of emit_move_insn_1. X is a push_operand in MODE. |
3080 | Return an equivalent MEM that does not use an auto-increment. */ | |
261c4230 | 3081 | |
1466e387 RH |
3082 | static rtx |
3083 | emit_move_resolve_push (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x) | |
261c4230 | 3084 | { |
1466e387 RH |
3085 | enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)); |
3086 | HOST_WIDE_INT adjust; | |
3087 | rtx temp; | |
261c4230 | 3088 | |
1466e387 RH |
3089 | adjust = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); |
3090 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
3091 | adjust = PUSH_ROUNDING (adjust); | |
3092 | #endif | |
3093 | if (code == PRE_DEC || code == POST_DEC) | |
3094 | adjust = -adjust; | |
6541fe75 JJ |
3095 | else if (code == PRE_MODIFY || code == POST_MODIFY) |
3096 | { | |
3097 | rtx expr = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1); | |
3098 | HOST_WIDE_INT val; | |
3099 | ||
3100 | gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == PLUS || GET_CODE (expr) == MINUS); | |
481683e1 | 3101 | gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (expr, 1))); |
6541fe75 JJ |
3102 | val = INTVAL (XEXP (expr, 1)); |
3103 | if (GET_CODE (expr) == MINUS) | |
3104 | val = -val; | |
3105 | gcc_assert (adjust == val || adjust == -val); | |
3106 | adjust = val; | |
3107 | } | |
76bbe028 | 3108 | |
1466e387 RH |
3109 | /* Do not use anti_adjust_stack, since we don't want to update |
3110 | stack_pointer_delta. */ | |
3111 | temp = expand_simple_binop (Pmode, PLUS, stack_pointer_rtx, | |
3112 | GEN_INT (adjust), stack_pointer_rtx, | |
3113 | 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
3114 | if (temp != stack_pointer_rtx) | |
3115 | emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, temp); | |
bbf6f052 | 3116 | |
1466e387 | 3117 | switch (code) |
7308a047 | 3118 | { |
1466e387 RH |
3119 | case PRE_INC: |
3120 | case PRE_DEC: | |
6541fe75 | 3121 | case PRE_MODIFY: |
1466e387 RH |
3122 | temp = stack_pointer_rtx; |
3123 | break; | |
3124 | case POST_INC: | |
1466e387 | 3125 | case POST_DEC: |
6541fe75 | 3126 | case POST_MODIFY: |
0a81f074 | 3127 | temp = plus_constant (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, -adjust); |
1466e387 RH |
3128 | break; |
3129 | default: | |
3130 | gcc_unreachable (); | |
3131 | } | |
7308a047 | 3132 | |
1466e387 RH |
3133 | return replace_equiv_address (x, temp); |
3134 | } | |
1a06f5fe | 3135 | |
1466e387 RH |
3136 | /* A subroutine of emit_move_complex. Generate a move from Y into X. |
3137 | X is known to satisfy push_operand, and MODE is known to be complex. | |
3138 | Returns the last instruction emitted. */ | |
bb93b973 | 3139 | |
ceca734e | 3140 | rtx |
1466e387 RH |
3141 | emit_move_complex_push (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, rtx y) |
3142 | { | |
3143 | enum machine_mode submode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode); | |
3144 | bool imag_first; | |
bb93b973 | 3145 | |
1466e387 RH |
3146 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
3147 | unsigned int submodesize = GET_MODE_SIZE (submode); | |
bb93b973 | 3148 | |
1466e387 RH |
3149 | /* In case we output to the stack, but the size is smaller than the |
3150 | machine can push exactly, we need to use move instructions. */ | |
3151 | if (PUSH_ROUNDING (submodesize) != submodesize) | |
3152 | { | |
3153 | x = emit_move_resolve_push (mode, x); | |
3154 | return emit_move_insn (x, y); | |
3155 | } | |
79ce92d7 | 3156 | #endif |
7308a047 | 3157 | |
1466e387 RH |
3158 | /* Note that the real part always precedes the imag part in memory |
3159 | regardless of machine's endianness. */ | |
3160 | switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0))) | |
3161 | { | |
3162 | case PRE_DEC: | |
3163 | case POST_DEC: | |
3164 | imag_first = true; | |
3165 | break; | |
3166 | case PRE_INC: | |
3167 | case POST_INC: | |
3168 | imag_first = false; | |
3169 | break; | |
3170 | default: | |
3171 | gcc_unreachable (); | |
3172 | } | |
beb72684 | 3173 | |
1466e387 RH |
3174 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, XEXP (x, 0)), |
3175 | read_complex_part (y, imag_first)); | |
3176 | return emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, XEXP (x, 0)), | |
3177 | read_complex_part (y, !imag_first)); | |
3178 | } | |
405f63da | 3179 | |
ceca734e RH |
3180 | /* A subroutine of emit_move_complex. Perform the move from Y to X |
3181 | via two moves of the parts. Returns the last instruction emitted. */ | |
3182 | ||
3183 | rtx | |
3184 | emit_move_complex_parts (rtx x, rtx y) | |
3185 | { | |
3186 | /* Show the output dies here. This is necessary for SUBREGs | |
3187 | of pseudos since we cannot track their lifetimes correctly; | |
3188 | hard regs shouldn't appear here except as return values. */ | |
3189 | if (!reload_completed && !reload_in_progress | |
3190 | && REG_P (x) && !reg_overlap_mentioned_p (x, y)) | |
c41c1387 | 3191 | emit_clobber (x); |
ceca734e RH |
3192 | |
3193 | write_complex_part (x, read_complex_part (y, false), false); | |
3194 | write_complex_part (x, read_complex_part (y, true), true); | |
3195 | ||
3196 | return get_last_insn (); | |
3197 | } | |
3198 | ||
1466e387 RH |
3199 | /* A subroutine of emit_move_insn_1. Generate a move from Y into X. |
3200 | MODE is known to be complex. Returns the last instruction emitted. */ | |
beb72684 | 3201 | |
1466e387 RH |
3202 | static rtx |
3203 | emit_move_complex (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, rtx y) | |
3204 | { | |
3205 | bool try_int; | |
405f63da | 3206 | |
1466e387 RH |
3207 | /* Need to take special care for pushes, to maintain proper ordering |
3208 | of the data, and possibly extra padding. */ | |
3209 | if (push_operand (x, mode)) | |
3210 | return emit_move_complex_push (mode, x, y); | |
7308a047 | 3211 | |
1466e387 RH |
3212 | /* See if we can coerce the target into moving both values at once. */ |
3213 | ||
c6506442 DE |
3214 | /* Move floating point as parts. */ |
3215 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT | |
947131ba | 3216 | && optab_handler (mov_optab, GET_MODE_INNER (mode)) != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
c6506442 | 3217 | try_int = false; |
1466e387 | 3218 | /* Not possible if the values are inherently not adjacent. */ |
c6506442 | 3219 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONCAT || GET_CODE (y) == CONCAT) |
1466e387 RH |
3220 | try_int = false; |
3221 | /* Is possible if both are registers (or subregs of registers). */ | |
3222 | else if (register_operand (x, mode) && register_operand (y, mode)) | |
3223 | try_int = true; | |
3224 | /* If one of the operands is a memory, and alignment constraints | |
3225 | are friendly enough, we may be able to do combined memory operations. | |
3226 | We do not attempt this if Y is a constant because that combination is | |
3227 | usually better with the by-parts thing below. */ | |
3228 | else if ((MEM_P (x) ? !CONSTANT_P (y) : MEM_P (y)) | |
3229 | && (!STRICT_ALIGNMENT | |
3230 | || get_mode_alignment (mode) == BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)) | |
3231 | try_int = true; | |
3232 | else | |
3233 | try_int = false; | |
3234 | ||
3235 | if (try_int) | |
a3600c71 | 3236 | { |
c6506442 DE |
3237 | rtx ret; |
3238 | ||
3239 | /* For memory to memory moves, optimal behavior can be had with the | |
3240 | existing block move logic. */ | |
3241 | if (MEM_P (x) && MEM_P (y)) | |
3242 | { | |
3243 | emit_block_move (x, y, GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)), | |
3244 | BLOCK_OP_NO_LIBCALL); | |
3245 | return get_last_insn (); | |
3246 | } | |
3247 | ||
652b0932 | 3248 | ret = emit_move_via_integer (mode, x, y, true); |
1466e387 RH |
3249 | if (ret) |
3250 | return ret; | |
3251 | } | |
a3600c71 | 3252 | |
ceca734e | 3253 | return emit_move_complex_parts (x, y); |
1466e387 | 3254 | } |
a3600c71 | 3255 | |
1466e387 RH |
3256 | /* A subroutine of emit_move_insn_1. Generate a move from Y into X. |
3257 | MODE is known to be MODE_CC. Returns the last instruction emitted. */ | |
a3600c71 | 3258 | |
1466e387 RH |
3259 | static rtx |
3260 | emit_move_ccmode (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, rtx y) | |
3261 | { | |
3262 | rtx ret; | |
a3600c71 | 3263 | |
1466e387 RH |
3264 | /* Assume all MODE_CC modes are equivalent; if we have movcc, use it. */ |
3265 | if (mode != CCmode) | |
3266 | { | |
947131ba | 3267 | enum insn_code code = optab_handler (mov_optab, CCmode); |
1466e387 | 3268 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
539eaa3a RH |
3269 | { |
3270 | x = emit_move_change_mode (CCmode, mode, x, true); | |
3271 | y = emit_move_change_mode (CCmode, mode, y, true); | |
3272 | return emit_insn (GEN_FCN (code) (x, y)); | |
3273 | } | |
1466e387 RH |
3274 | } |
3275 | ||
3276 | /* Otherwise, find the MODE_INT mode of the same width. */ | |
652b0932 | 3277 | ret = emit_move_via_integer (mode, x, y, false); |
1466e387 RH |
3278 | gcc_assert (ret != NULL); |
3279 | return ret; | |
3280 | } | |
3281 | ||
550ab0c6 JM |
3282 | /* Return true if word I of OP lies entirely in the |
3283 | undefined bits of a paradoxical subreg. */ | |
3284 | ||
3285 | static bool | |
22ea9ec0 | 3286 | undefined_operand_subword_p (const_rtx op, int i) |
550ab0c6 JM |
3287 | { |
3288 | enum machine_mode innermode, innermostmode; | |
3289 | int offset; | |
3290 | if (GET_CODE (op) != SUBREG) | |
3291 | return false; | |
3292 | innermode = GET_MODE (op); | |
3293 | innermostmode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op)); | |
3294 | offset = i * UNITS_PER_WORD + SUBREG_BYTE (op); | |
3295 | /* The SUBREG_BYTE represents offset, as if the value were stored in | |
3296 | memory, except for a paradoxical subreg where we define | |
3297 | SUBREG_BYTE to be 0; undo this exception as in | |
3298 | simplify_subreg. */ | |
3299 | if (SUBREG_BYTE (op) == 0 | |
3300 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode)) | |
3301 | { | |
3302 | int difference = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode)); | |
3303 | if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) | |
3304 | offset += (difference / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
3305 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) | |
3306 | offset += difference % UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
3307 | } | |
3308 | if (offset >= GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode) | |
3309 | || offset <= -GET_MODE_SIZE (word_mode)) | |
3310 | return true; | |
3311 | return false; | |
3312 | } | |
3313 | ||
1466e387 RH |
3314 | /* A subroutine of emit_move_insn_1. Generate a move from Y into X. |
3315 | MODE is any multi-word or full-word mode that lacks a move_insn | |
3316 | pattern. Note that you will get better code if you define such | |
3317 | patterns, even if they must turn into multiple assembler instructions. */ | |
3318 | ||
3319 | static rtx | |
3320 | emit_move_multi_word (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, rtx y) | |
3321 | { | |
3322 | rtx last_insn = 0; | |
3323 | rtx seq, inner; | |
3324 | bool need_clobber; | |
3325 | int i; | |
ed1223ba | 3326 | |
1466e387 | 3327 | gcc_assert (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) >= UNITS_PER_WORD); |
ed1223ba | 3328 | |
1466e387 RH |
3329 | /* If X is a push on the stack, do the push now and replace |
3330 | X with a reference to the stack pointer. */ | |
3331 | if (push_operand (x, mode)) | |
3332 | x = emit_move_resolve_push (mode, x); | |
3333 | ||
3334 | /* If we are in reload, see if either operand is a MEM whose address | |
3335 | is scheduled for replacement. */ | |
3336 | if (reload_in_progress && MEM_P (x) | |
3337 | && (inner = find_replacement (&XEXP (x, 0))) != XEXP (x, 0)) | |
3338 | x = replace_equiv_address_nv (x, inner); | |
3339 | if (reload_in_progress && MEM_P (y) | |
3340 | && (inner = find_replacement (&XEXP (y, 0))) != XEXP (y, 0)) | |
3341 | y = replace_equiv_address_nv (y, inner); | |
3342 | ||
3343 | start_sequence (); | |
3344 | ||
3345 | need_clobber = false; | |
3346 | for (i = 0; | |
3347 | i < (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
3348 | i++) | |
3349 | { | |
3350 | rtx xpart = operand_subword (x, i, 1, mode); | |
550ab0c6 JM |
3351 | rtx ypart; |
3352 | ||
3353 | /* Do not generate code for a move if it would come entirely | |
3354 | from the undefined bits of a paradoxical subreg. */ | |
3355 | if (undefined_operand_subword_p (y, i)) | |
3356 | continue; | |
3357 | ||
3358 | ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode); | |
1466e387 RH |
3359 | |
3360 | /* If we can't get a part of Y, put Y into memory if it is a | |
535a42b1 NS |
3361 | constant. Otherwise, force it into a register. Then we must |
3362 | be able to get a part of Y. */ | |
1466e387 | 3363 | if (ypart == 0 && CONSTANT_P (y)) |
a3600c71 | 3364 | { |
aacd3885 | 3365 | y = use_anchored_address (force_const_mem (mode, y)); |
1466e387 | 3366 | ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode); |
a3600c71 | 3367 | } |
1466e387 RH |
3368 | else if (ypart == 0) |
3369 | ypart = operand_subword_force (y, i, mode); | |
3370 | ||
3371 | gcc_assert (xpart && ypart); | |
3372 | ||
3373 | need_clobber |= (GET_CODE (xpart) == SUBREG); | |
502b8322 | 3374 | |
1466e387 | 3375 | last_insn = emit_move_insn (xpart, ypart); |
a3600c71 HPN |
3376 | } |
3377 | ||
1466e387 RH |
3378 | seq = get_insns (); |
3379 | end_sequence (); | |
3380 | ||
3381 | /* Show the output dies here. This is necessary for SUBREGs | |
3382 | of pseudos since we cannot track their lifetimes correctly; | |
3383 | hard regs shouldn't appear here except as return values. | |
3384 | We never want to emit such a clobber after reload. */ | |
3385 | if (x != y | |
3386 | && ! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed) | |
3387 | && need_clobber != 0) | |
c41c1387 | 3388 | emit_clobber (x); |
1466e387 RH |
3389 | |
3390 | emit_insn (seq); | |
3391 | ||
3392 | return last_insn; | |
3393 | } | |
3394 | ||
3395 | /* Low level part of emit_move_insn. | |
3396 | Called just like emit_move_insn, but assumes X and Y | |
3397 | are basically valid. */ | |
3398 | ||
3399 | rtx | |
3400 | emit_move_insn_1 (rtx x, rtx y) | |
3401 | { | |
3402 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
3403 | enum insn_code code; | |
3404 | ||
3405 | gcc_assert ((unsigned int) mode < (unsigned int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE); | |
3406 | ||
947131ba | 3407 | code = optab_handler (mov_optab, mode); |
1466e387 RH |
3408 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
3409 | return emit_insn (GEN_FCN (code) (x, y)); | |
3410 | ||
3411 | /* Expand complex moves by moving real part and imag part. */ | |
3412 | if (COMPLEX_MODE_P (mode)) | |
3413 | return emit_move_complex (mode, x, y); | |
3414 | ||
0f996086 CF |
3415 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_DECIMAL_FLOAT |
3416 | || ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (mode)) | |
ef7befe0 BE |
3417 | { |
3418 | rtx result = emit_move_via_integer (mode, x, y, true); | |
3419 | ||
3420 | /* If we can't find an integer mode, use multi words. */ | |
3421 | if (result) | |
3422 | return result; | |
3423 | else | |
3424 | return emit_move_multi_word (mode, x, y); | |
3425 | } | |
3426 | ||
1466e387 RH |
3427 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_CC) |
3428 | return emit_move_ccmode (mode, x, y); | |
3429 | ||
5581fc91 RS |
3430 | /* Try using a move pattern for the corresponding integer mode. This is |
3431 | only safe when simplify_subreg can convert MODE constants into integer | |
3432 | constants. At present, it can only do this reliably if the value | |
3433 | fits within a HOST_WIDE_INT. */ | |
1466e387 | 3434 | if (!CONSTANT_P (y) || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
bbf6f052 | 3435 | { |
652b0932 | 3436 | rtx ret = emit_move_via_integer (mode, x, y, false); |
1466e387 RH |
3437 | if (ret) |
3438 | return ret; | |
3439 | } | |
0fb7aeda | 3440 | |
1466e387 RH |
3441 | return emit_move_multi_word (mode, x, y); |
3442 | } | |
918a6124 | 3443 | |
1466e387 RH |
3444 | /* Generate code to copy Y into X. |
3445 | Both Y and X must have the same mode, except that | |
3446 | Y can be a constant with VOIDmode. | |
3447 | This mode cannot be BLKmode; use emit_block_move for that. | |
3a94c984 | 3448 | |
1466e387 | 3449 | Return the last instruction emitted. */ |
3ef1eef4 | 3450 | |
1466e387 RH |
3451 | rtx |
3452 | emit_move_insn (rtx x, rtx y) | |
3453 | { | |
3454 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
3455 | rtx y_cst = NULL_RTX; | |
3456 | rtx last_insn, set; | |
15a7a8ec | 3457 | |
1466e387 RH |
3458 | gcc_assert (mode != BLKmode |
3459 | && (GET_MODE (y) == mode || GET_MODE (y) == VOIDmode)); | |
bbf6f052 | 3460 | |
1466e387 RH |
3461 | if (CONSTANT_P (y)) |
3462 | { | |
3463 | if (optimize | |
3464 | && SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x)) | |
3465 | && (last_insn = compress_float_constant (x, y))) | |
3466 | return last_insn; | |
bbf6f052 | 3467 | |
1466e387 | 3468 | y_cst = y; |
bbf6f052 | 3469 | |
1a627b35 | 3470 | if (!targetm.legitimate_constant_p (mode, y)) |
1466e387 RH |
3471 | { |
3472 | y = force_const_mem (mode, y); | |
235ae7be | 3473 | |
1466e387 RH |
3474 | /* If the target's cannot_force_const_mem prevented the spill, |
3475 | assume that the target's move expanders will also take care | |
3476 | of the non-legitimate constant. */ | |
3477 | if (!y) | |
3478 | y = y_cst; | |
aacd3885 RS |
3479 | else |
3480 | y = use_anchored_address (y); | |
bbf6f052 | 3481 | } |
1466e387 | 3482 | } |
6551fa4d | 3483 | |
1466e387 RH |
3484 | /* If X or Y are memory references, verify that their addresses are valid |
3485 | for the machine. */ | |
3486 | if (MEM_P (x) | |
09e881c9 BE |
3487 | && (! memory_address_addr_space_p (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0), |
3488 | MEM_ADDR_SPACE (x)) | |
3de5e93a | 3489 | && ! push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x)))) |
1466e387 | 3490 | x = validize_mem (x); |
235ae7be | 3491 | |
1466e387 | 3492 | if (MEM_P (y) |
09e881c9 BE |
3493 | && ! memory_address_addr_space_p (GET_MODE (y), XEXP (y, 0), |
3494 | MEM_ADDR_SPACE (y))) | |
1466e387 | 3495 | y = validize_mem (y); |
235ae7be | 3496 | |
1466e387 | 3497 | gcc_assert (mode != BLKmode); |
235ae7be | 3498 | |
1466e387 RH |
3499 | last_insn = emit_move_insn_1 (x, y); |
3500 | ||
3501 | if (y_cst && REG_P (x) | |
3502 | && (set = single_set (last_insn)) != NULL_RTX | |
3503 | && SET_DEST (set) == x | |
3504 | && ! rtx_equal_p (y_cst, SET_SRC (set))) | |
591e29d9 | 3505 | set_unique_reg_note (last_insn, REG_EQUAL, copy_rtx (y_cst)); |
1466e387 RH |
3506 | |
3507 | return last_insn; | |
bbf6f052 | 3508 | } |
51286de6 RH |
3509 | |
3510 | /* If Y is representable exactly in a narrower mode, and the target can | |
3511 | perform the extension directly from constant or memory, then emit the | |
3512 | move as an extension. */ | |
3513 | ||
3514 | static rtx | |
502b8322 | 3515 | compress_float_constant (rtx x, rtx y) |
51286de6 RH |
3516 | { |
3517 | enum machine_mode dstmode = GET_MODE (x); | |
3518 | enum machine_mode orig_srcmode = GET_MODE (y); | |
3519 | enum machine_mode srcmode; | |
3520 | REAL_VALUE_TYPE r; | |
e4541b7a | 3521 | int oldcost, newcost; |
f40751dd | 3522 | bool speed = optimize_insn_for_speed_p (); |
51286de6 RH |
3523 | |
3524 | REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, y); | |
3525 | ||
1a627b35 | 3526 | if (targetm.legitimate_constant_p (dstmode, y)) |
5e8f01f4 | 3527 | oldcost = set_src_cost (y, speed); |
e4541b7a | 3528 | else |
5e8f01f4 | 3529 | oldcost = set_src_cost (force_const_mem (dstmode, y), speed); |
e4541b7a | 3530 | |
51286de6 RH |
3531 | for (srcmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (GET_MODE_CLASS (orig_srcmode)); |
3532 | srcmode != orig_srcmode; | |
3533 | srcmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (srcmode)) | |
3534 | { | |
3535 | enum insn_code ic; | |
3536 | rtx trunc_y, last_insn; | |
3537 | ||
3538 | /* Skip if the target can't extend this way. */ | |
3539 | ic = can_extend_p (dstmode, srcmode, 0); | |
3540 | if (ic == CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
3541 | continue; | |
3542 | ||
3543 | /* Skip if the narrowed value isn't exact. */ | |
3544 | if (! exact_real_truncate (srcmode, &r)) | |
3545 | continue; | |
3546 | ||
3547 | trunc_y = CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (r, srcmode); | |
3548 | ||
1a627b35 | 3549 | if (targetm.legitimate_constant_p (srcmode, trunc_y)) |
51286de6 RH |
3550 | { |
3551 | /* Skip if the target needs extra instructions to perform | |
3552 | the extension. */ | |
2ef6ce06 | 3553 | if (!insn_operand_matches (ic, 1, trunc_y)) |
51286de6 | 3554 | continue; |
e4541b7a | 3555 | /* This is valid, but may not be cheaper than the original. */ |
5e8f01f4 RS |
3556 | newcost = set_src_cost (gen_rtx_FLOAT_EXTEND (dstmode, trunc_y), |
3557 | speed); | |
e4541b7a DJ |
3558 | if (oldcost < newcost) |
3559 | continue; | |
51286de6 RH |
3560 | } |
3561 | else if (float_extend_from_mem[dstmode][srcmode]) | |
e4541b7a DJ |
3562 | { |
3563 | trunc_y = force_const_mem (srcmode, trunc_y); | |
3564 | /* This is valid, but may not be cheaper than the original. */ | |
5e8f01f4 RS |
3565 | newcost = set_src_cost (gen_rtx_FLOAT_EXTEND (dstmode, trunc_y), |
3566 | speed); | |
e4541b7a DJ |
3567 | if (oldcost < newcost) |
3568 | continue; | |
3569 | trunc_y = validize_mem (trunc_y); | |
3570 | } | |
51286de6 RH |
3571 | else |
3572 | continue; | |
d763e130 RS |
3573 | |
3574 | /* For CSE's benefit, force the compressed constant pool entry | |
3575 | into a new pseudo. This constant may be used in different modes, | |
3576 | and if not, combine will put things back together for us. */ | |
3577 | trunc_y = force_reg (srcmode, trunc_y); | |
51286de6 RH |
3578 | emit_unop_insn (ic, x, trunc_y, UNKNOWN); |
3579 | last_insn = get_last_insn (); | |
3580 | ||
f8cfc6aa | 3581 | if (REG_P (x)) |
0c19a26f | 3582 | set_unique_reg_note (last_insn, REG_EQUAL, y); |
51286de6 RH |
3583 | |
3584 | return last_insn; | |
3585 | } | |
3586 | ||
3587 | return NULL_RTX; | |
3588 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3589 | \f |
3590 | /* Pushing data onto the stack. */ | |
3591 | ||
3592 | /* Push a block of length SIZE (perhaps variable) | |
3593 | and return an rtx to address the beginning of the block. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3594 | The value may be virtual_outgoing_args_rtx. |
3595 | ||
3596 | EXTRA is the number of bytes of padding to push in addition to SIZE. | |
3597 | BELOW nonzero means this padding comes at low addresses; | |
3598 | otherwise, the padding comes at high addresses. */ | |
3599 | ||
3600 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 3601 | push_block (rtx size, int extra, int below) |
bbf6f052 | 3602 | { |
b3694847 | 3603 | rtx temp; |
88f63c77 RK |
3604 | |
3605 | size = convert_modes (Pmode, ptr_mode, size, 1); | |
bbf6f052 | 3606 | if (CONSTANT_P (size)) |
0a81f074 | 3607 | anti_adjust_stack (plus_constant (Pmode, size, extra)); |
f8cfc6aa | 3608 | else if (REG_P (size) && extra == 0) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3609 | anti_adjust_stack (size); |
3610 | else | |
3611 | { | |
ce48579b | 3612 | temp = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, size); |
bbf6f052 | 3613 | if (extra != 0) |
906c4e36 | 3614 | temp = expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab, temp, GEN_INT (extra), |
bbf6f052 RK |
3615 | temp, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
3616 | anti_adjust_stack (temp); | |
3617 | } | |
3618 | ||
f73ad30e | 3619 | #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD |
f73ad30e | 3620 | if (0) |
f73ad30e JH |
3621 | #else |
3622 | if (1) | |
bbf6f052 | 3623 | #endif |
f73ad30e | 3624 | { |
f73ad30e JH |
3625 | temp = virtual_outgoing_args_rtx; |
3626 | if (extra != 0 && below) | |
0a81f074 | 3627 | temp = plus_constant (Pmode, temp, extra); |
f73ad30e JH |
3628 | } |
3629 | else | |
3630 | { | |
481683e1 | 3631 | if (CONST_INT_P (size)) |
0a81f074 | 3632 | temp = plus_constant (Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, |
3a94c984 | 3633 | -INTVAL (size) - (below ? 0 : extra)); |
f73ad30e JH |
3634 | else if (extra != 0 && !below) |
3635 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, | |
0a81f074 RS |
3636 | negate_rtx (Pmode, plus_constant (Pmode, size, |
3637 | extra))); | |
f73ad30e JH |
3638 | else |
3639 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, | |
3640 | negate_rtx (Pmode, size)); | |
3641 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3642 | |
3643 | return memory_address (GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT), temp); | |
3644 | } | |
3645 | ||
9a08d230 RH |
3646 | /* A utility routine that returns the base of an auto-inc memory, or NULL. */ |
3647 | ||
3648 | static rtx | |
3649 | mem_autoinc_base (rtx mem) | |
3650 | { | |
3651 | if (MEM_P (mem)) | |
3652 | { | |
3653 | rtx addr = XEXP (mem, 0); | |
3654 | if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (addr)) == RTX_AUTOINC) | |
3655 | return XEXP (addr, 0); | |
3656 | } | |
3657 | return NULL; | |
3658 | } | |
3659 | ||
3660 | /* A utility routine used here, in reload, and in try_split. The insns | |
3661 | after PREV up to and including LAST are known to adjust the stack, | |
3662 | with a final value of END_ARGS_SIZE. Iterate backward from LAST | |
3663 | placing notes as appropriate. PREV may be NULL, indicating the | |
3664 | entire insn sequence prior to LAST should be scanned. | |
3665 | ||
3666 | The set of allowed stack pointer modifications is small: | |
3667 | (1) One or more auto-inc style memory references (aka pushes), | |
3668 | (2) One or more addition/subtraction with the SP as destination, | |
3669 | (3) A single move insn with the SP as destination, | |
319638ed JJ |
3670 | (4) A call_pop insn, |
3671 | (5) Noreturn call insns if !ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS. | |
9a08d230 | 3672 | |
319638ed JJ |
3673 | Insns in the sequence that do not modify the SP are ignored, |
3674 | except for noreturn calls. | |
9a08d230 RH |
3675 | |
3676 | The return value is the amount of adjustment that can be trivially | |
3677 | verified, via immediate operand or auto-inc. If the adjustment | |
3678 | cannot be trivially extracted, the return value is INT_MIN. */ | |
3679 | ||
42aa5124 RH |
3680 | HOST_WIDE_INT |
3681 | find_args_size_adjust (rtx insn) | |
9a08d230 | 3682 | { |
42aa5124 RH |
3683 | rtx dest, set, pat; |
3684 | int i; | |
9a08d230 | 3685 | |
42aa5124 RH |
3686 | pat = PATTERN (insn); |
3687 | set = NULL; | |
9a08d230 | 3688 | |
42aa5124 RH |
3689 | /* Look for a call_pop pattern. */ |
3690 | if (CALL_P (insn)) | |
3691 | { | |
3692 | /* We have to allow non-call_pop patterns for the case | |
3693 | of emit_single_push_insn of a TLS address. */ | |
3694 | if (GET_CODE (pat) != PARALLEL) | |
3695 | return 0; | |
9a08d230 | 3696 | |
42aa5124 RH |
3697 | /* All call_pop have a stack pointer adjust in the parallel. |
3698 | The call itself is always first, and the stack adjust is | |
3699 | usually last, so search from the end. */ | |
3700 | for (i = XVECLEN (pat, 0) - 1; i > 0; --i) | |
9a08d230 | 3701 | { |
42aa5124 RH |
3702 | set = XVECEXP (pat, 0, i); |
3703 | if (GET_CODE (set) != SET) | |
6bfd73a6 | 3704 | continue; |
42aa5124 RH |
3705 | dest = SET_DEST (set); |
3706 | if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx) | |
3707 | break; | |
9a08d230 | 3708 | } |
42aa5124 RH |
3709 | /* We'd better have found the stack pointer adjust. */ |
3710 | if (i == 0) | |
3711 | return 0; | |
3712 | /* Fall through to process the extracted SET and DEST | |
3713 | as if it was a standalone insn. */ | |
3714 | } | |
3715 | else if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET) | |
3716 | set = pat; | |
3717 | else if ((set = single_set (insn)) != NULL) | |
3718 | ; | |
3719 | else if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL) | |
3720 | { | |
3721 | /* ??? Some older ports use a parallel with a stack adjust | |
3722 | and a store for a PUSH_ROUNDING pattern, rather than a | |
3723 | PRE/POST_MODIFY rtx. Don't force them to update yet... */ | |
3724 | /* ??? See h8300 and m68k, pushqi1. */ | |
3725 | for (i = XVECLEN (pat, 0) - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
9a08d230 | 3726 | { |
42aa5124 RH |
3727 | set = XVECEXP (pat, 0, i); |
3728 | if (GET_CODE (set) != SET) | |
9a08d230 | 3729 | continue; |
42aa5124 RH |
3730 | dest = SET_DEST (set); |
3731 | if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx) | |
3732 | break; | |
3733 | ||
3734 | /* We do not expect an auto-inc of the sp in the parallel. */ | |
3735 | gcc_checking_assert (mem_autoinc_base (dest) != stack_pointer_rtx); | |
3736 | gcc_checking_assert (mem_autoinc_base (SET_SRC (set)) | |
3737 | != stack_pointer_rtx); | |
9a08d230 | 3738 | } |
42aa5124 RH |
3739 | if (i < 0) |
3740 | return 0; | |
3741 | } | |
3742 | else | |
3743 | return 0; | |
3744 | ||
3745 | dest = SET_DEST (set); | |
3746 | ||
3747 | /* Look for direct modifications of the stack pointer. */ | |
3748 | if (REG_P (dest) && REGNO (dest) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) | |
3749 | { | |
3750 | /* Look for a trivial adjustment, otherwise assume nothing. */ | |
3751 | /* Note that the SPU restore_stack_block pattern refers to | |
3752 | the stack pointer in V4SImode. Consider that non-trivial. */ | |
3753 | if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (dest)) | |
3754 | && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == PLUS | |
3755 | && XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0) == stack_pointer_rtx | |
3756 | && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 1))) | |
3757 | return INTVAL (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 1)); | |
3758 | /* ??? Reload can generate no-op moves, which will be cleaned | |
3759 | up later. Recognize it and continue searching. */ | |
3760 | else if (rtx_equal_p (dest, SET_SRC (set))) | |
3761 | return 0; | |
9a08d230 | 3762 | else |
42aa5124 RH |
3763 | return HOST_WIDE_INT_MIN; |
3764 | } | |
3765 | else | |
3766 | { | |
3767 | rtx mem, addr; | |
9a08d230 | 3768 | |
9a08d230 | 3769 | /* Otherwise only think about autoinc patterns. */ |
42aa5124 | 3770 | if (mem_autoinc_base (dest) == stack_pointer_rtx) |
9a08d230 | 3771 | { |
42aa5124 RH |
3772 | mem = dest; |
3773 | gcc_checking_assert (mem_autoinc_base (SET_SRC (set)) | |
3774 | != stack_pointer_rtx); | |
9a08d230 | 3775 | } |
42aa5124 RH |
3776 | else if (mem_autoinc_base (SET_SRC (set)) == stack_pointer_rtx) |
3777 | mem = SET_SRC (set); | |
9a08d230 | 3778 | else |
42aa5124 RH |
3779 | return 0; |
3780 | ||
3781 | addr = XEXP (mem, 0); | |
3782 | switch (GET_CODE (addr)) | |
3783 | { | |
3784 | case PRE_INC: | |
3785 | case POST_INC: | |
3786 | return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (mem)); | |
3787 | case PRE_DEC: | |
3788 | case POST_DEC: | |
3789 | return -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (mem)); | |
3790 | case PRE_MODIFY: | |
3791 | case POST_MODIFY: | |
3792 | addr = XEXP (addr, 1); | |
3793 | gcc_assert (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS); | |
3794 | gcc_assert (XEXP (addr, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx); | |
3795 | gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (addr, 1))); | |
3796 | return INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)); | |
3797 | default: | |
3798 | gcc_unreachable (); | |
3799 | } | |
3800 | } | |
3801 | } | |
3802 | ||
3803 | int | |
3804 | fixup_args_size_notes (rtx prev, rtx last, int end_args_size) | |
3805 | { | |
3806 | int args_size = end_args_size; | |
3807 | bool saw_unknown = false; | |
3808 | rtx insn; | |
3809 | ||
3810 | for (insn = last; insn != prev; insn = PREV_INSN (insn)) | |
3811 | { | |
3812 | HOST_WIDE_INT this_delta; | |
3813 | ||
3814 | if (!NONDEBUG_INSN_P (insn)) | |
9a08d230 RH |
3815 | continue; |
3816 | ||
42aa5124 RH |
3817 | this_delta = find_args_size_adjust (insn); |
3818 | if (this_delta == 0) | |
319638ed JJ |
3819 | { |
3820 | if (!CALL_P (insn) | |
3821 | || ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS | |
3822 | || find_reg_note (insn, REG_NORETURN, NULL_RTX) == NULL_RTX) | |
3823 | continue; | |
3824 | } | |
42aa5124 RH |
3825 | |
3826 | gcc_assert (!saw_unknown); | |
3827 | if (this_delta == HOST_WIDE_INT_MIN) | |
3828 | saw_unknown = true; | |
3829 | ||
9a08d230 RH |
3830 | add_reg_note (insn, REG_ARGS_SIZE, GEN_INT (args_size)); |
3831 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
3832 | this_delta = -this_delta; | |
3833 | #endif | |
3834 | args_size -= this_delta; | |
3835 | } | |
3836 | ||
3837 | return saw_unknown ? INT_MIN : args_size; | |
3838 | } | |
21d93687 | 3839 | |
9a08d230 | 3840 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
566aa174 | 3841 | /* Emit single push insn. */ |
21d93687 | 3842 | |
566aa174 | 3843 | static void |
9a08d230 | 3844 | emit_single_push_insn_1 (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, tree type) |
566aa174 | 3845 | { |
566aa174 | 3846 | rtx dest_addr; |
918a6124 | 3847 | unsigned rounded_size = PUSH_ROUNDING (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); |
566aa174 | 3848 | rtx dest; |
371b8fc0 | 3849 | enum insn_code icode; |
566aa174 | 3850 | |
371b8fc0 JH |
3851 | stack_pointer_delta += PUSH_ROUNDING (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); |
3852 | /* If there is push pattern, use it. Otherwise try old way of throwing | |
3853 | MEM representing push operation to move expander. */ | |
947131ba | 3854 | icode = optab_handler (push_optab, mode); |
371b8fc0 JH |
3855 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
3856 | { | |
a5c7d693 RS |
3857 | struct expand_operand ops[1]; |
3858 | ||
3859 | create_input_operand (&ops[0], x, mode); | |
3860 | if (maybe_expand_insn (icode, 1, ops)) | |
3861 | return; | |
371b8fc0 | 3862 | } |
566aa174 JH |
3863 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == rounded_size) |
3864 | dest_addr = gen_rtx_fmt_e (STACK_PUSH_CODE, Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx); | |
329d586f KH |
3865 | /* If we are to pad downward, adjust the stack pointer first and |
3866 | then store X into the stack location using an offset. This is | |
3867 | because emit_move_insn does not know how to pad; it does not have | |
3868 | access to type. */ | |
3869 | else if (FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (mode, type) == downward) | |
3870 | { | |
3871 | unsigned padding_size = rounded_size - GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
3872 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset; | |
3873 | ||
3874 | emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, | |
3875 | expand_binop (Pmode, | |
3876 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
3877 | sub_optab, | |
3878 | #else | |
3879 | add_optab, | |
3880 | #endif | |
3881 | stack_pointer_rtx, | |
3882 | GEN_INT (rounded_size), | |
3883 | NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN)); | |
3884 | ||
3885 | offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) padding_size; | |
3886 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
3887 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC) | |
3888 | /* We have already decremented the stack pointer, so get the | |
3889 | previous value. */ | |
3890 | offset += (HOST_WIDE_INT) rounded_size; | |
3891 | #else | |
3892 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC) | |
3893 | /* We have already incremented the stack pointer, so get the | |
3894 | previous value. */ | |
3895 | offset -= (HOST_WIDE_INT) rounded_size; | |
3896 | #endif | |
3897 | dest_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (offset)); | |
3898 | } | |
566aa174 JH |
3899 | else |
3900 | { | |
3901 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
329d586f | 3902 | /* ??? This seems wrong if STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC. */ |
566aa174 | 3903 | dest_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, |
505ddab6 | 3904 | GEN_INT (-(HOST_WIDE_INT) rounded_size)); |
566aa174 | 3905 | #else |
329d586f | 3906 | /* ??? This seems wrong if STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC. */ |
566aa174 JH |
3907 | dest_addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, |
3908 | GEN_INT (rounded_size)); | |
3909 | #endif | |
3910 | dest_addr = gen_rtx_PRE_MODIFY (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, dest_addr); | |
3911 | } | |
3912 | ||
3913 | dest = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, dest_addr); | |
3914 | ||
566aa174 JH |
3915 | if (type != 0) |
3916 | { | |
3917 | set_mem_attributes (dest, type, 1); | |
c3d32120 RK |
3918 | |
3919 | if (flag_optimize_sibling_calls) | |
3920 | /* Function incoming arguments may overlap with sibling call | |
3921 | outgoing arguments and we cannot allow reordering of reads | |
3922 | from function arguments with stores to outgoing arguments | |
3923 | of sibling calls. */ | |
3924 | set_mem_alias_set (dest, 0); | |
566aa174 JH |
3925 | } |
3926 | emit_move_insn (dest, x); | |
566aa174 | 3927 | } |
9a08d230 RH |
3928 | |
3929 | /* Emit and annotate a single push insn. */ | |
3930 | ||
3931 | static void | |
3932 | emit_single_push_insn (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, tree type) | |
3933 | { | |
3934 | int delta, old_delta = stack_pointer_delta; | |
3935 | rtx prev = get_last_insn (); | |
3936 | rtx last; | |
3937 | ||
3938 | emit_single_push_insn_1 (mode, x, type); | |
3939 | ||
3940 | last = get_last_insn (); | |
3941 | ||
3942 | /* Notice the common case where we emitted exactly one insn. */ | |
3943 | if (PREV_INSN (last) == prev) | |
3944 | { | |
3945 | add_reg_note (last, REG_ARGS_SIZE, GEN_INT (stack_pointer_delta)); | |
3946 | return; | |
3947 | } | |
3948 | ||
3949 | delta = fixup_args_size_notes (prev, last, stack_pointer_delta); | |
3950 | gcc_assert (delta == INT_MIN || delta == old_delta); | |
3951 | } | |
21d93687 | 3952 | #endif |
566aa174 | 3953 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3954 | /* Generate code to push X onto the stack, assuming it has mode MODE and |
3955 | type TYPE. | |
3956 | MODE is redundant except when X is a CONST_INT (since they don't | |
3957 | carry mode info). | |
3958 | SIZE is an rtx for the size of data to be copied (in bytes), | |
3959 | needed only if X is BLKmode. | |
3960 | ||
f1eaaf73 | 3961 | ALIGN (in bits) is maximum alignment we can assume. |
bbf6f052 | 3962 | |
cd048831 | 3963 | If PARTIAL and REG are both nonzero, then copy that many of the first |
78a52f11 RH |
3964 | bytes of X into registers starting with REG, and push the rest of X. |
3965 | The amount of space pushed is decreased by PARTIAL bytes. | |
bbf6f052 | 3966 | REG must be a hard register in this case. |
cd048831 RK |
3967 | If REG is zero but PARTIAL is not, take any all others actions for an |
3968 | argument partially in registers, but do not actually load any | |
3969 | registers. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3970 | |
3971 | EXTRA is the amount in bytes of extra space to leave next to this arg. | |
6dc42e49 | 3972 | This is ignored if an argument block has already been allocated. |
bbf6f052 RK |
3973 | |
3974 | On a machine that lacks real push insns, ARGS_ADDR is the address of | |
3975 | the bottom of the argument block for this call. We use indexing off there | |
3976 | to store the arg. On machines with push insns, ARGS_ADDR is 0 when a | |
3977 | argument block has not been preallocated. | |
3978 | ||
e5e809f4 JL |
3979 | ARGS_SO_FAR is the size of args previously pushed for this call. |
3980 | ||
3981 | REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE is nonzero if functions require stack space | |
3982 | for arguments passed in registers. If nonzero, it will be the number | |
3983 | of bytes required. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3984 | |
3985 | void | |
502b8322 AJ |
3986 | emit_push_insn (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode, tree type, rtx size, |
3987 | unsigned int align, int partial, rtx reg, int extra, | |
3988 | rtx args_addr, rtx args_so_far, int reg_parm_stack_space, | |
3989 | rtx alignment_pad) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3990 | { |
3991 | rtx xinner; | |
3992 | enum direction stack_direction | |
3993 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
3994 | = downward; | |
3995 | #else | |
3996 | = upward; | |
3997 | #endif | |
3998 | ||
3999 | /* Decide where to pad the argument: `downward' for below, | |
4000 | `upward' for above, or `none' for don't pad it. | |
4001 | Default is below for small data on big-endian machines; else above. */ | |
4002 | enum direction where_pad = FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (mode, type); | |
4003 | ||
0fb7aeda | 4004 | /* Invert direction if stack is post-decrement. |
9e0e11bf GK |
4005 | FIXME: why? */ |
4006 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4007 | if (where_pad != none) |
4008 | where_pad = (where_pad == downward ? upward : downward); | |
4009 | ||
ad76cef8 | 4010 | xinner = x; |
bbf6f052 | 4011 | |
46bd2bee JM |
4012 | if (mode == BLKmode |
4013 | || (STRICT_ALIGNMENT && align < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4014 | { |
4015 | /* Copy a block into the stack, entirely or partially. */ | |
4016 | ||
b3694847 | 4017 | rtx temp; |
78a52f11 | 4018 | int used; |
531547e9 | 4019 | int offset; |
bbf6f052 | 4020 | int skip; |
3a94c984 | 4021 | |
78a52f11 RH |
4022 | offset = partial % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
4023 | used = partial - offset; | |
531547e9 | 4024 | |
46bd2bee JM |
4025 | if (mode != BLKmode) |
4026 | { | |
4027 | /* A value is to be stored in an insufficiently aligned | |
4028 | stack slot; copy via a suitably aligned slot if | |
4029 | necessary. */ | |
4030 | size = GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); | |
4031 | if (!MEM_P (xinner)) | |
4032 | { | |
9474e8ab | 4033 | temp = assign_temp (type, 1, 1); |
46bd2bee JM |
4034 | emit_move_insn (temp, xinner); |
4035 | xinner = temp; | |
4036 | } | |
4037 | } | |
4038 | ||
5b0264cb | 4039 | gcc_assert (size); |
bbf6f052 | 4040 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4041 | /* USED is now the # of bytes we need not copy to the stack |
4042 | because registers will take care of them. */ | |
4043 | ||
4044 | if (partial != 0) | |
f4ef873c | 4045 | xinner = adjust_address (xinner, BLKmode, used); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4046 | |
4047 | /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size, | |
4048 | skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers. | |
4049 | Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space, | |
4050 | by setting SKIP to 0. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 4051 | skip = (reg_parm_stack_space == 0) ? 0 : used; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4052 | |
4053 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
4054 | /* Do it with several push insns if that doesn't take lots of insns | |
4055 | and if there is no difficulty with push insns that skip bytes | |
4056 | on the stack for alignment purposes. */ | |
4057 | if (args_addr == 0 | |
f73ad30e | 4058 | && PUSH_ARGS |
481683e1 | 4059 | && CONST_INT_P (size) |
bbf6f052 | 4060 | && skip == 0 |
f26aca6d | 4061 | && MEM_ALIGN (xinner) >= align |
15914757 | 4062 | && (MOVE_BY_PIECES_P ((unsigned) INTVAL (size) - used, align)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4063 | /* Here we avoid the case of a structure whose weak alignment |
4064 | forces many pushes of a small amount of data, | |
4065 | and such small pushes do rounding that causes trouble. */ | |
e1565e65 | 4066 | && ((! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (word_mode, align)) |
19caa751 | 4067 | || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT |
f1eaaf73 DE |
4068 | || (PUSH_ROUNDING (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) |
4069 | == (align / BITS_PER_UNIT))) | |
3e926b4d | 4070 | && (HOST_WIDE_INT) PUSH_ROUNDING (INTVAL (size)) == INTVAL (size)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4071 | { |
4072 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
4073 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
4074 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
4075 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
4076 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 4077 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 | 4078 | |
8fd3cf4e | 4079 | move_by_pieces (NULL, xinner, INTVAL (size) - used, align, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4080 | } |
4081 | else | |
3a94c984 | 4082 | #endif /* PUSH_ROUNDING */ |
bbf6f052 | 4083 | { |
7ab923cc JJ |
4084 | rtx target; |
4085 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4086 | /* Otherwise make space on the stack and copy the data |
4087 | to the address of that space. */ | |
4088 | ||
4089 | /* Deduct words put into registers from the size we must copy. */ | |
4090 | if (partial != 0) | |
4091 | { | |
481683e1 | 4092 | if (CONST_INT_P (size)) |
906c4e36 | 4093 | size = GEN_INT (INTVAL (size) - used); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4094 | else |
4095 | size = expand_binop (GET_MODE (size), sub_optab, size, | |
906c4e36 RK |
4096 | GEN_INT (used), NULL_RTX, 0, |
4097 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4098 | } |
4099 | ||
4100 | /* Get the address of the stack space. | |
4101 | In this case, we do not deal with EXTRA separately. | |
4102 | A single stack adjust will do. */ | |
4103 | if (! args_addr) | |
4104 | { | |
4105 | temp = push_block (size, extra, where_pad == downward); | |
4106 | extra = 0; | |
4107 | } | |
481683e1 | 4108 | else if (CONST_INT_P (args_so_far)) |
bbf6f052 | 4109 | temp = memory_address (BLKmode, |
0a81f074 | 4110 | plus_constant (Pmode, args_addr, |
bbf6f052 RK |
4111 | skip + INTVAL (args_so_far))); |
4112 | else | |
4113 | temp = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
0a81f074 RS |
4114 | plus_constant (Pmode, |
4115 | gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, | |
38a448ca RH |
4116 | args_addr, |
4117 | args_so_far), | |
bbf6f052 | 4118 | skip)); |
4ca79136 RH |
4119 | |
4120 | if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS) | |
4121 | { | |
4122 | /* If the source is referenced relative to the stack pointer, | |
4123 | copy it to another register to stabilize it. We do not need | |
4124 | to do this if we know that we won't be changing sp. */ | |
4125 | ||
4126 | if (reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, temp) | |
4127 | || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, temp)) | |
4128 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
4129 | } | |
4130 | ||
3a94c984 | 4131 | target = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, temp); |
7ab923cc | 4132 | |
2bb16349 RH |
4133 | /* We do *not* set_mem_attributes here, because incoming arguments |
4134 | may overlap with sibling call outgoing arguments and we cannot | |
4135 | allow reordering of reads from function arguments with stores | |
4136 | to outgoing arguments of sibling calls. We do, however, want | |
4137 | to record the alignment of the stack slot. */ | |
44bb111a RH |
4138 | /* ALIGN may well be better aligned than TYPE, e.g. due to |
4139 | PARM_BOUNDARY. Assume the caller isn't lying. */ | |
4140 | set_mem_align (target, align); | |
4ca79136 | 4141 | |
44bb111a | 4142 | emit_block_move (target, xinner, size, BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4143 | } |
4144 | } | |
4145 | else if (partial > 0) | |
4146 | { | |
4147 | /* Scalar partly in registers. */ | |
4148 | ||
4149 | int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
4150 | int i; | |
4151 | int not_stack; | |
78a52f11 | 4152 | /* # bytes of start of argument |
bbf6f052 | 4153 | that we must make space for but need not store. */ |
ac7e839c | 4154 | int offset = partial % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4155 | int args_offset = INTVAL (args_so_far); |
4156 | int skip; | |
4157 | ||
4158 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
4159 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
4160 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
4161 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
4162 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 4163 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4164 | |
4165 | /* If we make space by pushing it, we might as well push | |
4166 | the real data. Otherwise, we can leave OFFSET nonzero | |
4167 | and leave the space uninitialized. */ | |
4168 | if (args_addr == 0) | |
4169 | offset = 0; | |
4170 | ||
4171 | /* Now NOT_STACK gets the number of words that we don't need to | |
40b0345d | 4172 | allocate on the stack. Convert OFFSET to words too. */ |
78a52f11 | 4173 | not_stack = (partial - offset) / UNITS_PER_WORD; |
ac7e839c | 4174 | offset /= UNITS_PER_WORD; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4175 | |
4176 | /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size, | |
4177 | skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers. | |
4178 | Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space, | |
4179 | by setting SKIP to 0. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 4180 | skip = (reg_parm_stack_space == 0) ? 0 : not_stack; |
bbf6f052 | 4181 | |
1a627b35 | 4182 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && !targetm.legitimate_constant_p (mode, x)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4183 | x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x)); |
4184 | ||
4185 | /* If X is a hard register in a non-integer mode, copy it into a pseudo; | |
4186 | SUBREGs of such registers are not allowed. */ | |
f8cfc6aa | 4187 | if ((REG_P (x) && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER |
bbf6f052 RK |
4188 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) != MODE_INT)) |
4189 | x = copy_to_reg (x); | |
4190 | ||
4191 | /* Loop over all the words allocated on the stack for this arg. */ | |
4192 | /* We can do it by words, because any scalar bigger than a word | |
4193 | has a size a multiple of a word. */ | |
4194 | #ifndef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED | |
4195 | for (i = not_stack; i < size; i++) | |
4196 | #else | |
4197 | for (i = size - 1; i >= not_stack; i--) | |
4198 | #endif | |
4199 | if (i >= not_stack + offset) | |
4200 | emit_push_insn (operand_subword_force (x, i, mode), | |
906c4e36 RK |
4201 | word_mode, NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX, align, 0, NULL_RTX, |
4202 | 0, args_addr, | |
4203 | GEN_INT (args_offset + ((i - not_stack + skip) | |
e5e809f4 | 4204 | * UNITS_PER_WORD)), |
4fc026cd | 4205 | reg_parm_stack_space, alignment_pad); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4206 | } |
4207 | else | |
4208 | { | |
4209 | rtx addr; | |
3bdf5ad1 | 4210 | rtx dest; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4211 | |
4212 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
4213 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
4214 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
4215 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
4216 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 4217 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4218 | |
4219 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
f73ad30e | 4220 | if (args_addr == 0 && PUSH_ARGS) |
566aa174 | 4221 | emit_single_push_insn (mode, x, type); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4222 | else |
4223 | #endif | |
921b3427 | 4224 | { |
481683e1 | 4225 | if (CONST_INT_P (args_so_far)) |
921b3427 RK |
4226 | addr |
4227 | = memory_address (mode, | |
0a81f074 | 4228 | plus_constant (Pmode, args_addr, |
921b3427 | 4229 | INTVAL (args_so_far))); |
3a94c984 | 4230 | else |
38a448ca RH |
4231 | addr = memory_address (mode, gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, args_addr, |
4232 | args_so_far)); | |
566aa174 | 4233 | dest = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, addr); |
2bb16349 RH |
4234 | |
4235 | /* We do *not* set_mem_attributes here, because incoming arguments | |
4236 | may overlap with sibling call outgoing arguments and we cannot | |
4237 | allow reordering of reads from function arguments with stores | |
4238 | to outgoing arguments of sibling calls. We do, however, want | |
4239 | to record the alignment of the stack slot. */ | |
4240 | /* ALIGN may well be better aligned than TYPE, e.g. due to | |
4241 | PARM_BOUNDARY. Assume the caller isn't lying. */ | |
4242 | set_mem_align (dest, align); | |
bbf6f052 | 4243 | |
566aa174 | 4244 | emit_move_insn (dest, x); |
566aa174 | 4245 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
4246 | } |
4247 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4248 | /* If part should go in registers, copy that part |
4249 | into the appropriate registers. Do this now, at the end, | |
4250 | since mem-to-mem copies above may do function calls. */ | |
cd048831 | 4251 | if (partial > 0 && reg != 0) |
fffa9c1d JW |
4252 | { |
4253 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous locations. | |
4254 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
4255 | if (GET_CODE (reg) == PARALLEL) | |
6e985040 | 4256 | emit_group_load (reg, x, type, -1); |
fffa9c1d | 4257 | else |
78a52f11 RH |
4258 | { |
4259 | gcc_assert (partial % UNITS_PER_WORD == 0); | |
4260 | move_block_to_reg (REGNO (reg), x, partial / UNITS_PER_WORD, mode); | |
4261 | } | |
fffa9c1d | 4262 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
4263 | |
4264 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 && where_pad == stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 4265 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
3a94c984 | 4266 | |
3ea2292a | 4267 | if (alignment_pad && args_addr == 0) |
4fc026cd | 4268 | anti_adjust_stack (alignment_pad); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4269 | } |
4270 | \f | |
296b4ed9 RK |
4271 | /* Return X if X can be used as a subtarget in a sequence of arithmetic |
4272 | operations. */ | |
4273 | ||
4274 | static rtx | |
502b8322 | 4275 | get_subtarget (rtx x) |
296b4ed9 | 4276 | { |
7c27e184 PB |
4277 | return (optimize |
4278 | || x == 0 | |
296b4ed9 | 4279 | /* Only registers can be subtargets. */ |
f8cfc6aa | 4280 | || !REG_P (x) |
296b4ed9 RK |
4281 | /* Don't use hard regs to avoid extending their life. */ |
4282 | || REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
296b4ed9 RK |
4283 | ? 0 : x); |
4284 | } | |
4285 | ||
8c1cfd5a RH |
4286 | /* A subroutine of expand_assignment. Optimize FIELD op= VAL, where |
4287 | FIELD is a bitfield. Returns true if the optimization was successful, | |
4288 | and there's nothing else to do. */ | |
4289 | ||
4290 | static bool | |
4291 | optimize_bitfield_assignment_op (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, | |
4292 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, | |
1169e45d AH |
4293 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitregion_start, |
4294 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitregion_end, | |
8c1cfd5a RH |
4295 | enum machine_mode mode1, rtx str_rtx, |
4296 | tree to, tree src) | |
4297 | { | |
4298 | enum machine_mode str_mode = GET_MODE (str_rtx); | |
4299 | unsigned int str_bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (str_mode); | |
4300 | tree op0, op1; | |
4301 | rtx value, result; | |
4302 | optab binop; | |
3bf162a0 AP |
4303 | gimple srcstmt; |
4304 | enum tree_code code; | |
8c1cfd5a RH |
4305 | |
4306 | if (mode1 != VOIDmode | |
4307 | || bitsize >= BITS_PER_WORD | |
4308 | || str_bitsize > BITS_PER_WORD | |
4309 | || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (to) | |
4310 | || TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (to)) | |
4311 | return false; | |
4312 | ||
4313 | STRIP_NOPS (src); | |
3bf162a0 AP |
4314 | if (TREE_CODE (src) != SSA_NAME) |
4315 | return false; | |
4316 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (src)) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
4317 | return false; | |
4318 | ||
4319 | srcstmt = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (src); | |
4320 | if (!srcstmt | |
4321 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (gimple_assign_rhs_code (srcstmt)) != tcc_binary) | |
8c1cfd5a RH |
4322 | return false; |
4323 | ||
3bf162a0 AP |
4324 | code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (srcstmt); |
4325 | ||
4326 | op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (srcstmt); | |
4327 | ||
4328 | /* If OP0 is an SSA_NAME, then we want to walk the use-def chain | |
4329 | to find its initialization. Hopefully the initialization will | |
4330 | be from a bitfield load. */ | |
4331 | if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME) | |
4332 | { | |
4333 | gimple op0stmt = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (op0); | |
4334 | ||
4335 | /* We want to eventually have OP0 be the same as TO, which | |
4336 | should be a bitfield. */ | |
4337 | if (!op0stmt | |
4338 | || !is_gimple_assign (op0stmt) | |
4339 | || gimple_assign_rhs_code (op0stmt) != TREE_CODE (to)) | |
4340 | return false; | |
4341 | op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (op0stmt); | |
4342 | } | |
4343 | ||
4344 | op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (srcstmt); | |
8c1cfd5a RH |
4345 | |
4346 | if (!operand_equal_p (to, op0, 0)) | |
4347 | return false; | |
4348 | ||
4349 | if (MEM_P (str_rtx)) | |
4350 | { | |
4351 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset1; | |
4352 | ||
4353 | if (str_bitsize == 0 || str_bitsize > BITS_PER_WORD) | |
4354 | str_mode = word_mode; | |
4355 | str_mode = get_best_mode (bitsize, bitpos, | |
1169e45d | 4356 | bitregion_start, bitregion_end, |
8c1cfd5a RH |
4357 | MEM_ALIGN (str_rtx), str_mode, 0); |
4358 | if (str_mode == VOIDmode) | |
4359 | return false; | |
4360 | str_bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (str_mode); | |
4361 | ||
4362 | offset1 = bitpos; | |
4363 | bitpos %= str_bitsize; | |
4364 | offset1 = (offset1 - bitpos) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
4365 | str_rtx = adjust_address (str_rtx, str_mode, offset1); | |
4366 | } | |
4367 | else if (!REG_P (str_rtx) && GET_CODE (str_rtx) != SUBREG) | |
4368 | return false; | |
4369 | ||
4370 | /* If the bit field covers the whole REG/MEM, store_field | |
4371 | will likely generate better code. */ | |
4372 | if (bitsize >= str_bitsize) | |
4373 | return false; | |
4374 | ||
4375 | /* We can't handle fields split across multiple entities. */ | |
4376 | if (bitpos + bitsize > str_bitsize) | |
4377 | return false; | |
4378 | ||
4379 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) | |
4380 | bitpos = str_bitsize - bitpos - bitsize; | |
4381 | ||
3bf162a0 | 4382 | switch (code) |
8c1cfd5a RH |
4383 | { |
4384 | case PLUS_EXPR: | |
4385 | case MINUS_EXPR: | |
4386 | /* For now, just optimize the case of the topmost bitfield | |
4387 | where we don't need to do any masking and also | |
4388 | 1 bit bitfields where xor can be used. | |
4389 | We might win by one instruction for the other bitfields | |
4390 | too if insv/extv instructions aren't used, so that | |
4391 | can be added later. */ | |
4392 | if (bitpos + bitsize != str_bitsize | |
4393 | && (bitsize != 1 || TREE_CODE (op1) != INTEGER_CST)) | |
4394 | break; | |
4395 | ||
49452c07 | 4396 | value = expand_expr (op1, NULL_RTX, str_mode, EXPAND_NORMAL); |
8c1cfd5a RH |
4397 | value = convert_modes (str_mode, |
4398 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op1)), value, | |
4399 | TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (op1))); | |
4400 | ||
4401 | /* We may be accessing data outside the field, which means | |
4402 | we can alias adjacent data. */ | |
4403 | if (MEM_P (str_rtx)) | |
4404 | { | |
4405 | str_rtx = shallow_copy_rtx (str_rtx); | |
4406 | set_mem_alias_set (str_rtx, 0); | |
4407 | set_mem_expr (str_rtx, 0); | |
4408 | } | |
4409 | ||
3bf162a0 | 4410 | binop = code == PLUS_EXPR ? add_optab : sub_optab; |
8c1cfd5a RH |
4411 | if (bitsize == 1 && bitpos + bitsize != str_bitsize) |
4412 | { | |
4413 | value = expand_and (str_mode, value, const1_rtx, NULL); | |
4414 | binop = xor_optab; | |
4415 | } | |
8c5f2327 | 4416 | value = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, str_mode, value, bitpos, NULL_RTX, 1); |
8c1cfd5a RH |
4417 | result = expand_binop (str_mode, binop, str_rtx, |
4418 | value, str_rtx, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
4419 | if (result != str_rtx) | |
4420 | emit_move_insn (str_rtx, result); | |
4421 | return true; | |
4422 | ||
92fb2d32 KH |
4423 | case BIT_IOR_EXPR: |
4424 | case BIT_XOR_EXPR: | |
4425 | if (TREE_CODE (op1) != INTEGER_CST) | |
4426 | break; | |
8c5f2327 EB |
4427 | value = expand_expr (op1, NULL_RTX, str_mode, EXPAND_NORMAL); |
4428 | value = convert_modes (str_mode, | |
92fb2d32 KH |
4429 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op1)), value, |
4430 | TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (op1))); | |
4431 | ||
4432 | /* We may be accessing data outside the field, which means | |
4433 | we can alias adjacent data. */ | |
4434 | if (MEM_P (str_rtx)) | |
4435 | { | |
4436 | str_rtx = shallow_copy_rtx (str_rtx); | |
4437 | set_mem_alias_set (str_rtx, 0); | |
4438 | set_mem_expr (str_rtx, 0); | |
4439 | } | |
4440 | ||
3bf162a0 | 4441 | binop = code == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? ior_optab : xor_optab; |
8c5f2327 | 4442 | if (bitpos + bitsize != str_bitsize) |
92fb2d32 | 4443 | { |
8c5f2327 EB |
4444 | rtx mask = GEN_INT (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bitsize) - 1); |
4445 | value = expand_and (str_mode, value, mask, NULL_RTX); | |
92fb2d32 | 4446 | } |
8c5f2327 EB |
4447 | value = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, str_mode, value, bitpos, NULL_RTX, 1); |
4448 | result = expand_binop (str_mode, binop, str_rtx, | |
92fb2d32 KH |
4449 | value, str_rtx, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); |
4450 | if (result != str_rtx) | |
4451 | emit_move_insn (str_rtx, result); | |
4452 | return true; | |
4453 | ||
8c1cfd5a RH |
4454 | default: |
4455 | break; | |
4456 | } | |
4457 | ||
4458 | return false; | |
4459 | } | |
4460 | ||
1169e45d AH |
4461 | /* In the C++ memory model, consecutive bit fields in a structure are |
4462 | considered one memory location. | |
4463 | ||
1d0bafd9 | 4464 | Given a COMPONENT_REF EXP at position (BITPOS, OFFSET), this function |
26c71b93 | 4465 | returns the bit range of consecutive bits in which this COMPONENT_REF |
1d0bafd9 EB |
4466 | belongs. The values are returned in *BITSTART and *BITEND. *BITPOS |
4467 | and *OFFSET may be adjusted in the process. | |
4468 | ||
4469 | If the access does not need to be restricted, 0 is returned in both | |
26c71b93 | 4470 | *BITSTART and *BITEND. */ |
1169e45d AH |
4471 | |
4472 | static void | |
4473 | get_bit_range (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *bitstart, | |
4474 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *bitend, | |
26c71b93 | 4475 | tree exp, |
1d0bafd9 EB |
4476 | HOST_WIDE_INT *bitpos, |
4477 | tree *offset) | |
1169e45d | 4478 | { |
1d0bafd9 | 4479 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitoffset; |
7ebf9677 | 4480 | tree field, repr; |
1169e45d AH |
4481 | |
4482 | gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF); | |
4483 | ||
26c71b93 RG |
4484 | field = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); |
4485 | repr = DECL_BIT_FIELD_REPRESENTATIVE (field); | |
4486 | /* If we do not have a DECL_BIT_FIELD_REPRESENTATIVE there is no | |
4487 | need to limit the range we can access. */ | |
4488 | if (!repr) | |
1169e45d AH |
4489 | { |
4490 | *bitstart = *bitend = 0; | |
4491 | return; | |
4492 | } | |
4493 | ||
a59b038c EB |
4494 | /* If we have a DECL_BIT_FIELD_REPRESENTATIVE but the enclosing record is |
4495 | part of a larger bit field, then the representative does not serve any | |
4496 | useful purpose. This can occur in Ada. */ | |
4497 | if (handled_component_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
4498 | { | |
4499 | enum machine_mode rmode; | |
4500 | HOST_WIDE_INT rbitsize, rbitpos; | |
4501 | tree roffset; | |
4502 | int unsignedp; | |
4503 | int volatilep = 0; | |
4504 | get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), &rbitsize, &rbitpos, | |
4505 | &roffset, &rmode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, false); | |
4506 | if ((rbitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT) != 0) | |
4507 | { | |
4508 | *bitstart = *bitend = 0; | |
4509 | return; | |
4510 | } | |
4511 | } | |
4512 | ||
26c71b93 | 4513 | /* Compute the adjustment to bitpos from the offset of the field |
7ebf9677 RG |
4514 | relative to the representative. DECL_FIELD_OFFSET of field and |
4515 | repr are the same by construction if they are not constants, | |
4516 | see finish_bitfield_layout. */ | |
4517 | if (host_integerp (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (field), 1) | |
4518 | && host_integerp (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (repr), 1)) | |
4519 | bitoffset = (tree_low_cst (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (field), 1) | |
4520 | - tree_low_cst (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (repr), 1)) * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
4521 | else | |
4522 | bitoffset = 0; | |
4523 | bitoffset += (tree_low_cst (DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (field), 1) | |
4524 | - tree_low_cst (DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (repr), 1)); | |
1169e45d | 4525 | |
1d0bafd9 EB |
4526 | /* If the adjustment is larger than bitpos, we would have a negative bit |
4527 | position for the lower bound and this may wreak havoc later. This can | |
4528 | occur only if we have a non-null offset, so adjust offset and bitpos | |
4529 | to make the lower bound non-negative. */ | |
4530 | if (bitoffset > *bitpos) | |
4531 | { | |
4532 | HOST_WIDE_INT adjust = bitoffset - *bitpos; | |
4533 | ||
4534 | gcc_assert ((adjust % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0); | |
4535 | gcc_assert (*offset != NULL_TREE); | |
4536 | ||
4537 | *bitpos += adjust; | |
4538 | *offset | |
4539 | = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, *offset, size_int (adjust / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
4540 | *bitstart = 0; | |
4541 | } | |
4542 | else | |
4543 | *bitstart = *bitpos - bitoffset; | |
4544 | ||
26c71b93 | 4545 | *bitend = *bitstart + tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (repr), 1) - 1; |
1169e45d | 4546 | } |
8c1cfd5a | 4547 | |
22345357 RG |
4548 | /* Returns true if the MEM_REF REF refers to an object that does not |
4549 | reside in memory and has non-BLKmode. */ | |
4550 | ||
4551 | static bool | |
4552 | mem_ref_refers_to_non_mem_p (tree ref) | |
4553 | { | |
4554 | tree base = TREE_OPERAND (ref, 0); | |
4555 | if (TREE_CODE (base) != ADDR_EXPR) | |
4556 | return false; | |
4557 | base = TREE_OPERAND (base, 0); | |
4558 | return (DECL_P (base) | |
4559 | && !TREE_ADDRESSABLE (base) | |
4560 | && DECL_MODE (base) != BLKmode | |
4561 | && DECL_RTL_SET_P (base) | |
4562 | && !MEM_P (DECL_RTL (base))); | |
4563 | } | |
4564 | ||
79f5e442 ZD |
4565 | /* Expand an assignment that stores the value of FROM into TO. If NONTEMPORAL |
4566 | is true, try generating a nontemporal store. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 4567 | |
e836a5a2 | 4568 | void |
79f5e442 | 4569 | expand_assignment (tree to, tree from, bool nontemporal) |
bbf6f052 | 4570 | { |
b3694847 | 4571 | rtx to_rtx = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 4572 | rtx result; |
be1ac4ec | 4573 | enum machine_mode mode; |
cab35794 | 4574 | unsigned int align; |
a5c7d693 | 4575 | enum insn_code icode; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4576 | |
4577 | /* Don't crash if the lhs of the assignment was erroneous. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 4578 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == ERROR_MARK) |
709f5be1 | 4579 | { |
e16b6fd0 | 4580 | expand_normal (from); |
e836a5a2 | 4581 | return; |
709f5be1 | 4582 | } |
bbf6f052 | 4583 | |
6cc1d694 RS |
4584 | /* Optimize away no-op moves without side-effects. */ |
4585 | if (operand_equal_p (to, from, 0)) | |
4586 | return; | |
4587 | ||
22345357 | 4588 | /* Handle misaligned stores. */ |
be1ac4ec RG |
4589 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to)); |
4590 | if ((TREE_CODE (to) == MEM_REF | |
4591 | || TREE_CODE (to) == TARGET_MEM_REF) | |
4592 | && mode != BLKmode | |
43332529 | 4593 | && !mem_ref_refers_to_non_mem_p (to) |
cab35794 RG |
4594 | && ((align = get_object_or_type_alignment (to)) |
4595 | < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) | |
43332529 MJ |
4596 | && (((icode = optab_handler (movmisalign_optab, mode)) |
4597 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
4598 | || SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode, align))) | |
be1ac4ec | 4599 | { |
02f6574b | 4600 | rtx reg, mem; |
be1ac4ec RG |
4601 | |
4602 | reg = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
4603 | reg = force_not_mem (reg); | |
02f6574b | 4604 | mem = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_WRITE); |
be1ac4ec | 4605 | |
43332529 MJ |
4606 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
4607 | { | |
02f6574b MJ |
4608 | struct expand_operand ops[2]; |
4609 | ||
43332529 MJ |
4610 | create_fixed_operand (&ops[0], mem); |
4611 | create_input_operand (&ops[1], reg, mode); | |
4612 | /* The movmisalign<mode> pattern cannot fail, else the assignment | |
4613 | would silently be omitted. */ | |
4614 | expand_insn (icode, 2, ops); | |
4615 | } | |
4616 | else | |
4617 | store_bit_field (mem, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), | |
4618 | 0, 0, 0, mode, reg); | |
be1ac4ec RG |
4619 | return; |
4620 | } | |
4621 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4622 | /* Assignment of a structure component needs special treatment |
4623 | if the structure component's rtx is not simply a MEM. | |
6be58303 JW |
4624 | Assignment of an array element at a constant index, and assignment of |
4625 | an array element in an unaligned packed structure field, has the same | |
22345357 | 4626 | problem. Same for (partially) storing into a non-memory object. */ |
8c1cfd5a | 4627 | if (handled_component_p (to) |
70f34814 | 4628 | || (TREE_CODE (to) == MEM_REF |
22345357 | 4629 | && mem_ref_refers_to_non_mem_p (to)) |
7c02ae17 | 4630 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (to)) == ARRAY_TYPE) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4631 | { |
4632 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
770ae6cc | 4633 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos; |
1169e45d AH |
4634 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitregion_start = 0; |
4635 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitregion_end = 0; | |
7bb0943f | 4636 | tree offset; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4637 | int unsignedp; |
4638 | int volatilep = 0; | |
0088fcb1 | 4639 | tree tem; |
22345357 | 4640 | bool misalignp; |
a3017cf1 | 4641 | rtx mem = NULL_RTX; |
0088fcb1 RK |
4642 | |
4643 | push_temp_slots (); | |
839c4796 | 4644 | tem = get_inner_reference (to, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode1, |
2614034e | 4645 | &unsignedp, &volatilep, true); |
bbf6f052 | 4646 | |
1169e45d AH |
4647 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF |
4648 | && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (to, 1))) | |
1d0bafd9 | 4649 | get_bit_range (&bitregion_start, &bitregion_end, to, &bitpos, &offset); |
1169e45d | 4650 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4651 | /* If we are going to use store_bit_field and extract_bit_field, |
4652 | make sure to_rtx will be safe for multiple use. */ | |
22345357 RG |
4653 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)); |
4654 | if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF | |
4655 | && mode != BLKmode | |
4656 | && ((align = get_object_or_type_alignment (tem)) | |
4657 | < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) | |
4658 | && ((icode = optab_handler (movmisalign_optab, mode)) | |
4659 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
4660 | { | |
a3017cf1 | 4661 | struct expand_operand ops[2]; |
a3017cf1 | 4662 | |
22345357 RG |
4663 | misalignp = true; |
4664 | to_rtx = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
02f6574b | 4665 | mem = expand_expr (tem, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_WRITE); |
a3017cf1 JJ |
4666 | |
4667 | /* If the misaligned store doesn't overwrite all bits, perform | |
4668 | rmw cycle on MEM. */ | |
4669 | if (bitsize != GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)) | |
4670 | { | |
4671 | create_input_operand (&ops[0], to_rtx, mode); | |
4672 | create_fixed_operand (&ops[1], mem); | |
4673 | /* The movmisalign<mode> pattern cannot fail, else the assignment | |
4674 | would silently be omitted. */ | |
4675 | expand_insn (icode, 2, ops); | |
4676 | ||
4677 | mem = copy_rtx (mem); | |
4678 | } | |
22345357 RG |
4679 | } |
4680 | else | |
4681 | { | |
4682 | misalignp = false; | |
02f6574b | 4683 | to_rtx = expand_expr (tem, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_WRITE); |
22345357 | 4684 | } |
1ed1b4fb | 4685 | |
6a78b724 | 4686 | /* If the bitfield is volatile, we want to access it in the |
1004f0c5 JJ |
4687 | field's mode, not the computed mode. |
4688 | If a MEM has VOIDmode (external with incomplete type), | |
4689 | use BLKmode for it instead. */ | |
4690 | if (MEM_P (to_rtx)) | |
4691 | { | |
4692 | if (volatilep && flag_strict_volatile_bitfields > 0) | |
4693 | to_rtx = adjust_address (to_rtx, mode1, 0); | |
4694 | else if (GET_MODE (to_rtx) == VOIDmode) | |
4695 | to_rtx = adjust_address (to_rtx, BLKmode, 0); | |
4696 | } | |
6a78b724 | 4697 | |
7bb0943f RS |
4698 | if (offset != 0) |
4699 | { | |
d4ebfa65 | 4700 | enum machine_mode address_mode; |
1e188d1e | 4701 | rtx offset_rtx; |
7bb0943f | 4702 | |
1e188d1e RH |
4703 | if (!MEM_P (to_rtx)) |
4704 | { | |
4705 | /* We can get constant negative offsets into arrays with broken | |
4706 | user code. Translate this to a trap instead of ICEing. */ | |
4707 | gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (offset) == INTEGER_CST); | |
4708 | expand_builtin_trap (); | |
4709 | to_rtx = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, const0_rtx); | |
4710 | } | |
bd070e1a | 4711 | |
1e188d1e | 4712 | offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM); |
372d6395 | 4713 | address_mode = get_address_mode (to_rtx); |
d4ebfa65 BE |
4714 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != address_mode) |
4715 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (address_mode, offset_rtx, 0); | |
bd070e1a | 4716 | |
9a7b9f4f JL |
4717 | /* A constant address in TO_RTX can have VOIDmode, we must not try |
4718 | to call force_reg for that case. Avoid that case. */ | |
3c0cb5de | 4719 | if (MEM_P (to_rtx) |
89752202 | 4720 | && GET_MODE (to_rtx) == BLKmode |
9a7b9f4f | 4721 | && GET_MODE (XEXP (to_rtx, 0)) != VOIDmode |
a06ef755 | 4722 | && bitsize > 0 |
3a94c984 | 4723 | && (bitpos % bitsize) == 0 |
89752202 | 4724 | && (bitsize % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) == 0 |
a06ef755 | 4725 | && MEM_ALIGN (to_rtx) == GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) |
89752202 | 4726 | { |
e3c8ea67 | 4727 | to_rtx = adjust_address (to_rtx, mode1, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
89752202 HB |
4728 | bitpos = 0; |
4729 | } | |
4730 | ||
0d4903b8 | 4731 | to_rtx = offset_address (to_rtx, offset_rtx, |
d50a16c4 EB |
4732 | highest_pow2_factor_for_target (to, |
4733 | offset)); | |
7bb0943f | 4734 | } |
c5c76735 | 4735 | |
6a866023 JJ |
4736 | /* No action is needed if the target is not a memory and the field |
4737 | lies completely outside that target. This can occur if the source | |
4738 | code contains an out-of-bounds access to a small array. */ | |
4739 | if (!MEM_P (to_rtx) | |
4740 | && GET_MODE (to_rtx) != BLKmode | |
4741 | && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bitpos | |
69660a70 | 4742 | >= GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (to_rtx))) |
6a866023 JJ |
4743 | { |
4744 | expand_normal (from); | |
4745 | result = NULL; | |
4746 | } | |
8c1cfd5a | 4747 | /* Handle expand_expr of a complex value returning a CONCAT. */ |
6a866023 | 4748 | else if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == CONCAT) |
a06ef755 | 4749 | { |
19228b93 JJ |
4750 | unsigned short mode_bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (to_rtx)); |
4751 | if (COMPLEX_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (from))) | |
4752 | && bitpos == 0 | |
4753 | && bitsize == mode_bitsize) | |
4754 | result = store_expr (from, to_rtx, false, nontemporal); | |
4755 | else if (bitsize == mode_bitsize / 2 | |
4756 | && (bitpos == 0 || bitpos == mode_bitsize / 2)) | |
4757 | result = store_expr (from, XEXP (to_rtx, bitpos != 0), false, | |
4758 | nontemporal); | |
4759 | else if (bitpos + bitsize <= mode_bitsize / 2) | |
4760 | result = store_field (XEXP (to_rtx, 0), bitsize, bitpos, | |
1169e45d | 4761 | bitregion_start, bitregion_end, |
19228b93 JJ |
4762 | mode1, from, TREE_TYPE (tem), |
4763 | get_alias_set (to), nontemporal); | |
4764 | else if (bitpos >= mode_bitsize / 2) | |
4765 | result = store_field (XEXP (to_rtx, 1), bitsize, | |
1169e45d AH |
4766 | bitpos - mode_bitsize / 2, |
4767 | bitregion_start, bitregion_end, | |
4768 | mode1, from, | |
19228b93 JJ |
4769 | TREE_TYPE (tem), get_alias_set (to), |
4770 | nontemporal); | |
4771 | else if (bitpos == 0 && bitsize == mode_bitsize) | |
0becc986 | 4772 | { |
19228b93 JJ |
4773 | rtx from_rtx; |
4774 | result = expand_normal (from); | |
4775 | from_rtx = simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (to_rtx), result, | |
4776 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (from)), 0); | |
4777 | emit_move_insn (XEXP (to_rtx, 0), | |
4778 | read_complex_part (from_rtx, false)); | |
4779 | emit_move_insn (XEXP (to_rtx, 1), | |
4780 | read_complex_part (from_rtx, true)); | |
0becc986 RH |
4781 | } |
4782 | else | |
4783 | { | |
19228b93 | 4784 | rtx temp = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (to_rtx), |
9474e8ab | 4785 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (to_rtx))); |
19228b93 JJ |
4786 | write_complex_part (temp, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), false); |
4787 | write_complex_part (temp, XEXP (to_rtx, 1), true); | |
1169e45d AH |
4788 | result = store_field (temp, bitsize, bitpos, |
4789 | bitregion_start, bitregion_end, | |
4790 | mode1, from, | |
19228b93 JJ |
4791 | TREE_TYPE (tem), get_alias_set (to), |
4792 | nontemporal); | |
4793 | emit_move_insn (XEXP (to_rtx, 0), read_complex_part (temp, false)); | |
4794 | emit_move_insn (XEXP (to_rtx, 1), read_complex_part (temp, true)); | |
0becc986 | 4795 | } |
bbf6f052 | 4796 | } |
8c1cfd5a | 4797 | else |
df62f18a | 4798 | { |
8c1cfd5a | 4799 | if (MEM_P (to_rtx)) |
b8b139c7 | 4800 | { |
8c1cfd5a RH |
4801 | /* If the field is at offset zero, we could have been given the |
4802 | DECL_RTX of the parent struct. Don't munge it. */ | |
4803 | to_rtx = shallow_copy_rtx (to_rtx); | |
b8b139c7 | 4804 | |
8c1cfd5a | 4805 | set_mem_attributes_minus_bitpos (to_rtx, to, 0, bitpos); |
b8b139c7 | 4806 | |
8c1cfd5a RH |
4807 | /* Deal with volatile and readonly fields. The former is only |
4808 | done for MEM. Also set MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P if needed. */ | |
4809 | if (volatilep) | |
4810 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (to_rtx) = 1; | |
2039d7aa | 4811 | if (component_uses_parent_alias_set (to)) |
8c1cfd5a | 4812 | MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (to_rtx) = 1; |
df62f18a | 4813 | } |
60ba25bf | 4814 | |
1169e45d AH |
4815 | if (optimize_bitfield_assignment_op (bitsize, bitpos, |
4816 | bitregion_start, bitregion_end, | |
4817 | mode1, | |
8c1cfd5a RH |
4818 | to_rtx, to, from)) |
4819 | result = NULL; | |
4820 | else | |
1169e45d AH |
4821 | result = store_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, |
4822 | bitregion_start, bitregion_end, | |
4823 | mode1, from, | |
79f5e442 ZD |
4824 | TREE_TYPE (tem), get_alias_set (to), |
4825 | nontemporal); | |
df62f18a JJ |
4826 | } |
4827 | ||
22345357 RG |
4828 | if (misalignp) |
4829 | { | |
4830 | struct expand_operand ops[2]; | |
22345357 RG |
4831 | |
4832 | create_fixed_operand (&ops[0], mem); | |
4833 | create_input_operand (&ops[1], to_rtx, mode); | |
4834 | /* The movmisalign<mode> pattern cannot fail, else the assignment | |
4835 | would silently be omitted. */ | |
4836 | expand_insn (icode, 2, ops); | |
4837 | } | |
4838 | ||
8c1cfd5a RH |
4839 | if (result) |
4840 | preserve_temp_slots (result); | |
a06ef755 | 4841 | pop_temp_slots (); |
e836a5a2 | 4842 | return; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4843 | } |
4844 | ||
cd1db108 RS |
4845 | /* If the rhs is a function call and its value is not an aggregate, |
4846 | call the function before we start to compute the lhs. | |
4847 | This is needed for correct code for cases such as | |
4848 | val = setjmp (buf) on machines where reference to val | |
1ad87b63 RK |
4849 | requires loading up part of an address in a separate insn. |
4850 | ||
1858863b JW |
4851 | Don't do this if TO is a VAR_DECL or PARM_DECL whose DECL_RTL is REG |
4852 | since it might be a promoted variable where the zero- or sign- extension | |
4853 | needs to be done. Handling this in the normal way is safe because no | |
4e3825db | 4854 | computation is done before the call. The same is true for SSA names. */ |
61f71b34 | 4855 | if (TREE_CODE (from) == CALL_EXPR && ! aggregate_value_p (from, from) |
90d245c5 | 4856 | && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (from)) |
b35cd3c1 | 4857 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (from))) == INTEGER_CST |
2ba87a29 RS |
4858 | && ! (((TREE_CODE (to) == VAR_DECL |
4859 | || TREE_CODE (to) == PARM_DECL | |
4860 | || TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL) | |
4e3825db MM |
4861 | && REG_P (DECL_RTL (to))) |
4862 | || TREE_CODE (to) == SSA_NAME)) | |
cd1db108 | 4863 | { |
0088fcb1 RK |
4864 | rtx value; |
4865 | ||
4866 | push_temp_slots (); | |
84217346 | 4867 | value = expand_normal (from); |
cd1db108 | 4868 | if (to_rtx == 0) |
37a08a29 | 4869 | to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_WRITE); |
aaf87c45 | 4870 | |
fffa9c1d JW |
4871 | /* Handle calls that return values in multiple non-contiguous locations. |
4872 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
4873 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == PARALLEL) | |
6e985040 AM |
4874 | emit_group_load (to_rtx, value, TREE_TYPE (from), |
4875 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (from))); | |
fffa9c1d | 4876 | else if (GET_MODE (to_rtx) == BLKmode) |
44bb111a | 4877 | emit_block_move (to_rtx, value, expr_size (from), BLOCK_OP_NORMAL); |
aaf87c45 | 4878 | else |
6419e5b0 | 4879 | { |
5ae6cd0d | 4880 | if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (to))) |
d4ebfa65 BE |
4881 | value = convert_memory_address_addr_space |
4882 | (GET_MODE (to_rtx), value, | |
4883 | TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (to)))); | |
4884 | ||
6419e5b0 DT |
4885 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, value); |
4886 | } | |
cd1db108 | 4887 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); |
0088fcb1 | 4888 | pop_temp_slots (); |
e836a5a2 | 4889 | return; |
cd1db108 RS |
4890 | } |
4891 | ||
22345357 RG |
4892 | /* Ordinary treatment. Expand TO to get a REG or MEM rtx. */ |
4893 | to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_WRITE); | |
bbf6f052 | 4894 | |
86d38d25 | 4895 | /* Don't move directly into a return register. */ |
14a774a9 | 4896 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL |
f8cfc6aa | 4897 | && (REG_P (to_rtx) || GET_CODE (to_rtx) == PARALLEL)) |
86d38d25 | 4898 | { |
0088fcb1 RK |
4899 | rtx temp; |
4900 | ||
4901 | push_temp_slots (); | |
2ba87a29 RS |
4902 | if (REG_P (to_rtx) && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (from)) == BLKmode) |
4903 | temp = copy_blkmode_to_reg (GET_MODE (to_rtx), from); | |
4904 | else | |
4905 | temp = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (to_rtx), EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
14a774a9 RK |
4906 | |
4907 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == PARALLEL) | |
6e985040 AM |
4908 | emit_group_load (to_rtx, temp, TREE_TYPE (from), |
4909 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (from))); | |
2ba87a29 | 4910 | else if (temp) |
14a774a9 RK |
4911 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, temp); |
4912 | ||
86d38d25 | 4913 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); |
0088fcb1 | 4914 | pop_temp_slots (); |
e836a5a2 | 4915 | return; |
86d38d25 RS |
4916 | } |
4917 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4918 | /* In case we are returning the contents of an object which overlaps |
4919 | the place the value is being stored, use a safe function when copying | |
4920 | a value through a pointer into a structure value return block. */ | |
434c8f4b RG |
4921 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL |
4922 | && TREE_CODE (from) == INDIRECT_REF | |
09e881c9 | 4923 | && ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P |
434c8f4b RG |
4924 | (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (from, 0))))) |
4925 | && refs_may_alias_p (to, from) | |
e3b5732b JH |
4926 | && cfun->returns_struct |
4927 | && !cfun->returns_pcc_struct) | |
bbf6f052 | 4928 | { |
0088fcb1 RK |
4929 | rtx from_rtx, size; |
4930 | ||
4931 | push_temp_slots (); | |
33a20d10 | 4932 | size = expr_size (from); |
84217346 | 4933 | from_rtx = expand_normal (from); |
bbf6f052 | 4934 | |
8f99553f JM |
4935 | emit_library_call (memmove_libfunc, LCT_NORMAL, |
4936 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
4937 | XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
4938 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
4939 | size, TYPE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
4940 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4941 | |
4942 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); | |
0088fcb1 | 4943 | pop_temp_slots (); |
e836a5a2 | 4944 | return; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4945 | } |
4946 | ||
4947 | /* Compute FROM and store the value in the rtx we got. */ | |
4948 | ||
0088fcb1 | 4949 | push_temp_slots (); |
79f5e442 | 4950 | result = store_expr (from, to_rtx, 0, nontemporal); |
bbf6f052 | 4951 | preserve_temp_slots (result); |
0088fcb1 | 4952 | pop_temp_slots (); |
e836a5a2 | 4953 | return; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4954 | } |
4955 | ||
79f5e442 ZD |
4956 | /* Emits nontemporal store insn that moves FROM to TO. Returns true if this |
4957 | succeeded, false otherwise. */ | |
4958 | ||
28ed065e | 4959 | bool |
79f5e442 ZD |
4960 | emit_storent_insn (rtx to, rtx from) |
4961 | { | |
a5c7d693 RS |
4962 | struct expand_operand ops[2]; |
4963 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (to); | |
947131ba | 4964 | enum insn_code code = optab_handler (storent_optab, mode); |
79f5e442 ZD |
4965 | |
4966 | if (code == CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
4967 | return false; | |
4968 | ||
a5c7d693 RS |
4969 | create_fixed_operand (&ops[0], to); |
4970 | create_input_operand (&ops[1], from, mode); | |
4971 | return maybe_expand_insn (code, 2, ops); | |
79f5e442 ZD |
4972 | } |
4973 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4974 | /* Generate code for computing expression EXP, |
4975 | and storing the value into TARGET. | |
bbf6f052 | 4976 | |
709f5be1 RS |
4977 | If the mode is BLKmode then we may return TARGET itself. |
4978 | It turns out that in BLKmode it doesn't cause a problem. | |
4979 | because C has no operators that could combine two different | |
4980 | assignments into the same BLKmode object with different values | |
4981 | with no sequence point. Will other languages need this to | |
4982 | be more thorough? | |
4983 | ||
6f4fd16d | 4984 | If CALL_PARAM_P is nonzero, this is a store into a call param on the |
79f5e442 | 4985 | stack, and block moves may need to be treated specially. |
b8698a0f | 4986 | |
79f5e442 | 4987 | If NONTEMPORAL is true, try using a nontemporal store instruction. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
4988 | |
4989 | rtx | |
79f5e442 | 4990 | store_expr (tree exp, rtx target, int call_param_p, bool nontemporal) |
bbf6f052 | 4991 | { |
b3694847 | 4992 | rtx temp; |
0fab64a3 | 4993 | rtx alt_rtl = NULL_RTX; |
db3927fb | 4994 | location_t loc = EXPR_LOCATION (exp); |
bbf6f052 | 4995 | |
847311f4 AL |
4996 | if (VOID_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
4997 | { | |
4998 | /* C++ can generate ?: expressions with a throw expression in one | |
4999 | branch and an rvalue in the other. Here, we resolve attempts to | |
4d6922ee | 5000 | store the throw expression's nonexistent result. */ |
6f4fd16d | 5001 | gcc_assert (!call_param_p); |
49452c07 | 5002 | expand_expr (exp, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); |
847311f4 AL |
5003 | return NULL_RTX; |
5004 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5005 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPOUND_EXPR) |
5006 | { | |
5007 | /* Perform first part of compound expression, then assign from second | |
5008 | part. */ | |
8403445a | 5009 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, |
6f4fd16d | 5010 | call_param_p ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL); |
79f5e442 ZD |
5011 | return store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, call_param_p, |
5012 | nontemporal); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5013 | } |
5014 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COND_EXPR && GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode) | |
5015 | { | |
5016 | /* For conditional expression, get safe form of the target. Then | |
5017 | test the condition, doing the appropriate assignment on either | |
5018 | side. This avoids the creation of unnecessary temporaries. | |
5019 | For non-BLKmode, it is more efficient not to do this. */ | |
5020 | ||
5021 | rtx lab1 = gen_label_rtx (), lab2 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
5022 | ||
dabf8373 | 5023 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 | 5024 | NO_DEFER_POP; |
40e90eac | 5025 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), lab1, -1); |
79f5e442 ZD |
5026 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, call_param_p, |
5027 | nontemporal); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5028 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (lab2)); |
5029 | emit_barrier (); | |
5030 | emit_label (lab1); | |
79f5e442 ZD |
5031 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), target, call_param_p, |
5032 | nontemporal); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5033 | emit_label (lab2); |
5034 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
a3a58acc | 5035 | |
436d948e | 5036 | return NULL_RTX; |
12f06d17 | 5037 | } |
1499e0a8 | 5038 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (target)) |
09da1532 | 5039 | /* If this is a scalar in a register that is stored in a wider mode |
1499e0a8 RK |
5040 | than the declared mode, compute the result into its declared mode |
5041 | and then convert to the wider mode. Our value is the computed | |
5042 | expression. */ | |
5043 | { | |
b76b08ef RK |
5044 | rtx inner_target = 0; |
5045 | ||
436d948e KH |
5046 | /* We can do the conversion inside EXP, which will often result |
5047 | in some optimizations. Do the conversion in two steps: first | |
5048 | change the signedness, if needed, then the extend. But don't | |
5049 | do this if the type of EXP is a subtype of something else | |
5050 | since then the conversion might involve more than just | |
5051 | converting modes. */ | |
5052 | if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
7e7d1b4b | 5053 | && TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == 0 |
ac5dc795 PB |
5054 | && GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (target)) |
5055 | == TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
f635a84d | 5056 | { |
8df83eae | 5057 | if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)) |
f635a84d | 5058 | != SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)) |
fdd84500 RH |
5059 | { |
5060 | /* Some types, e.g. Fortran's logical*4, won't have a signed | |
5061 | version, so use the mode instead. */ | |
5062 | tree ntype | |
12753674 | 5063 | = (signed_or_unsigned_type_for |
fdd84500 RH |
5064 | (SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target), TREE_TYPE (exp))); |
5065 | if (ntype == NULL) | |
5066 | ntype = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode | |
5067 | (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
5068 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
5069 | ||
db3927fb | 5070 | exp = fold_convert_loc (loc, ntype, exp); |
fdd84500 | 5071 | } |
f635a84d | 5072 | |
db3927fb AH |
5073 | exp = fold_convert_loc (loc, lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode |
5074 | (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)), | |
5075 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)), | |
5076 | exp); | |
b76b08ef RK |
5077 | |
5078 | inner_target = SUBREG_REG (target); | |
f635a84d | 5079 | } |
3a94c984 | 5080 | |
8403445a | 5081 | temp = expand_expr (exp, inner_target, VOIDmode, |
6f4fd16d | 5082 | call_param_p ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL); |
b258707c RS |
5083 | |
5084 | /* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant, use convert_modes to make | |
5085 | sure that we properly convert it. */ | |
5086 | if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode) | |
1f1b0541 RH |
5087 | { |
5088 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (target), TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
5089 | temp, SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
5090 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)), | |
5091 | GET_MODE (target), temp, | |
5092 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
5093 | } | |
b258707c | 5094 | |
1499e0a8 RK |
5095 | convert_move (SUBREG_REG (target), temp, |
5096 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
3dbecef9 | 5097 | |
436d948e | 5098 | return NULL_RTX; |
1499e0a8 | 5099 | } |
a4feaa71 JJ |
5100 | else if ((TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST |
5101 | || (TREE_CODE (exp) == MEM_REF | |
5102 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR | |
5103 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) | |
5104 | == STRING_CST | |
5105 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
14a43348 | 5106 | && !nontemporal && !call_param_p |
a4feaa71 | 5107 | && MEM_P (target)) |
14a43348 JJ |
5108 | { |
5109 | /* Optimize initialization of an array with a STRING_CST. */ | |
5110 | HOST_WIDE_INT exp_len, str_copy_len; | |
5111 | rtx dest_mem; | |
a4feaa71 JJ |
5112 | tree str = TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST |
5113 | ? exp : TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); | |
14a43348 JJ |
5114 | |
5115 | exp_len = int_expr_size (exp); | |
5116 | if (exp_len <= 0) | |
5117 | goto normal_expr; | |
5118 | ||
a4feaa71 | 5119 | if (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (str) <= 0) |
70f34814 RG |
5120 | goto normal_expr; |
5121 | ||
5122 | str_copy_len = strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (str)); | |
5123 | if (str_copy_len < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (str) - 1) | |
5124 | goto normal_expr; | |
5125 | ||
5126 | str_copy_len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (str); | |
a4feaa71 JJ |
5127 | if ((STORE_MAX_PIECES & (STORE_MAX_PIECES - 1)) == 0 |
5128 | && TREE_STRING_POINTER (str)[TREE_STRING_LENGTH (str) - 1] == '\0') | |
70f34814 RG |
5129 | { |
5130 | str_copy_len += STORE_MAX_PIECES - 1; | |
5131 | str_copy_len &= ~(STORE_MAX_PIECES - 1); | |
5132 | } | |
5133 | str_copy_len = MIN (str_copy_len, exp_len); | |
5134 | if (!can_store_by_pieces (str_copy_len, builtin_strncpy_read_str, | |
a4feaa71 | 5135 | CONST_CAST (char *, TREE_STRING_POINTER (str)), |
70f34814 RG |
5136 | MEM_ALIGN (target), false)) |
5137 | goto normal_expr; | |
5138 | ||
5139 | dest_mem = target; | |
5140 | ||
5141 | dest_mem = store_by_pieces (dest_mem, | |
5142 | str_copy_len, builtin_strncpy_read_str, | |
a4feaa71 JJ |
5143 | CONST_CAST (char *, |
5144 | TREE_STRING_POINTER (str)), | |
70f34814 RG |
5145 | MEM_ALIGN (target), false, |
5146 | exp_len > str_copy_len ? 1 : 0); | |
5147 | if (exp_len > str_copy_len) | |
5148 | clear_storage (adjust_address (dest_mem, BLKmode, 0), | |
5149 | GEN_INT (exp_len - str_copy_len), | |
5150 | BLOCK_OP_NORMAL); | |
5151 | return NULL_RTX; | |
5152 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5153 | else |
5154 | { | |
79f5e442 ZD |
5155 | rtx tmp_target; |
5156 | ||
14a43348 | 5157 | normal_expr: |
79f5e442 ZD |
5158 | /* If we want to use a nontemporal store, force the value to |
5159 | register first. */ | |
5160 | tmp_target = nontemporal ? NULL_RTX : target; | |
5161 | temp = expand_expr_real (exp, tmp_target, GET_MODE (target), | |
6f4fd16d | 5162 | (call_param_p |
0fab64a3 MM |
5163 | ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL), |
5164 | &alt_rtl); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5165 | } |
5166 | ||
b258707c RS |
5167 | /* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant and the mode of the type of EXP is not |
5168 | the same as that of TARGET, adjust the constant. This is needed, for | |
5169 | example, in case it is a CONST_DOUBLE and we want only a word-sized | |
5170 | value. */ | |
5171 | if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode | |
c1da1f33 | 5172 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK |
b258707c RS |
5173 | && GET_MODE (target) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
5174 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (target), TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
8df83eae | 5175 | temp, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp))); |
b258707c | 5176 | |
bbf6f052 | 5177 | /* If value was not generated in the target, store it there. |
1bbd65cd EB |
5178 | Convert the value to TARGET's type first if necessary and emit the |
5179 | pending incrementations that have been queued when expanding EXP. | |
5180 | Note that we cannot emit the whole queue blindly because this will | |
5181 | effectively disable the POST_INC optimization later. | |
5182 | ||
37a08a29 | 5183 | If TEMP and TARGET compare equal according to rtx_equal_p, but |
f3f2255a R |
5184 | one or both of them are volatile memory refs, we have to distinguish |
5185 | two cases: | |
5186 | - expand_expr has used TARGET. In this case, we must not generate | |
5187 | another copy. This can be detected by TARGET being equal according | |
5188 | to == . | |
5189 | - expand_expr has not used TARGET - that means that the source just | |
5190 | happens to have the same RTX form. Since temp will have been created | |
5191 | by expand_expr, it will compare unequal according to == . | |
5192 | We must generate a copy in this case, to reach the correct number | |
5193 | of volatile memory references. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 5194 | |
6036acbb | 5195 | if ((! rtx_equal_p (temp, target) |
f3f2255a R |
5196 | || (temp != target && (side_effects_p (temp) |
5197 | || side_effects_p (target)))) | |
e5408e52 | 5198 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK |
9c5c5f2c MM |
5199 | /* If store_expr stores a DECL whose DECL_RTL(exp) == TARGET, |
5200 | but TARGET is not valid memory reference, TEMP will differ | |
5201 | from TARGET although it is really the same location. */ | |
ef72faaf JJ |
5202 | && !(alt_rtl |
5203 | && rtx_equal_p (alt_rtl, target) | |
5204 | && !side_effects_p (alt_rtl) | |
5205 | && !side_effects_p (target)) | |
535a42b1 NS |
5206 | /* If there's nothing to copy, don't bother. Don't call |
5207 | expr_size unless necessary, because some front-ends (C++) | |
5208 | expr_size-hook must not be given objects that are not | |
5209 | supposed to be bit-copied or bit-initialized. */ | |
e56fc090 | 5210 | && expr_size (exp) != const0_rtx) |
bbf6f052 | 5211 | { |
bbf6f052 | 5212 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != GET_MODE (target) |
f0348c25 | 5213 | && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) |
bbf6f052 | 5214 | { |
8df83eae | 5215 | int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); |
28ed065e | 5216 | if (GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode |
29e9efdf | 5217 | && GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode) |
ed1223ba EC |
5218 | emit_block_move (target, temp, expr_size (exp), |
5219 | (call_param_p | |
5220 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM | |
5221 | : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); | |
29e9efdf RG |
5222 | else if (GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode) |
5223 | store_bit_field (target, INTVAL (expr_size (exp)) * BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
1169e45d | 5224 | 0, 0, 0, GET_MODE (temp), temp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5225 | else |
5226 | convert_move (target, temp, unsignedp); | |
5227 | } | |
5228 | ||
5229 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST) | |
5230 | { | |
c24ae149 RK |
5231 | /* Handle copying a string constant into an array. The string |
5232 | constant may be shorter than the array. So copy just the string's | |
5233 | actual length, and clear the rest. First get the size of the data | |
5234 | type of the string, which is actually the size of the target. */ | |
5235 | rtx size = expr_size (exp); | |
bbf6f052 | 5236 | |
481683e1 | 5237 | if (CONST_INT_P (size) |
e87b4f3f | 5238 | && INTVAL (size) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)) |
8403445a | 5239 | emit_block_move (target, temp, size, |
6f4fd16d | 5240 | (call_param_p |
8403445a | 5241 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); |
e87b4f3f | 5242 | else |
bbf6f052 | 5243 | { |
d4ebfa65 BE |
5244 | enum machine_mode pointer_mode |
5245 | = targetm.addr_space.pointer_mode (MEM_ADDR_SPACE (target)); | |
372d6395 | 5246 | enum machine_mode address_mode = get_address_mode (target); |
d4ebfa65 | 5247 | |
e87b4f3f RS |
5248 | /* Compute the size of the data to copy from the string. */ |
5249 | tree copy_size | |
db3927fb AH |
5250 | = size_binop_loc (loc, MIN_EXPR, |
5251 | make_tree (sizetype, size), | |
5252 | size_int (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp))); | |
8403445a AM |
5253 | rtx copy_size_rtx |
5254 | = expand_expr (copy_size, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, | |
6f4fd16d | 5255 | (call_param_p |
8403445a | 5256 | ? EXPAND_STACK_PARM : EXPAND_NORMAL)); |
e87b4f3f RS |
5257 | rtx label = 0; |
5258 | ||
5259 | /* Copy that much. */ | |
d4ebfa65 | 5260 | copy_size_rtx = convert_to_mode (pointer_mode, copy_size_rtx, |
8df83eae | 5261 | TYPE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)); |
8403445a | 5262 | emit_block_move (target, temp, copy_size_rtx, |
6f4fd16d | 5263 | (call_param_p |
8403445a | 5264 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); |
e87b4f3f | 5265 | |
88f63c77 | 5266 | /* Figure out how much is left in TARGET that we have to clear. |
d4ebfa65 | 5267 | Do all calculations in pointer_mode. */ |
481683e1 | 5268 | if (CONST_INT_P (copy_size_rtx)) |
e87b4f3f | 5269 | { |
0a81f074 RS |
5270 | size = plus_constant (address_mode, size, |
5271 | -INTVAL (copy_size_rtx)); | |
c24ae149 RK |
5272 | target = adjust_address (target, BLKmode, |
5273 | INTVAL (copy_size_rtx)); | |
e87b4f3f RS |
5274 | } |
5275 | else | |
5276 | { | |
fa06ab5c | 5277 | size = expand_binop (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), sub_optab, size, |
906c4e36 RK |
5278 | copy_size_rtx, NULL_RTX, 0, |
5279 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
e87b4f3f | 5280 | |
d4ebfa65 BE |
5281 | if (GET_MODE (copy_size_rtx) != address_mode) |
5282 | copy_size_rtx = convert_to_mode (address_mode, | |
5283 | copy_size_rtx, | |
8df83eae | 5284 | TYPE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)); |
c24ae149 RK |
5285 | |
5286 | target = offset_address (target, copy_size_rtx, | |
5287 | highest_pow2_factor (copy_size)); | |
e87b4f3f | 5288 | label = gen_label_rtx (); |
c5d5d461 | 5289 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (size, const0_rtx, LT, NULL_RTX, |
a06ef755 | 5290 | GET_MODE (size), 0, label); |
e87b4f3f RS |
5291 | } |
5292 | ||
5293 | if (size != const0_rtx) | |
8148fe65 | 5294 | clear_storage (target, size, BLOCK_OP_NORMAL); |
22619c3f | 5295 | |
e87b4f3f RS |
5296 | if (label) |
5297 | emit_label (label); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5298 | } |
5299 | } | |
fffa9c1d JW |
5300 | /* Handle calls that return values in multiple non-contiguous locations. |
5301 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
5302 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == PARALLEL) | |
6e985040 AM |
5303 | emit_group_load (target, temp, TREE_TYPE (exp), |
5304 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
bbf6f052 | 5305 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode) |
8403445a | 5306 | emit_block_move (target, temp, expr_size (exp), |
6f4fd16d | 5307 | (call_param_p |
8403445a | 5308 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); |
79f5e442 ZD |
5309 | else if (nontemporal |
5310 | && emit_storent_insn (target, temp)) | |
5311 | /* If we managed to emit a nontemporal store, there is nothing else to | |
5312 | do. */ | |
5313 | ; | |
bbf6f052 | 5314 | else |
b0dccb00 RH |
5315 | { |
5316 | temp = force_operand (temp, target); | |
5317 | if (temp != target) | |
5318 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
5319 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 5320 | } |
709f5be1 | 5321 | |
436d948e | 5322 | return NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5323 | } |
5324 | \f | |
953d0c90 RS |
5325 | /* Return true if field F of structure TYPE is a flexible array. */ |
5326 | ||
5327 | static bool | |
5328 | flexible_array_member_p (const_tree f, const_tree type) | |
5329 | { | |
5330 | const_tree tf; | |
5331 | ||
5332 | tf = TREE_TYPE (f); | |
5333 | return (DECL_CHAIN (f) == NULL | |
5334 | && TREE_CODE (tf) == ARRAY_TYPE | |
5335 | && TYPE_DOMAIN (tf) | |
5336 | && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (tf)) | |
5337 | && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (tf))) | |
5338 | && !TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (tf)) | |
5339 | && int_size_in_bytes (type) >= 0); | |
5340 | } | |
5341 | ||
5342 | /* If FOR_CTOR_P, return the number of top-level elements that a constructor | |
5343 | must have in order for it to completely initialize a value of type TYPE. | |
5344 | Return -1 if the number isn't known. | |
5345 | ||
5346 | If !FOR_CTOR_P, return an estimate of the number of scalars in TYPE. */ | |
5347 | ||
5348 | static HOST_WIDE_INT | |
5349 | count_type_elements (const_tree type, bool for_ctor_p) | |
5350 | { | |
5351 | switch (TREE_CODE (type)) | |
5352 | { | |
5353 | case ARRAY_TYPE: | |
5354 | { | |
5355 | tree nelts; | |
5356 | ||
5357 | nelts = array_type_nelts (type); | |
5358 | if (nelts && host_integerp (nelts, 1)) | |
5359 | { | |
5360 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT n; | |
5361 | ||
5362 | n = tree_low_cst (nelts, 1) + 1; | |
5363 | if (n == 0 || for_ctor_p) | |
5364 | return n; | |
5365 | else | |
5366 | return n * count_type_elements (TREE_TYPE (type), false); | |
5367 | } | |
5368 | return for_ctor_p ? -1 : 1; | |
5369 | } | |
5370 | ||
5371 | case RECORD_TYPE: | |
5372 | { | |
5373 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT n; | |
5374 | tree f; | |
5375 | ||
5376 | n = 0; | |
5377 | for (f = TYPE_FIELDS (type); f ; f = DECL_CHAIN (f)) | |
5378 | if (TREE_CODE (f) == FIELD_DECL) | |
5379 | { | |
5380 | if (!for_ctor_p) | |
5381 | n += count_type_elements (TREE_TYPE (f), false); | |
5382 | else if (!flexible_array_member_p (f, type)) | |
5383 | /* Don't count flexible arrays, which are not supposed | |
5384 | to be initialized. */ | |
5385 | n += 1; | |
5386 | } | |
5387 | ||
5388 | return n; | |
5389 | } | |
5390 | ||
5391 | case UNION_TYPE: | |
5392 | case QUAL_UNION_TYPE: | |
5393 | { | |
5394 | tree f; | |
5395 | HOST_WIDE_INT n, m; | |
5396 | ||
5397 | gcc_assert (!for_ctor_p); | |
5398 | /* Estimate the number of scalars in each field and pick the | |
5399 | maximum. Other estimates would do instead; the idea is simply | |
5400 | to make sure that the estimate is not sensitive to the ordering | |
5401 | of the fields. */ | |
5402 | n = 1; | |
5403 | for (f = TYPE_FIELDS (type); f ; f = DECL_CHAIN (f)) | |
5404 | if (TREE_CODE (f) == FIELD_DECL) | |
5405 | { | |
5406 | m = count_type_elements (TREE_TYPE (f), false); | |
5407 | /* If the field doesn't span the whole union, add an extra | |
5408 | scalar for the rest. */ | |
5409 | if (simple_cst_equal (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (f)), | |
5410 | TYPE_SIZE (type)) != 1) | |
5411 | m++; | |
5412 | if (n < m) | |
5413 | n = m; | |
5414 | } | |
5415 | return n; | |
5416 | } | |
5417 | ||
5418 | case COMPLEX_TYPE: | |
5419 | return 2; | |
5420 | ||
5421 | case VECTOR_TYPE: | |
5422 | return TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type); | |
5423 | ||
5424 | case INTEGER_TYPE: | |
5425 | case REAL_TYPE: | |
5426 | case FIXED_POINT_TYPE: | |
5427 | case ENUMERAL_TYPE: | |
5428 | case BOOLEAN_TYPE: | |
5429 | case POINTER_TYPE: | |
5430 | case OFFSET_TYPE: | |
5431 | case REFERENCE_TYPE: | |
f298ca26 | 5432 | case NULLPTR_TYPE: |
953d0c90 RS |
5433 | return 1; |
5434 | ||
5435 | case ERROR_MARK: | |
5436 | return 0; | |
5437 | ||
5438 | case VOID_TYPE: | |
5439 | case METHOD_TYPE: | |
5440 | case FUNCTION_TYPE: | |
5441 | case LANG_TYPE: | |
5442 | default: | |
5443 | gcc_unreachable (); | |
5444 | } | |
5445 | } | |
5446 | ||
fe24d485 | 5447 | /* Helper for categorize_ctor_elements. Identical interface. */ |
9de08200 | 5448 | |
fe24d485 | 5449 | static bool |
fa233e34 | 5450 | categorize_ctor_elements_1 (const_tree ctor, HOST_WIDE_INT *p_nz_elts, |
953d0c90 | 5451 | HOST_WIDE_INT *p_init_elts, bool *p_complete) |
9de08200 | 5452 | { |
4038c495 | 5453 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx; |
953d0c90 RS |
5454 | HOST_WIDE_INT nz_elts, init_elts, num_fields; |
5455 | tree value, purpose, elt_type; | |
9de08200 | 5456 | |
fe24d485 OH |
5457 | /* Whether CTOR is a valid constant initializer, in accordance with what |
5458 | initializer_constant_valid_p does. If inferred from the constructor | |
5459 | elements, true until proven otherwise. */ | |
5460 | bool const_from_elts_p = constructor_static_from_elts_p (ctor); | |
5461 | bool const_p = const_from_elts_p ? true : TREE_STATIC (ctor); | |
5462 | ||
6de9cd9a | 5463 | nz_elts = 0; |
953d0c90 RS |
5464 | init_elts = 0; |
5465 | num_fields = 0; | |
5466 | elt_type = NULL_TREE; | |
caf93cb0 | 5467 | |
4038c495 | 5468 | FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (ctor), idx, purpose, value) |
9de08200 | 5469 | { |
675c873b | 5470 | HOST_WIDE_INT mult = 1; |
9de08200 | 5471 | |
6de9cd9a DN |
5472 | if (TREE_CODE (purpose) == RANGE_EXPR) |
5473 | { | |
5474 | tree lo_index = TREE_OPERAND (purpose, 0); | |
5475 | tree hi_index = TREE_OPERAND (purpose, 1); | |
9de08200 | 5476 | |
6de9cd9a DN |
5477 | if (host_integerp (lo_index, 1) && host_integerp (hi_index, 1)) |
5478 | mult = (tree_low_cst (hi_index, 1) | |
5479 | - tree_low_cst (lo_index, 1) + 1); | |
5480 | } | |
953d0c90 RS |
5481 | num_fields += mult; |
5482 | elt_type = TREE_TYPE (value); | |
9de08200 | 5483 | |
6de9cd9a DN |
5484 | switch (TREE_CODE (value)) |
5485 | { | |
5486 | case CONSTRUCTOR: | |
5487 | { | |
fe24d485 | 5488 | HOST_WIDE_INT nz = 0, ic = 0; |
ed1223ba | 5489 | |
953d0c90 RS |
5490 | bool const_elt_p = categorize_ctor_elements_1 (value, &nz, &ic, |
5491 | p_complete); | |
fe24d485 | 5492 | |
6de9cd9a | 5493 | nz_elts += mult * nz; |
953d0c90 | 5494 | init_elts += mult * ic; |
fe24d485 OH |
5495 | |
5496 | if (const_from_elts_p && const_p) | |
5497 | const_p = const_elt_p; | |
6de9cd9a DN |
5498 | } |
5499 | break; | |
9de08200 | 5500 | |
6de9cd9a DN |
5501 | case INTEGER_CST: |
5502 | case REAL_CST: | |
0f996086 | 5503 | case FIXED_CST: |
6de9cd9a DN |
5504 | if (!initializer_zerop (value)) |
5505 | nz_elts += mult; | |
953d0c90 | 5506 | init_elts += mult; |
6de9cd9a | 5507 | break; |
97f8d136 RK |
5508 | |
5509 | case STRING_CST: | |
5510 | nz_elts += mult * TREE_STRING_LENGTH (value); | |
953d0c90 | 5511 | init_elts += mult * TREE_STRING_LENGTH (value); |
97f8d136 RK |
5512 | break; |
5513 | ||
6de9cd9a DN |
5514 | case COMPLEX_CST: |
5515 | if (!initializer_zerop (TREE_REALPART (value))) | |
5516 | nz_elts += mult; | |
5517 | if (!initializer_zerop (TREE_IMAGPART (value))) | |
5518 | nz_elts += mult; | |
953d0c90 | 5519 | init_elts += mult; |
6de9cd9a | 5520 | break; |
97f8d136 | 5521 | |
6de9cd9a DN |
5522 | case VECTOR_CST: |
5523 | { | |
d2a12ae7 RG |
5524 | unsigned i; |
5525 | for (i = 0; i < VECTOR_CST_NELTS (value); ++i) | |
6fa91b48 | 5526 | { |
d2a12ae7 RG |
5527 | tree v = VECTOR_CST_ELT (value, i); |
5528 | if (!initializer_zerop (v)) | |
6fa91b48 | 5529 | nz_elts += mult; |
953d0c90 | 5530 | init_elts += mult; |
6fa91b48 | 5531 | } |
6de9cd9a DN |
5532 | } |
5533 | break; | |
69ef87e2 | 5534 | |
6de9cd9a | 5535 | default: |
675c873b | 5536 | { |
953d0c90 | 5537 | HOST_WIDE_INT tc = count_type_elements (elt_type, false); |
675c873b | 5538 | nz_elts += mult * tc; |
953d0c90 | 5539 | init_elts += mult * tc; |
fe24d485 | 5540 | |
675c873b | 5541 | if (const_from_elts_p && const_p) |
953d0c90 | 5542 | const_p = initializer_constant_valid_p (value, elt_type) |
675c873b EB |
5543 | != NULL_TREE; |
5544 | } | |
6de9cd9a DN |
5545 | break; |
5546 | } | |
5547 | } | |
69ef87e2 | 5548 | |
953d0c90 RS |
5549 | if (*p_complete && !complete_ctor_at_level_p (TREE_TYPE (ctor), |
5550 | num_fields, elt_type)) | |
5551 | *p_complete = false; | |
6f642f98 | 5552 | |
6de9cd9a | 5553 | *p_nz_elts += nz_elts; |
953d0c90 | 5554 | *p_init_elts += init_elts; |
fe24d485 OH |
5555 | |
5556 | return const_p; | |
6de9cd9a DN |
5557 | } |
5558 | ||
fe24d485 OH |
5559 | /* Examine CTOR to discover: |
5560 | * how many scalar fields are set to nonzero values, | |
5561 | and place it in *P_NZ_ELTS; | |
5562 | * how many scalar fields in total are in CTOR, | |
5563 | and place it in *P_ELT_COUNT. | |
953d0c90 RS |
5564 | * whether the constructor is complete -- in the sense that every |
5565 | meaningful byte is explicitly given a value -- | |
5566 | and place it in *P_COMPLETE. | |
fe24d485 OH |
5567 | |
5568 | Return whether or not CTOR is a valid static constant initializer, the same | |
5569 | as "initializer_constant_valid_p (CTOR, TREE_TYPE (CTOR)) != 0". */ | |
5570 | ||
5571 | bool | |
fa233e34 | 5572 | categorize_ctor_elements (const_tree ctor, HOST_WIDE_INT *p_nz_elts, |
953d0c90 | 5573 | HOST_WIDE_INT *p_init_elts, bool *p_complete) |
6de9cd9a DN |
5574 | { |
5575 | *p_nz_elts = 0; | |
953d0c90 RS |
5576 | *p_init_elts = 0; |
5577 | *p_complete = true; | |
fe24d485 | 5578 | |
953d0c90 | 5579 | return categorize_ctor_elements_1 (ctor, p_nz_elts, p_init_elts, p_complete); |
6de9cd9a DN |
5580 | } |
5581 | ||
953d0c90 RS |
5582 | /* TYPE is initialized by a constructor with NUM_ELTS elements, the last |
5583 | of which had type LAST_TYPE. Each element was itself a complete | |
5584 | initializer, in the sense that every meaningful byte was explicitly | |
5585 | given a value. Return true if the same is true for the constructor | |
5586 | as a whole. */ | |
6de9cd9a | 5587 | |
953d0c90 RS |
5588 | bool |
5589 | complete_ctor_at_level_p (const_tree type, HOST_WIDE_INT num_elts, | |
5590 | const_tree last_type) | |
6de9cd9a | 5591 | { |
953d0c90 RS |
5592 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE |
5593 | || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
6de9cd9a | 5594 | { |
953d0c90 RS |
5595 | if (num_elts == 0) |
5596 | return false; | |
3a94c984 | 5597 | |
953d0c90 | 5598 | gcc_assert (num_elts == 1 && last_type); |
16d5ffec | 5599 | |
953d0c90 RS |
5600 | /* ??? We could look at each element of the union, and find the |
5601 | largest element. Which would avoid comparing the size of the | |
5602 | initialized element against any tail padding in the union. | |
5603 | Doesn't seem worth the effort... */ | |
5604 | return simple_cst_equal (TYPE_SIZE (type), TYPE_SIZE (last_type)) == 1; | |
9de08200 | 5605 | } |
953d0c90 RS |
5606 | |
5607 | return count_type_elements (type, true) == num_elts; | |
9de08200 RK |
5608 | } |
5609 | ||
5610 | /* Return 1 if EXP contains mostly (3/4) zeros. */ | |
5611 | ||
e0ce7708 | 5612 | static int |
22ea9ec0 | 5613 | mostly_zeros_p (const_tree exp) |
9de08200 | 5614 | { |
9de08200 RK |
5615 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
5616 | { | |
953d0c90 RS |
5617 | HOST_WIDE_INT nz_elts, init_elts; |
5618 | bool complete_p; | |
6de9cd9a | 5619 | |
953d0c90 RS |
5620 | categorize_ctor_elements (exp, &nz_elts, &init_elts, &complete_p); |
5621 | return !complete_p || nz_elts < init_elts / 4; | |
9de08200 RK |
5622 | } |
5623 | ||
6de9cd9a | 5624 | return initializer_zerop (exp); |
9de08200 | 5625 | } |
c5250139 RG |
5626 | |
5627 | /* Return 1 if EXP contains all zeros. */ | |
5628 | ||
5629 | static int | |
22ea9ec0 | 5630 | all_zeros_p (const_tree exp) |
c5250139 RG |
5631 | { |
5632 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR) | |
c5250139 | 5633 | { |
953d0c90 RS |
5634 | HOST_WIDE_INT nz_elts, init_elts; |
5635 | bool complete_p; | |
c5250139 | 5636 | |
953d0c90 | 5637 | categorize_ctor_elements (exp, &nz_elts, &init_elts, &complete_p); |
1f098f07 | 5638 | return nz_elts == 0; |
c5250139 RG |
5639 | } |
5640 | ||
5641 | return initializer_zerop (exp); | |
5642 | } | |
9de08200 | 5643 | \f |
e1a43f73 PB |
5644 | /* Helper function for store_constructor. |
5645 | TARGET, BITSIZE, BITPOS, MODE, EXP are as for store_field. | |
5646 | TYPE is the type of the CONSTRUCTOR, not the element type. | |
04050c69 | 5647 | CLEARED is as for store_constructor. |
23cb1766 | 5648 | ALIAS_SET is the alias set to use for any stores. |
23ccec44 JW |
5649 | |
5650 | This provides a recursive shortcut back to store_constructor when it isn't | |
5651 | necessary to go through store_field. This is so that we can pass through | |
5652 | the cleared field to let store_constructor know that we may not have to | |
5653 | clear a substructure if the outer structure has already been cleared. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
5654 | |
5655 | static void | |
502b8322 AJ |
5656 | store_constructor_field (rtx target, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, |
5657 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, enum machine_mode mode, | |
4862826d ILT |
5658 | tree exp, tree type, int cleared, |
5659 | alias_set_type alias_set) | |
e1a43f73 PB |
5660 | { |
5661 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR | |
6c89c39a RK |
5662 | /* We can only call store_constructor recursively if the size and |
5663 | bit position are on a byte boundary. */ | |
23ccec44 | 5664 | && bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0 |
6c89c39a | 5665 | && (bitsize > 0 && bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0) |
cc2902df | 5666 | /* If we have a nonzero bitpos for a register target, then we just |
23ccec44 JW |
5667 | let store_field do the bitfield handling. This is unlikely to |
5668 | generate unnecessary clear instructions anyways. */ | |
3c0cb5de | 5669 | && (bitpos == 0 || MEM_P (target))) |
e1a43f73 | 5670 | { |
3c0cb5de | 5671 | if (MEM_P (target)) |
61cb205c RK |
5672 | target |
5673 | = adjust_address (target, | |
5674 | GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode | |
5675 | || 0 != (bitpos | |
5676 | % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (GET_MODE (target))) | |
5677 | ? BLKmode : VOIDmode, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
23cb1766 | 5678 | |
e0339ef7 | 5679 | |
04050c69 | 5680 | /* Update the alias set, if required. */ |
3c0cb5de | 5681 | if (MEM_P (target) && ! MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (target) |
10b76d73 | 5682 | && MEM_ALIAS_SET (target) != 0) |
70072ed9 RK |
5683 | { |
5684 | target = copy_rtx (target); | |
5685 | set_mem_alias_set (target, alias_set); | |
5686 | } | |
e0339ef7 | 5687 | |
dbb5c281 | 5688 | store_constructor (exp, target, cleared, bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
e1a43f73 PB |
5689 | } |
5690 | else | |
1169e45d AH |
5691 | store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, 0, 0, mode, exp, type, alias_set, |
5692 | false); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
5693 | } |
5694 | ||
bbf6f052 | 5695 | /* Store the value of constructor EXP into the rtx TARGET. |
04050c69 RK |
5696 | TARGET is either a REG or a MEM; we know it cannot conflict, since |
5697 | safe_from_p has been called. | |
dbb5c281 RK |
5698 | CLEARED is true if TARGET is known to have been zero'd. |
5699 | SIZE is the number of bytes of TARGET we are allowed to modify: this | |
b7010412 RK |
5700 | may not be the same as the size of EXP if we are assigning to a field |
5701 | which has been packed to exclude padding bits. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5702 | |
5703 | static void | |
502b8322 | 5704 | store_constructor (tree exp, rtx target, int cleared, HOST_WIDE_INT size) |
bbf6f052 | 5705 | { |
4af3895e | 5706 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); |
a5efcd63 | 5707 | #ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS |
13eb1f7f | 5708 | HOST_WIDE_INT exp_size = int_size_in_bytes (type); |
a5efcd63 | 5709 | #endif |
4af3895e | 5710 | |
5b0264cb | 5711 | switch (TREE_CODE (type)) |
bbf6f052 | 5712 | { |
5b0264cb NS |
5713 | case RECORD_TYPE: |
5714 | case UNION_TYPE: | |
5715 | case QUAL_UNION_TYPE: | |
5716 | { | |
4038c495 GB |
5717 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx; |
5718 | tree field, value; | |
9de08200 | 5719 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5720 | /* If size is zero or the target is already cleared, do nothing. */ |
5721 | if (size == 0 || cleared) | |
9de08200 | 5722 | cleared = 1; |
5b0264cb NS |
5723 | /* We either clear the aggregate or indicate the value is dead. */ |
5724 | else if ((TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE | |
5725 | || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
5726 | && ! CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)) | |
5727 | /* If the constructor is empty, clear the union. */ | |
5728 | { | |
8148fe65 | 5729 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp), BLOCK_OP_NORMAL); |
5b0264cb NS |
5730 | cleared = 1; |
5731 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 5732 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5733 | /* If we are building a static constructor into a register, |
5734 | set the initial value as zero so we can fold the value into | |
5735 | a constant. But if more than one register is involved, | |
5736 | this probably loses. */ | |
5737 | else if (REG_P (target) && TREE_STATIC (exp) | |
5738 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)) <= UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
5739 | { | |
5740 | emit_move_insn (target, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (target))); | |
5741 | cleared = 1; | |
5742 | } | |
3a94c984 | 5743 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5744 | /* If the constructor has fewer fields than the structure or |
5745 | if we are initializing the structure to mostly zeros, clear | |
5746 | the whole structure first. Don't do this if TARGET is a | |
5747 | register whose mode size isn't equal to SIZE since | |
5748 | clear_storage can't handle this case. */ | |
5749 | else if (size > 0 | |
4038c495 | 5750 | && (((int)VEC_length (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)) |
5b0264cb NS |
5751 | != fields_length (type)) |
5752 | || mostly_zeros_p (exp)) | |
5753 | && (!REG_P (target) | |
5754 | || ((HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)) | |
5755 | == size))) | |
5756 | { | |
8148fe65 | 5757 | clear_storage (target, GEN_INT (size), BLOCK_OP_NORMAL); |
5b0264cb NS |
5758 | cleared = 1; |
5759 | } | |
b50d17a1 | 5760 | |
58f7fcc3 | 5761 | if (REG_P (target) && !cleared) |
c41c1387 | 5762 | emit_clobber (target); |
bbf6f052 | 5763 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5764 | /* Store each element of the constructor into the |
5765 | corresponding field of TARGET. */ | |
4038c495 | 5766 | FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, field, value) |
5b0264cb | 5767 | { |
5b0264cb NS |
5768 | enum machine_mode mode; |
5769 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize; | |
5770 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos = 0; | |
5771 | tree offset; | |
5772 | rtx to_rtx = target; | |
ed1223ba | 5773 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5774 | /* Just ignore missing fields. We cleared the whole |
5775 | structure, above, if any fields are missing. */ | |
5776 | if (field == 0) | |
5777 | continue; | |
ed1223ba | 5778 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5779 | if (cleared && initializer_zerop (value)) |
5780 | continue; | |
ed1223ba | 5781 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5782 | if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (field), 1)) |
5783 | bitsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (field), 1); | |
5784 | else | |
5785 | bitsize = -1; | |
ed1223ba | 5786 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5787 | mode = DECL_MODE (field); |
5788 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (field)) | |
5789 | mode = VOIDmode; | |
ed1223ba | 5790 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5791 | offset = DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (field); |
5792 | if (host_integerp (offset, 0) | |
5793 | && host_integerp (bit_position (field), 0)) | |
5794 | { | |
5795 | bitpos = int_bit_position (field); | |
5796 | offset = 0; | |
5797 | } | |
5798 | else | |
5799 | bitpos = tree_low_cst (DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (field), 0); | |
ed1223ba | 5800 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5801 | if (offset) |
5802 | { | |
d4ebfa65 | 5803 | enum machine_mode address_mode; |
5b0264cb | 5804 | rtx offset_rtx; |
ed1223ba | 5805 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5806 | offset |
5807 | = SUBSTITUTE_PLACEHOLDER_IN_EXPR (offset, | |
5808 | make_tree (TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
5809 | target)); | |
5810 | ||
84217346 | 5811 | offset_rtx = expand_normal (offset); |
5b0264cb | 5812 | gcc_assert (MEM_P (to_rtx)); |
ed1223ba | 5813 | |
372d6395 | 5814 | address_mode = get_address_mode (to_rtx); |
d4ebfa65 BE |
5815 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != address_mode) |
5816 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (address_mode, offset_rtx, 0); | |
bd070e1a | 5817 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5818 | to_rtx = offset_address (to_rtx, offset_rtx, |
5819 | highest_pow2_factor (offset)); | |
5820 | } | |
c5c76735 | 5821 | |
34c73909 | 5822 | #ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS |
5b0264cb NS |
5823 | /* If this initializes a field that is smaller than a |
5824 | word, at the start of a word, try to widen it to a full | |
5825 | word. This special case allows us to output C++ member | |
5826 | function initializations in a form that the optimizers | |
5827 | can understand. */ | |
5828 | if (REG_P (target) | |
5829 | && bitsize < BITS_PER_WORD | |
5830 | && bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0 | |
5831 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
5832 | && TREE_CODE (value) == INTEGER_CST | |
5833 | && exp_size >= 0 | |
5834 | && bitpos + BITS_PER_WORD <= exp_size * BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
5835 | { | |
5836 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (value); | |
ed1223ba | 5837 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5838 | if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) < BITS_PER_WORD) |
5839 | { | |
0f250839 RG |
5840 | type = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode |
5841 | (word_mode, TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)); | |
3967bc2d | 5842 | value = fold_convert (type, value); |
5b0264cb | 5843 | } |
ed1223ba | 5844 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5845 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
5846 | value | |
4845b383 | 5847 | = fold_build2 (LSHIFT_EXPR, type, value, |
3967bc2d | 5848 | build_int_cst (type, |
4845b383 | 5849 | BITS_PER_WORD - bitsize)); |
5b0264cb NS |
5850 | bitsize = BITS_PER_WORD; |
5851 | mode = word_mode; | |
5852 | } | |
34c73909 | 5853 | #endif |
10b76d73 | 5854 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5855 | if (MEM_P (to_rtx) && !MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (to_rtx) |
5856 | && DECL_NONADDRESSABLE_P (field)) | |
5857 | { | |
5858 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); | |
5859 | MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (to_rtx) = 1; | |
5860 | } | |
ed1223ba | 5861 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5862 | store_constructor_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, mode, |
5863 | value, type, cleared, | |
5864 | get_alias_set (TREE_TYPE (field))); | |
5865 | } | |
5866 | break; | |
5867 | } | |
5868 | case ARRAY_TYPE: | |
5869 | { | |
4038c495 GB |
5870 | tree value, index; |
5871 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i; | |
5b0264cb NS |
5872 | int need_to_clear; |
5873 | tree domain; | |
5874 | tree elttype = TREE_TYPE (type); | |
5875 | int const_bounds_p; | |
5876 | HOST_WIDE_INT minelt = 0; | |
5877 | HOST_WIDE_INT maxelt = 0; | |
5878 | ||
5879 | domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); | |
5880 | const_bounds_p = (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) | |
5881 | && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain) | |
5882 | && host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain), 0) | |
5883 | && host_integerp (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain), 0)); | |
5884 | ||
5885 | /* If we have constant bounds for the range of the type, get them. */ | |
5886 | if (const_bounds_p) | |
5887 | { | |
5888 | minelt = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain), 0); | |
5889 | maxelt = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain), 0); | |
5890 | } | |
3a021db2 | 5891 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5892 | /* If the constructor has fewer elements than the array, clear |
5893 | the whole array first. Similarly if this is static | |
5894 | constructor of a non-BLKmode object. */ | |
5895 | if (cleared) | |
5896 | need_to_clear = 0; | |
5897 | else if (REG_P (target) && TREE_STATIC (exp)) | |
5898 | need_to_clear = 1; | |
5899 | else | |
5900 | { | |
4038c495 GB |
5901 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx; |
5902 | tree index, value; | |
5b0264cb NS |
5903 | HOST_WIDE_INT count = 0, zero_count = 0; |
5904 | need_to_clear = ! const_bounds_p; | |
ed1223ba | 5905 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5906 | /* This loop is a more accurate version of the loop in |
5907 | mostly_zeros_p (it handles RANGE_EXPR in an index). It | |
5908 | is also needed to check for missing elements. */ | |
4038c495 | 5909 | FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, index, value) |
5b0264cb | 5910 | { |
5b0264cb | 5911 | HOST_WIDE_INT this_node_count; |
4038c495 GB |
5912 | |
5913 | if (need_to_clear) | |
5914 | break; | |
ed1223ba | 5915 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5916 | if (index != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) |
5917 | { | |
5918 | tree lo_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 0); | |
5919 | tree hi_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1); | |
ed1223ba | 5920 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5921 | if (! host_integerp (lo_index, 1) |
5922 | || ! host_integerp (hi_index, 1)) | |
5923 | { | |
5924 | need_to_clear = 1; | |
5925 | break; | |
5926 | } | |
ed1223ba | 5927 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5928 | this_node_count = (tree_low_cst (hi_index, 1) |
5929 | - tree_low_cst (lo_index, 1) + 1); | |
5930 | } | |
5931 | else | |
5932 | this_node_count = 1; | |
ed1223ba | 5933 | |
5b0264cb | 5934 | count += this_node_count; |
4038c495 | 5935 | if (mostly_zeros_p (value)) |
5b0264cb NS |
5936 | zero_count += this_node_count; |
5937 | } | |
ed1223ba | 5938 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5939 | /* Clear the entire array first if there are any missing |
5940 | elements, or if the incidence of zero elements is >= | |
5941 | 75%. */ | |
5942 | if (! need_to_clear | |
5943 | && (count < maxelt - minelt + 1 | |
5944 | || 4 * zero_count >= 3 * count)) | |
5945 | need_to_clear = 1; | |
5946 | } | |
ed1223ba | 5947 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5948 | if (need_to_clear && size > 0) |
5949 | { | |
5950 | if (REG_P (target)) | |
5951 | emit_move_insn (target, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (target))); | |
5952 | else | |
8148fe65 | 5953 | clear_storage (target, GEN_INT (size), BLOCK_OP_NORMAL); |
5b0264cb NS |
5954 | cleared = 1; |
5955 | } | |
3a021db2 | 5956 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5957 | if (!cleared && REG_P (target)) |
5958 | /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead. */ | |
c41c1387 | 5959 | emit_clobber (target); |
3a021db2 | 5960 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5961 | /* Store each element of the constructor into the |
5962 | corresponding element of TARGET, determined by counting the | |
5963 | elements. */ | |
4038c495 | 5964 | FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), i, index, value) |
5b0264cb NS |
5965 | { |
5966 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
5967 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize; | |
5968 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos; | |
5b0264cb | 5969 | rtx xtarget = target; |
ed1223ba | 5970 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5971 | if (cleared && initializer_zerop (value)) |
5972 | continue; | |
ed1223ba | 5973 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5974 | mode = TYPE_MODE (elttype); |
5975 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
5976 | bitsize = (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1) | |
5977 | ? tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1) | |
5978 | : -1); | |
5979 | else | |
5980 | bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode); | |
ed1223ba | 5981 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5982 | if (index != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) |
5983 | { | |
5984 | tree lo_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 0); | |
5985 | tree hi_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1); | |
5986 | rtx index_r, pos_rtx; | |
5987 | HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi, count; | |
5988 | tree position; | |
ed1223ba | 5989 | |
5b0264cb NS |
5990 | /* If the range is constant and "small", unroll the loop. */ |
5991 | if (const_bounds_p | |
5992 | && host_integerp (lo_index, 0) | |
5993 | && host_integerp (hi_index, 0) | |
5994 | && (lo = tree_low_cst (lo_index, 0), | |
5995 | hi = tree_low_cst (hi_index, 0), | |
5996 | count = hi - lo + 1, | |
5997 | (!MEM_P (target) | |
5998 | || count <= 2 | |
5999 | || (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1) | |
6000 | && (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1) * count | |
6001 | <= 40 * 8))))) | |
6002 | { | |
6003 | lo -= minelt; hi -= minelt; | |
6004 | for (; lo <= hi; lo++) | |
6005 | { | |
6006 | bitpos = lo * tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 0); | |
ed1223ba | 6007 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6008 | if (MEM_P (target) |
6009 | && !MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (target) | |
6010 | && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE | |
6011 | && TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (type)) | |
6012 | { | |
6013 | target = copy_rtx (target); | |
6014 | MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (target) = 1; | |
6015 | } | |
ed1223ba | 6016 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6017 | store_constructor_field |
6018 | (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, value, type, cleared, | |
6019 | get_alias_set (elttype)); | |
6020 | } | |
6021 | } | |
6022 | else | |
6023 | { | |
6024 | rtx loop_start = gen_label_rtx (); | |
6025 | rtx loop_end = gen_label_rtx (); | |
6026 | tree exit_cond; | |
ed1223ba | 6027 | |
84217346 | 6028 | expand_normal (hi_index); |
ed1223ba | 6029 | |
c2255bc4 AH |
6030 | index = build_decl (EXPR_LOCATION (exp), |
6031 | VAR_DECL, NULL_TREE, domain); | |
cde0f3fd | 6032 | index_r = gen_reg_rtx (promote_decl_mode (index, NULL)); |
5b0264cb | 6033 | SET_DECL_RTL (index, index_r); |
79f5e442 | 6034 | store_expr (lo_index, index_r, 0, false); |
ed1223ba | 6035 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6036 | /* Build the head of the loop. */ |
6037 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
6038 | emit_label (loop_start); | |
6039 | ||
6040 | /* Assign value to element index. */ | |
3967bc2d RS |
6041 | position = |
6042 | fold_convert (ssizetype, | |
6043 | fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, | |
6044 | TREE_TYPE (index), | |
6045 | index, | |
6046 | TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))); | |
6047 | ||
6048 | position = | |
6049 | size_binop (MULT_EXPR, position, | |
6050 | fold_convert (ssizetype, | |
6051 | TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (elttype))); | |
ed1223ba | 6052 | |
84217346 | 6053 | pos_rtx = expand_normal (position); |
5b0264cb NS |
6054 | xtarget = offset_address (target, pos_rtx, |
6055 | highest_pow2_factor (position)); | |
6056 | xtarget = adjust_address (xtarget, mode, 0); | |
6057 | if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONSTRUCTOR) | |
6058 | store_constructor (value, xtarget, cleared, | |
6059 | bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
6060 | else | |
79f5e442 | 6061 | store_expr (value, xtarget, 0, false); |
5b0264cb NS |
6062 | |
6063 | /* Generate a conditional jump to exit the loop. */ | |
6064 | exit_cond = build2 (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node, | |
6065 | index, hi_index); | |
40e90eac | 6066 | jumpif (exit_cond, loop_end, -1); |
ed1223ba | 6067 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6068 | /* Update the loop counter, and jump to the head of |
6069 | the loop. */ | |
6070 | expand_assignment (index, | |
6071 | build2 (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (index), | |
79f5e442 ZD |
6072 | index, integer_one_node), |
6073 | false); | |
ed1223ba | 6074 | |
5b0264cb | 6075 | emit_jump (loop_start); |
ed1223ba | 6076 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6077 | /* Build the end of the loop. */ |
6078 | emit_label (loop_end); | |
6079 | } | |
6080 | } | |
6081 | else if ((index != 0 && ! host_integerp (index, 0)) | |
6082 | || ! host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1)) | |
6083 | { | |
6084 | tree position; | |
ed1223ba | 6085 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6086 | if (index == 0) |
6087 | index = ssize_int (1); | |
ed1223ba | 6088 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6089 | if (minelt) |
6090 | index = fold_convert (ssizetype, | |
4845b383 KH |
6091 | fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, |
6092 | TREE_TYPE (index), | |
6093 | index, | |
6094 | TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))); | |
ed1223ba | 6095 | |
3967bc2d RS |
6096 | position = |
6097 | size_binop (MULT_EXPR, index, | |
6098 | fold_convert (ssizetype, | |
6099 | TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (elttype))); | |
5b0264cb | 6100 | xtarget = offset_address (target, |
84217346 | 6101 | expand_normal (position), |
5b0264cb NS |
6102 | highest_pow2_factor (position)); |
6103 | xtarget = adjust_address (xtarget, mode, 0); | |
79f5e442 | 6104 | store_expr (value, xtarget, 0, false); |
5b0264cb NS |
6105 | } |
6106 | else | |
6107 | { | |
6108 | if (index != 0) | |
6109 | bitpos = ((tree_low_cst (index, 0) - minelt) | |
6110 | * tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1)); | |
6111 | else | |
6112 | bitpos = (i * tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1)); | |
ed1223ba | 6113 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6114 | if (MEM_P (target) && !MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (target) |
6115 | && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE | |
6116 | && TYPE_NONALIASED_COMPONENT (type)) | |
6117 | { | |
6118 | target = copy_rtx (target); | |
6119 | MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (target) = 1; | |
6120 | } | |
6121 | store_constructor_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, value, | |
6122 | type, cleared, get_alias_set (elttype)); | |
6123 | } | |
6124 | } | |
6125 | break; | |
6126 | } | |
3a021db2 | 6127 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6128 | case VECTOR_TYPE: |
6129 | { | |
4038c495 GB |
6130 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx; |
6131 | constructor_elt *ce; | |
5b0264cb NS |
6132 | int i; |
6133 | int need_to_clear; | |
6134 | int icode = 0; | |
6135 | tree elttype = TREE_TYPE (type); | |
6136 | int elt_size = tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (elttype), 1); | |
6137 | enum machine_mode eltmode = TYPE_MODE (elttype); | |
6138 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize; | |
6139 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos; | |
201dd46b | 6140 | rtvec vector = NULL; |
5b0264cb | 6141 | unsigned n_elts; |
723a7ced | 6142 | alias_set_type alias; |
ed1223ba | 6143 | |
5b0264cb | 6144 | gcc_assert (eltmode != BLKmode); |
ed1223ba | 6145 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6146 | n_elts = TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type); |
6147 | if (REG_P (target) && VECTOR_MODE_P (GET_MODE (target))) | |
6148 | { | |
6149 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (target); | |
ed1223ba | 6150 | |
947131ba | 6151 | icode = (int) optab_handler (vec_init_optab, mode); |
5b0264cb NS |
6152 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
6153 | { | |
6154 | unsigned int i; | |
ed1223ba | 6155 | |
201dd46b | 6156 | vector = rtvec_alloc (n_elts); |
5b0264cb | 6157 | for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++) |
201dd46b | 6158 | RTVEC_ELT (vector, i) = CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE_INNER (mode)); |
5b0264cb NS |
6159 | } |
6160 | } | |
ed1223ba | 6161 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6162 | /* If the constructor has fewer elements than the vector, |
6163 | clear the whole array first. Similarly if this is static | |
6164 | constructor of a non-BLKmode object. */ | |
6165 | if (cleared) | |
6166 | need_to_clear = 0; | |
6167 | else if (REG_P (target) && TREE_STATIC (exp)) | |
6168 | need_to_clear = 1; | |
6169 | else | |
6170 | { | |
6171 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT count = 0, zero_count = 0; | |
4038c495 | 6172 | tree value; |
ed1223ba | 6173 | |
4038c495 | 6174 | FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, value) |
5b0264cb NS |
6175 | { |
6176 | int n_elts_here = tree_low_cst | |
6177 | (int_const_binop (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, | |
4038c495 | 6178 | TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (value)), |
d35936ab | 6179 | TYPE_SIZE (elttype)), 1); |
ed1223ba | 6180 | |
5b0264cb | 6181 | count += n_elts_here; |
4038c495 | 6182 | if (mostly_zeros_p (value)) |
5b0264cb NS |
6183 | zero_count += n_elts_here; |
6184 | } | |
3a021db2 | 6185 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6186 | /* Clear the entire vector first if there are any missing elements, |
6187 | or if the incidence of zero elements is >= 75%. */ | |
6188 | need_to_clear = (count < n_elts || 4 * zero_count >= 3 * count); | |
6189 | } | |
ed1223ba | 6190 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6191 | if (need_to_clear && size > 0 && !vector) |
6192 | { | |
6193 | if (REG_P (target)) | |
723a7ced | 6194 | emit_move_insn (target, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (target))); |
5b0264cb | 6195 | else |
8148fe65 | 6196 | clear_storage (target, GEN_INT (size), BLOCK_OP_NORMAL); |
5b0264cb NS |
6197 | cleared = 1; |
6198 | } | |
ed1223ba | 6199 | |
2ab1754e | 6200 | /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead. */ |
cf26aa89 | 6201 | if (!cleared && !vector && REG_P (target)) |
2ab1754e | 6202 | emit_move_insn (target, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (target))); |
5b0264cb | 6203 | |
723a7ced JJ |
6204 | if (MEM_P (target)) |
6205 | alias = MEM_ALIAS_SET (target); | |
6206 | else | |
6207 | alias = get_alias_set (elttype); | |
6208 | ||
5b0264cb NS |
6209 | /* Store each element of the constructor into the corresponding |
6210 | element of TARGET, determined by counting the elements. */ | |
4038c495 GB |
6211 | for (idx = 0, i = 0; |
6212 | VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, ce); | |
6213 | idx++, i += bitsize / elt_size) | |
5b0264cb | 6214 | { |
5b0264cb | 6215 | HOST_WIDE_INT eltpos; |
4038c495 | 6216 | tree value = ce->value; |
ed1223ba | 6217 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6218 | bitsize = tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (value)), 1); |
6219 | if (cleared && initializer_zerop (value)) | |
6220 | continue; | |
ed1223ba | 6221 | |
4038c495 GB |
6222 | if (ce->index) |
6223 | eltpos = tree_low_cst (ce->index, 1); | |
5b0264cb NS |
6224 | else |
6225 | eltpos = i; | |
ed1223ba | 6226 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6227 | if (vector) |
6228 | { | |
6229 | /* Vector CONSTRUCTORs should only be built from smaller | |
6230 | vectors in the case of BLKmode vectors. */ | |
6231 | gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (value)) != VECTOR_TYPE); | |
201dd46b | 6232 | RTVEC_ELT (vector, eltpos) |
84217346 | 6233 | = expand_normal (value); |
5b0264cb NS |
6234 | } |
6235 | else | |
6236 | { | |
6237 | enum machine_mode value_mode = | |
6238 | TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (value)) == VECTOR_TYPE | |
3a021db2 PB |
6239 | ? TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (value)) |
6240 | : eltmode; | |
5b0264cb NS |
6241 | bitpos = eltpos * elt_size; |
6242 | store_constructor_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, | |
6243 | value_mode, value, type, | |
723a7ced | 6244 | cleared, alias); |
5b0264cb NS |
6245 | } |
6246 | } | |
ed1223ba | 6247 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6248 | if (vector) |
6249 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (icode) | |
6250 | (target, | |
201dd46b | 6251 | gen_rtx_PARALLEL (GET_MODE (target), vector))); |
5b0264cb NS |
6252 | break; |
6253 | } | |
ed1223ba | 6254 | |
5b0264cb NS |
6255 | default: |
6256 | gcc_unreachable (); | |
071a6595 | 6257 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
6258 | } |
6259 | ||
6260 | /* Store the value of EXP (an expression tree) | |
6261 | into a subfield of TARGET which has mode MODE and occupies | |
6262 | BITSIZE bits, starting BITPOS bits from the start of TARGET. | |
6263 | If MODE is VOIDmode, it means that we are storing into a bit-field. | |
6264 | ||
1169e45d AH |
6265 | BITREGION_START is bitpos of the first bitfield in this region. |
6266 | BITREGION_END is the bitpos of the ending bitfield in this region. | |
6267 | These two fields are 0, if the C++ memory model does not apply, | |
6268 | or we are not interested in keeping track of bitfield regions. | |
6269 | ||
f45bdcd0 KH |
6270 | Always return const0_rtx unless we have something particular to |
6271 | return. | |
bbf6f052 | 6272 | |
a06ef755 | 6273 | TYPE is the type of the underlying object, |
ece32014 MM |
6274 | |
6275 | ALIAS_SET is the alias set for the destination. This value will | |
6276 | (in general) be different from that for TARGET, since TARGET is a | |
79f5e442 | 6277 | reference to the containing structure. |
b8698a0f | 6278 | |
79f5e442 | 6279 | If NONTEMPORAL is true, try generating a nontemporal store. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
6280 | |
6281 | static rtx | |
502b8322 | 6282 | store_field (rtx target, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, |
1169e45d AH |
6283 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitregion_start, |
6284 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitregion_end, | |
4862826d ILT |
6285 | enum machine_mode mode, tree exp, tree type, |
6286 | alias_set_type alias_set, bool nontemporal) | |
bbf6f052 | 6287 | { |
e9a25f70 JL |
6288 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK) |
6289 | return const0_rtx; | |
6290 | ||
2be6a7e9 RK |
6291 | /* If we have nothing to store, do nothing unless the expression has |
6292 | side-effects. */ | |
6293 | if (bitsize == 0) | |
49452c07 | 6294 | return expand_expr (exp, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6295 | |
6296 | /* If we are storing into an unaligned field of an aligned union that is | |
6297 | in a register, we may have the mode of TARGET being an integer mode but | |
6298 | MODE == BLKmode. In that case, get an aligned object whose size and | |
6299 | alignment are the same as TARGET and store TARGET into it (we can avoid | |
6300 | the store if the field being stored is the entire width of TARGET). Then | |
6301 | call ourselves recursively to store the field into a BLKmode version of | |
6302 | that object. Finally, load from the object into TARGET. This is not | |
6303 | very efficient in general, but should only be slightly more expensive | |
6304 | than the otherwise-required unaligned accesses. Perhaps this can be | |
85a43a2f RK |
6305 | cleaned up later. It's tempting to make OBJECT readonly, but it's set |
6306 | twice, once with emit_move_insn and once via store_field. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6307 | |
6308 | if (mode == BLKmode | |
f8cfc6aa | 6309 | && (REG_P (target) || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG)) |
bbf6f052 | 6310 | { |
9474e8ab | 6311 | rtx object = assign_temp (type, 1, 1); |
c4e59f51 | 6312 | rtx blk_object = adjust_address (object, BLKmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 6313 | |
8752c357 | 6314 | if (bitsize != (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (target))) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6315 | emit_move_insn (object, target); |
6316 | ||
1169e45d AH |
6317 | store_field (blk_object, bitsize, bitpos, |
6318 | bitregion_start, bitregion_end, | |
45c83429 | 6319 | mode, exp, type, MEM_ALIAS_SET (blk_object), nontemporal); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6320 | |
6321 | emit_move_insn (target, object); | |
6322 | ||
a06ef755 | 6323 | /* We want to return the BLKmode version of the data. */ |
46093b97 | 6324 | return blk_object; |
bbf6f052 | 6325 | } |
c3b247b4 JM |
6326 | |
6327 | if (GET_CODE (target) == CONCAT) | |
6328 | { | |
6329 | /* We're storing into a struct containing a single __complex. */ | |
6330 | ||
5b0264cb | 6331 | gcc_assert (!bitpos); |
79f5e442 | 6332 | return store_expr (exp, target, 0, nontemporal); |
c3b247b4 | 6333 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
6334 | |
6335 | /* If the structure is in a register or if the component | |
6336 | is a bit field, we cannot use addressing to access it. | |
6337 | Use bit-field techniques or SUBREG to store in it. */ | |
6338 | ||
4fa52007 | 6339 | if (mode == VOIDmode |
6ab06cbb JW |
6340 | || (mode != BLKmode && ! direct_store[(int) mode] |
6341 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
6342 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
f8cfc6aa | 6343 | || REG_P (target) |
c980ac49 | 6344 | || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG |
ccc98036 RS |
6345 | /* If the field isn't aligned enough to store as an ordinary memref, |
6346 | store it as a bit field. */ | |
15b19a7d | 6347 | || (mode != BLKmode |
9e5f281f OH |
6348 | && ((((MEM_ALIGN (target) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
6349 | || bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) | |
6350 | && SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode, MEM_ALIGN (target))) | |
502b8322 | 6351 | || (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0))) |
36acc1a2 BS |
6352 | || (bitsize >= 0 && mode != BLKmode |
6353 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > bitsize) | |
14a774a9 RK |
6354 | /* If the RHS and field are a constant size and the size of the |
6355 | RHS isn't the same size as the bitfield, we must use bitfield | |
6356 | operations. */ | |
05bccae2 RK |
6357 | || (bitsize >= 0 |
6358 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) == INTEGER_CST | |
70f34814 RG |
6359 | && compare_tree_int (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), bitsize) != 0) |
6360 | /* If we are expanding a MEM_REF of a non-BLKmode non-addressable | |
6361 | decl we must use bitfield operations. */ | |
6362 | || (bitsize >= 0 | |
6363 | && TREE_CODE (exp) == MEM_REF | |
6364 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR | |
6365 | && DECL_P (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) | |
6366 | && !TREE_ADDRESSABLE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0),0 )) | |
6367 | && DECL_MODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) != BLKmode)) | |
bbf6f052 | 6368 | { |
48cc8d3b | 6369 | rtx temp; |
641cac0b | 6370 | gimple nop_def; |
48cc8d3b RH |
6371 | |
6372 | /* If EXP is a NOP_EXPR of precision less than its mode, then that | |
6373 | implies a mask operation. If the precision is the same size as | |
6374 | the field we're storing into, that mask is redundant. This is | |
6375 | particularly common with bit field assignments generated by the | |
6376 | C front end. */ | |
641cac0b AN |
6377 | nop_def = get_def_for_expr (exp, NOP_EXPR); |
6378 | if (nop_def) | |
8d740330 RH |
6379 | { |
6380 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); | |
6381 | if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type) | |
6382 | && TYPE_PRECISION (type) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (type)) | |
6383 | && bitsize == TYPE_PRECISION (type)) | |
6384 | { | |
641cac0b AN |
6385 | tree op = gimple_assign_rhs1 (nop_def); |
6386 | type = TREE_TYPE (op); | |
8d740330 | 6387 | if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type) && TYPE_PRECISION (type) >= bitsize) |
641cac0b | 6388 | exp = op; |
8d740330 RH |
6389 | } |
6390 | } | |
48cc8d3b | 6391 | |
84217346 | 6392 | temp = expand_normal (exp); |
bbd6cf73 | 6393 | |
ef19912d RK |
6394 | /* If BITSIZE is narrower than the size of the type of EXP |
6395 | we will be narrowing TEMP. Normally, what's wanted are the | |
6396 | low-order bits. However, if EXP's type is a record and this is | |
6397 | big-endian machine, we want the upper BITSIZE bits. */ | |
6398 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (temp)) == MODE_INT | |
65a07688 | 6399 | && bitsize < (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) |
ef19912d RK |
6400 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == RECORD_TYPE) |
6401 | temp = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (temp), temp, | |
eb6c3df1 | 6402 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) - bitsize, |
c1853da7 | 6403 | NULL_RTX, 1); |
ef19912d | 6404 | |
8c5f2327 | 6405 | /* Unless MODE is VOIDmode or BLKmode, convert TEMP to MODE. */ |
bbd6cf73 RK |
6406 | if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode |
6407 | && mode != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
6408 | temp = convert_modes (mode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), temp, 1); | |
6409 | ||
bd323ce5 | 6410 | /* If the modes of TEMP and TARGET are both BLKmode, both |
a281e72d | 6411 | must be in memory and BITPOS must be aligned on a byte |
bd323ce5 EB |
6412 | boundary. If so, we simply do a block copy. Likewise |
6413 | for a BLKmode-like TARGET. */ | |
6414 | if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode | |
6415 | && (GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode | |
6416 | || (MEM_P (target) | |
6417 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (target)) == MODE_INT | |
6418 | && (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0 | |
6419 | && (bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0))) | |
a281e72d | 6420 | { |
5b0264cb | 6421 | gcc_assert (MEM_P (target) && MEM_P (temp) |
bd323ce5 | 6422 | && (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0); |
a281e72d | 6423 | |
f4ef873c | 6424 | target = adjust_address (target, VOIDmode, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
a281e72d | 6425 | emit_block_move (target, temp, |
a06ef755 | 6426 | GEN_INT ((bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) |
44bb111a RH |
6427 | / BITS_PER_UNIT), |
6428 | BLOCK_OP_NORMAL); | |
a281e72d | 6429 | |
f45bdcd0 | 6430 | return const0_rtx; |
a281e72d RK |
6431 | } |
6432 | ||
bbf6f052 | 6433 | /* Store the value in the bitfield. */ |
1169e45d AH |
6434 | store_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, |
6435 | bitregion_start, bitregion_end, | |
6436 | mode, temp); | |
a06ef755 | 6437 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6438 | return const0_rtx; |
6439 | } | |
6440 | else | |
6441 | { | |
bbf6f052 | 6442 | /* Now build a reference to just the desired component. */ |
f45bdcd0 | 6443 | rtx to_rtx = adjust_address (target, mode, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
a06ef755 RK |
6444 | |
6445 | if (to_rtx == target) | |
6446 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); | |
792760b9 | 6447 | |
10b76d73 | 6448 | if (!MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (to_rtx) && MEM_ALIAS_SET (to_rtx) != 0) |
a06ef755 | 6449 | set_mem_alias_set (to_rtx, alias_set); |
bbf6f052 | 6450 | |
79f5e442 | 6451 | return store_expr (exp, to_rtx, 0, nontemporal); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6452 | } |
6453 | } | |
6454 | \f | |
6455 | /* Given an expression EXP that may be a COMPONENT_REF, a BIT_FIELD_REF, | |
b4e3fabb RK |
6456 | an ARRAY_REF, or an ARRAY_RANGE_REF, look for nested operations of these |
6457 | codes and find the ultimate containing object, which we return. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6458 | |
6459 | We set *PBITSIZE to the size in bits that we want, *PBITPOS to the | |
6460 | bit position, and *PUNSIGNEDP to the signedness of the field. | |
7bb0943f RS |
6461 | If the position of the field is variable, we store a tree |
6462 | giving the variable offset (in units) in *POFFSET. | |
6463 | This offset is in addition to the bit position. | |
6464 | If the position is not variable, we store 0 in *POFFSET. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6465 | |
6466 | If any of the extraction expressions is volatile, | |
6467 | we store 1 in *PVOLATILEP. Otherwise we don't change that. | |
6468 | ||
bd323ce5 EB |
6469 | If the field is a non-BLKmode bit-field, *PMODE is set to VOIDmode. |
6470 | Otherwise, it is a mode that can be used to access the field. | |
e7c33f54 RK |
6471 | |
6472 | If the field describes a variable-sized object, *PMODE is set to | |
bd323ce5 | 6473 | BLKmode and *PBITSIZE is set to -1. An access cannot be made in |
2614034e EB |
6474 | this case, but the address of the object can be found. |
6475 | ||
6476 | If KEEP_ALIGNING is true and the target is STRICT_ALIGNMENT, we don't | |
6477 | look through nodes that serve as markers of a greater alignment than | |
6478 | the one that can be deduced from the expression. These nodes make it | |
6479 | possible for front-ends to prevent temporaries from being created by | |
6480 | the middle-end on alignment considerations. For that purpose, the | |
6481 | normal operating mode at high-level is to always pass FALSE so that | |
6482 | the ultimate containing object is really returned; moreover, the | |
6483 | associated predicate handled_component_p will always return TRUE | |
6484 | on these nodes, thus indicating that they are essentially handled | |
6485 | by get_inner_reference. TRUE should only be passed when the caller | |
6486 | is scanning the expression in order to build another representation | |
6487 | and specifically knows how to handle these nodes; as such, this is | |
6488 | the normal operating mode in the RTL expanders. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6489 | |
6490 | tree | |
502b8322 AJ |
6491 | get_inner_reference (tree exp, HOST_WIDE_INT *pbitsize, |
6492 | HOST_WIDE_INT *pbitpos, tree *poffset, | |
6493 | enum machine_mode *pmode, int *punsignedp, | |
2614034e | 6494 | int *pvolatilep, bool keep_aligning) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6495 | { |
6496 | tree size_tree = 0; | |
6497 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode; | |
bd323ce5 | 6498 | bool blkmode_bitfield = false; |
fed3cef0 | 6499 | tree offset = size_zero_node; |
7fa5296e | 6500 | double_int bit_offset = double_int_zero; |
bbf6f052 | 6501 | |
770ae6cc RK |
6502 | /* First get the mode, signedness, and size. We do this from just the |
6503 | outermost expression. */ | |
997ac87b | 6504 | *pbitsize = -1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
6505 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF) |
6506 | { | |
bd323ce5 EB |
6507 | tree field = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); |
6508 | size_tree = DECL_SIZE (field); | |
6509 | if (!DECL_BIT_FIELD (field)) | |
6510 | mode = DECL_MODE (field); | |
6511 | else if (DECL_MODE (field) == BLKmode) | |
6512 | blkmode_bitfield = true; | |
6a78b724 DD |
6513 | else if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) |
6514 | && flag_strict_volatile_bitfields > 0) | |
6515 | /* Volatile bitfields should be accessed in the mode of the | |
6516 | field's type, not the mode computed based on the bit | |
6517 | size. */ | |
6518 | mode = TYPE_MODE (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (field)); | |
bd323ce5 EB |
6519 | |
6520 | *punsignedp = DECL_UNSIGNED (field); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6521 | } |
6522 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF) | |
6523 | { | |
6524 | size_tree = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
fc0f49f3 RG |
6525 | *punsignedp = (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) |
6526 | || TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
ed1223ba | 6527 | |
0890b981 AP |
6528 | /* For vector types, with the correct size of access, use the mode of |
6529 | inner type. */ | |
6530 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == VECTOR_TYPE | |
6531 | && TREE_TYPE (exp) == TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
6532 | && tree_int_cst_equal (size_tree, TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))) | |
6533 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6534 | } |
6535 | else | |
6536 | { | |
6537 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
8df83eae | 6538 | *punsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); |
770ae6cc | 6539 | |
ab87f8c8 JL |
6540 | if (mode == BLKmode) |
6541 | size_tree = TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
770ae6cc RK |
6542 | else |
6543 | *pbitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode); | |
bbf6f052 | 6544 | } |
3a94c984 | 6545 | |
770ae6cc | 6546 | if (size_tree != 0) |
bbf6f052 | 6547 | { |
770ae6cc | 6548 | if (! host_integerp (size_tree, 1)) |
e7c33f54 RK |
6549 | mode = BLKmode, *pbitsize = -1; |
6550 | else | |
770ae6cc | 6551 | *pbitsize = tree_low_cst (size_tree, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6552 | } |
6553 | ||
6554 | /* Compute cumulative bit-offset for nested component-refs and array-refs, | |
6555 | and find the ultimate containing object. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6556 | while (1) |
6557 | { | |
afe84921 | 6558 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) |
bbf6f052 | 6559 | { |
afe84921 | 6560 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: |
7fa5296e RG |
6561 | bit_offset |
6562 | = double_int_add (bit_offset, | |
6563 | tree_to_double_int (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))); | |
afe84921 | 6564 | break; |
bbf6f052 | 6565 | |
afe84921 RH |
6566 | case COMPONENT_REF: |
6567 | { | |
6568 | tree field = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
6569 | tree this_offset = component_ref_field_offset (exp); | |
e7f3c83f | 6570 | |
afe84921 RH |
6571 | /* If this field hasn't been filled in yet, don't go past it. |
6572 | This should only happen when folding expressions made during | |
6573 | type construction. */ | |
6574 | if (this_offset == 0) | |
6575 | break; | |
e6d8c385 | 6576 | |
afe84921 | 6577 | offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, this_offset); |
7fa5296e RG |
6578 | bit_offset = double_int_add (bit_offset, |
6579 | tree_to_double_int | |
6580 | (DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (field))); | |
7156dead | 6581 | |
afe84921 RH |
6582 | /* ??? Right now we don't do anything with DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN. */ |
6583 | } | |
6584 | break; | |
7156dead | 6585 | |
afe84921 RH |
6586 | case ARRAY_REF: |
6587 | case ARRAY_RANGE_REF: | |
6588 | { | |
6589 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
6590 | tree low_bound = array_ref_low_bound (exp); | |
6591 | tree unit_size = array_ref_element_size (exp); | |
6592 | ||
6593 | /* We assume all arrays have sizes that are a multiple of a byte. | |
6594 | First subtract the lower bound, if any, in the type of the | |
6595 | index, then convert to sizetype and multiply by the size of | |
6596 | the array element. */ | |
6597 | if (! integer_zerop (low_bound)) | |
4845b383 KH |
6598 | index = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (index), |
6599 | index, low_bound); | |
afe84921 RH |
6600 | |
6601 | offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, | |
6602 | size_binop (MULT_EXPR, | |
3967bc2d | 6603 | fold_convert (sizetype, index), |
afe84921 RH |
6604 | unit_size)); |
6605 | } | |
6606 | break; | |
6607 | ||
6608 | case REALPART_EXPR: | |
afe84921 RH |
6609 | break; |
6610 | ||
6611 | case IMAGPART_EXPR: | |
7fa5296e RG |
6612 | bit_offset = double_int_add (bit_offset, |
6613 | uhwi_to_double_int (*pbitsize)); | |
afe84921 RH |
6614 | break; |
6615 | ||
afe84921 | 6616 | case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: |
2614034e EB |
6617 | if (keep_aligning && STRICT_ALIGNMENT |
6618 | && (TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
afe84921 | 6619 | > TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) |
afe84921 RH |
6620 | && (TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) |
6621 | < BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) | |
6622 | && (TYPE_ALIGN_OK (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
6623 | || TYPE_ALIGN_OK (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
6624 | goto done; | |
6625 | break; | |
6626 | ||
70f34814 RG |
6627 | case MEM_REF: |
6628 | /* Hand back the decl for MEM[&decl, off]. */ | |
6629 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR) | |
6630 | { | |
6631 | tree off = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
6632 | if (!integer_zerop (off)) | |
6633 | { | |
6634 | double_int boff, coff = mem_ref_offset (exp); | |
6635 | boff = double_int_lshift (coff, | |
6636 | BITS_PER_UNIT == 8 | |
6637 | ? 3 : exact_log2 (BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
6638 | HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT, true); | |
6639 | bit_offset = double_int_add (bit_offset, boff); | |
6640 | } | |
6641 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); | |
6642 | } | |
6643 | goto done; | |
6644 | ||
afe84921 RH |
6645 | default: |
6646 | goto done; | |
6647 | } | |
7bb0943f RS |
6648 | |
6649 | /* If any reference in the chain is volatile, the effect is volatile. */ | |
6650 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp)) | |
6651 | *pvolatilep = 1; | |
839c4796 | 6652 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6653 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
6654 | } | |
afe84921 | 6655 | done: |
bbf6f052 | 6656 | |
770ae6cc | 6657 | /* If OFFSET is constant, see if we can return the whole thing as a |
9c219b9b RG |
6658 | constant bit position. Make sure to handle overflow during |
6659 | this conversion. */ | |
97919ae7 RG |
6660 | if (TREE_CODE (offset) == INTEGER_CST) |
6661 | { | |
6662 | double_int tem = tree_to_double_int (offset); | |
6663 | tem = double_int_sext (tem, TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype)); | |
fdb4f315 | 6664 | tem = double_int_lshift (tem, |
97919ae7 RG |
6665 | BITS_PER_UNIT == 8 |
6666 | ? 3 : exact_log2 (BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
6667 | HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT, true); | |
7fa5296e | 6668 | tem = double_int_add (tem, bit_offset); |
9c219b9b RG |
6669 | if (double_int_fits_in_shwi_p (tem)) |
6670 | { | |
6671 | *pbitpos = double_int_to_shwi (tem); | |
bd323ce5 | 6672 | *poffset = offset = NULL_TREE; |
9c219b9b RG |
6673 | } |
6674 | } | |
6675 | ||
6676 | /* Otherwise, split it up. */ | |
bd323ce5 EB |
6677 | if (offset) |
6678 | { | |
f22cfd73 EB |
6679 | /* Avoid returning a negative bitpos as this may wreak havoc later. */ |
6680 | if (double_int_negative_p (bit_offset)) | |
6681 | { | |
6682 | double_int mask | |
6683 | = double_int_mask (BITS_PER_UNIT == 8 | |
6684 | ? 3 : exact_log2 (BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
6685 | double_int tem = double_int_and_not (bit_offset, mask); | |
6686 | /* TEM is the bitpos rounded to BITS_PER_UNIT towards -Inf. | |
6687 | Subtract it to BIT_OFFSET and add it (scaled) to OFFSET. */ | |
6688 | bit_offset = double_int_sub (bit_offset, tem); | |
6689 | tem = double_int_rshift (tem, | |
6690 | BITS_PER_UNIT == 8 | |
6691 | ? 3 : exact_log2 (BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
6692 | HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT, true); | |
6693 | offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, | |
6694 | double_int_to_tree (sizetype, tem)); | |
6695 | } | |
6696 | ||
7fa5296e | 6697 | *pbitpos = double_int_to_shwi (bit_offset); |
bd323ce5 EB |
6698 | *poffset = offset; |
6699 | } | |
6700 | ||
6701 | /* We can use BLKmode for a byte-aligned BLKmode bitfield. */ | |
6702 | if (mode == VOIDmode | |
6703 | && blkmode_bitfield | |
6704 | && (*pbitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0 | |
6705 | && (*pbitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0) | |
6706 | *pmode = BLKmode; | |
6707 | else | |
6708 | *pmode = mode; | |
b50d17a1 | 6709 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6710 | return exp; |
6711 | } | |
921b3427 | 6712 | |
9f7ccf69 EB |
6713 | /* Given an expression EXP that may be a COMPONENT_REF, an ARRAY_REF or an |
6714 | ARRAY_RANGE_REF, look for whether EXP or any nested component-refs within | |
6715 | EXP is marked as PACKED. */ | |
5b900a4c DN |
6716 | |
6717 | bool | |
fa233e34 | 6718 | contains_packed_reference (const_tree exp) |
5b900a4c DN |
6719 | { |
6720 | bool packed_p = false; | |
6721 | ||
6722 | while (1) | |
6723 | { | |
6724 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
6725 | { | |
6726 | case COMPONENT_REF: | |
6727 | { | |
6728 | tree field = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
b8698a0f | 6729 | packed_p = DECL_PACKED (field) |
5b900a4c DN |
6730 | || TYPE_PACKED (TREE_TYPE (field)) |
6731 | || TYPE_PACKED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
6732 | if (packed_p) | |
6733 | goto done; | |
6734 | } | |
6735 | break; | |
6736 | ||
6737 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: | |
6738 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
6739 | case ARRAY_RANGE_REF: | |
6740 | case REALPART_EXPR: | |
6741 | case IMAGPART_EXPR: | |
6742 | case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: | |
6743 | break; | |
6744 | ||
6745 | default: | |
6746 | goto done; | |
6747 | } | |
6748 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
6749 | } | |
6750 | done: | |
6751 | return packed_p; | |
6752 | } | |
6753 | ||
44de5aeb | 6754 | /* Return a tree of sizetype representing the size, in bytes, of the element |
9f7ccf69 | 6755 | of EXP, an ARRAY_REF or an ARRAY_RANGE_REF. */ |
44de5aeb RK |
6756 | |
6757 | tree | |
6758 | array_ref_element_size (tree exp) | |
6759 | { | |
6760 | tree aligned_size = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 3); | |
6761 | tree elmt_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
db3927fb | 6762 | location_t loc = EXPR_LOCATION (exp); |
44de5aeb RK |
6763 | |
6764 | /* If a size was specified in the ARRAY_REF, it's the size measured | |
6765 | in alignment units of the element type. So multiply by that value. */ | |
6766 | if (aligned_size) | |
bc482be4 RH |
6767 | { |
6768 | /* ??? tree_ssa_useless_type_conversion will eliminate casts to | |
6769 | sizetype from another type of the same width and signedness. */ | |
6770 | if (TREE_TYPE (aligned_size) != sizetype) | |
db3927fb AH |
6771 | aligned_size = fold_convert_loc (loc, sizetype, aligned_size); |
6772 | return size_binop_loc (loc, MULT_EXPR, aligned_size, | |
6773 | size_int (TYPE_ALIGN_UNIT (elmt_type))); | |
bc482be4 | 6774 | } |
44de5aeb | 6775 | |
caf93cb0 | 6776 | /* Otherwise, take the size from that of the element type. Substitute |
44de5aeb RK |
6777 | any PLACEHOLDER_EXPR that we have. */ |
6778 | else | |
6779 | return SUBSTITUTE_PLACEHOLDER_IN_EXPR (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (elmt_type), exp); | |
6780 | } | |
6781 | ||
6782 | /* Return a tree representing the lower bound of the array mentioned in | |
9f7ccf69 | 6783 | EXP, an ARRAY_REF or an ARRAY_RANGE_REF. */ |
44de5aeb RK |
6784 | |
6785 | tree | |
6786 | array_ref_low_bound (tree exp) | |
6787 | { | |
6788 | tree domain_type = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
6789 | ||
6790 | /* If a lower bound is specified in EXP, use it. */ | |
6791 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) | |
6792 | return TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
6793 | ||
6794 | /* Otherwise, if there is a domain type and it has a lower bound, use it, | |
6795 | substituting for a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR as needed. */ | |
6796 | if (domain_type && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain_type)) | |
6797 | return SUBSTITUTE_PLACEHOLDER_IN_EXPR (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain_type), exp); | |
6798 | ||
6799 | /* Otherwise, return a zero of the appropriate type. */ | |
5212068f | 6800 | return build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)), 0); |
44de5aeb RK |
6801 | } |
6802 | ||
d8279b12 RG |
6803 | /* Returns true if REF is an array reference to an array at the end of |
6804 | a structure. If this is the case, the array may be allocated larger | |
6805 | than its upper bound implies. */ | |
6806 | ||
6807 | bool | |
6808 | array_at_struct_end_p (tree ref) | |
6809 | { | |
6810 | if (TREE_CODE (ref) != ARRAY_REF | |
6811 | && TREE_CODE (ref) != ARRAY_RANGE_REF) | |
6812 | return false; | |
6813 | ||
6814 | while (handled_component_p (ref)) | |
6815 | { | |
6816 | /* If the reference chain contains a component reference to a | |
6817 | non-union type and there follows another field the reference | |
6818 | is not at the end of a structure. */ | |
6819 | if (TREE_CODE (ref) == COMPONENT_REF | |
6820 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (ref, 0))) == RECORD_TYPE) | |
6821 | { | |
6822 | tree nextf = DECL_CHAIN (TREE_OPERAND (ref, 1)); | |
6823 | while (nextf && TREE_CODE (nextf) != FIELD_DECL) | |
6824 | nextf = DECL_CHAIN (nextf); | |
6825 | if (nextf) | |
6826 | return false; | |
6827 | } | |
6828 | ||
6829 | ref = TREE_OPERAND (ref, 0); | |
6830 | } | |
6831 | ||
6832 | /* If the reference is based on a declared entity, the size of the array | |
6833 | is constrained by its given domain. */ | |
6834 | if (DECL_P (ref)) | |
6835 | return false; | |
6836 | ||
6837 | return true; | |
6838 | } | |
6839 | ||
a7e5372d | 6840 | /* Return a tree representing the upper bound of the array mentioned in |
9f7ccf69 | 6841 | EXP, an ARRAY_REF or an ARRAY_RANGE_REF. */ |
a7e5372d ZD |
6842 | |
6843 | tree | |
6844 | array_ref_up_bound (tree exp) | |
6845 | { | |
6846 | tree domain_type = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
6847 | ||
6848 | /* If there is a domain type and it has an upper bound, use it, substituting | |
6849 | for a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR as needed. */ | |
6850 | if (domain_type && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain_type)) | |
6851 | return SUBSTITUTE_PLACEHOLDER_IN_EXPR (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain_type), exp); | |
6852 | ||
6853 | /* Otherwise fail. */ | |
6854 | return NULL_TREE; | |
6855 | } | |
6856 | ||
44de5aeb RK |
6857 | /* Return a tree representing the offset, in bytes, of the field referenced |
6858 | by EXP. This does not include any offset in DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET. */ | |
6859 | ||
6860 | tree | |
6861 | component_ref_field_offset (tree exp) | |
6862 | { | |
6863 | tree aligned_offset = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
6864 | tree field = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
db3927fb | 6865 | location_t loc = EXPR_LOCATION (exp); |
44de5aeb RK |
6866 | |
6867 | /* If an offset was specified in the COMPONENT_REF, it's the offset measured | |
6868 | in units of DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN / BITS_PER_UNIT. So multiply by that | |
6869 | value. */ | |
6870 | if (aligned_offset) | |
bc482be4 RH |
6871 | { |
6872 | /* ??? tree_ssa_useless_type_conversion will eliminate casts to | |
6873 | sizetype from another type of the same width and signedness. */ | |
6874 | if (TREE_TYPE (aligned_offset) != sizetype) | |
db3927fb AH |
6875 | aligned_offset = fold_convert_loc (loc, sizetype, aligned_offset); |
6876 | return size_binop_loc (loc, MULT_EXPR, aligned_offset, | |
6877 | size_int (DECL_OFFSET_ALIGN (field) | |
6878 | / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
bc482be4 | 6879 | } |
44de5aeb | 6880 | |
caf93cb0 | 6881 | /* Otherwise, take the offset from that of the field. Substitute |
44de5aeb RK |
6882 | any PLACEHOLDER_EXPR that we have. */ |
6883 | else | |
6884 | return SUBSTITUTE_PLACEHOLDER_IN_EXPR (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (field), exp); | |
6885 | } | |
ceadb728 OH |
6886 | |
6887 | /* Alignment in bits the TARGET of an assignment may be assumed to have. */ | |
6888 | ||
6889 | static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT | |
6890 | target_align (const_tree target) | |
6891 | { | |
6892 | /* We might have a chain of nested references with intermediate misaligning | |
6893 | bitfields components, so need to recurse to find out. */ | |
6894 | ||
6895 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT this_align, outer_align; | |
6896 | ||
6897 | switch (TREE_CODE (target)) | |
6898 | { | |
6899 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: | |
6900 | return 1; | |
6901 | ||
6902 | case COMPONENT_REF: | |
6903 | this_align = DECL_ALIGN (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)); | |
6904 | outer_align = target_align (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)); | |
6905 | return MIN (this_align, outer_align); | |
6906 | ||
6907 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
6908 | case ARRAY_RANGE_REF: | |
6909 | this_align = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (target)); | |
6910 | outer_align = target_align (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)); | |
6911 | return MIN (this_align, outer_align); | |
6912 | ||
6913 | CASE_CONVERT: | |
6914 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
6915 | case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: | |
6916 | this_align = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (target)); | |
6917 | outer_align = target_align (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)); | |
6918 | return MAX (this_align, outer_align); | |
6919 | ||
6920 | default: | |
6921 | return TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (target)); | |
6922 | } | |
6923 | } | |
6924 | ||
bbf6f052 | 6925 | \f |
3fe44edd RK |
6926 | /* Given an rtx VALUE that may contain additions and multiplications, return |
6927 | an equivalent value that just refers to a register, memory, or constant. | |
6928 | This is done by generating instructions to perform the arithmetic and | |
6929 | returning a pseudo-register containing the value. | |
c45a13a6 RK |
6930 | |
6931 | The returned value may be a REG, SUBREG, MEM or constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6932 | |
6933 | rtx | |
502b8322 | 6934 | force_operand (rtx value, rtx target) |
bbf6f052 | 6935 | { |
8a28dbcc | 6936 | rtx op1, op2; |
bbf6f052 | 6937 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ |
b3694847 | 6938 | rtx subtarget = get_subtarget (target); |
8a28dbcc | 6939 | enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (value); |
bbf6f052 | 6940 | |
50654f6c ZD |
6941 | /* Check for subreg applied to an expression produced by loop optimizer. */ |
6942 | if (code == SUBREG | |
f8cfc6aa | 6943 | && !REG_P (SUBREG_REG (value)) |
3c0cb5de | 6944 | && !MEM_P (SUBREG_REG (value))) |
50654f6c | 6945 | { |
b7e6d1da UB |
6946 | value |
6947 | = simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (value), | |
6948 | force_reg (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (value)), | |
6949 | force_operand (SUBREG_REG (value), | |
6950 | NULL_RTX)), | |
6951 | GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (value)), | |
6952 | SUBREG_BYTE (value)); | |
50654f6c ZD |
6953 | code = GET_CODE (value); |
6954 | } | |
6955 | ||
8b015896 | 6956 | /* Check for a PIC address load. */ |
8a28dbcc | 6957 | if ((code == PLUS || code == MINUS) |
8b015896 RH |
6958 | && XEXP (value, 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx |
6959 | && (GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == SYMBOL_REF | |
6960 | || GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == LABEL_REF | |
6961 | || GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == CONST)) | |
6962 | { | |
6963 | if (!subtarget) | |
6964 | subtarget = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (value)); | |
6965 | emit_move_insn (subtarget, value); | |
6966 | return subtarget; | |
6967 | } | |
6968 | ||
ec8e098d | 6969 | if (ARITHMETIC_P (value)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6970 | { |
6971 | op2 = XEXP (value, 1); | |
f8cfc6aa | 6972 | if (!CONSTANT_P (op2) && !(REG_P (op2) && op2 != subtarget)) |
bbf6f052 | 6973 | subtarget = 0; |
481683e1 | 6974 | if (code == MINUS && CONST_INT_P (op2)) |
bbf6f052 | 6975 | { |
8a28dbcc | 6976 | code = PLUS; |
bbf6f052 RK |
6977 | op2 = negate_rtx (GET_MODE (value), op2); |
6978 | } | |
6979 | ||
6980 | /* Check for an addition with OP2 a constant integer and our first | |
8a28dbcc JH |
6981 | operand a PLUS of a virtual register and something else. In that |
6982 | case, we want to emit the sum of the virtual register and the | |
6983 | constant first and then add the other value. This allows virtual | |
6984 | register instantiation to simply modify the constant rather than | |
6985 | creating another one around this addition. */ | |
481683e1 | 6986 | if (code == PLUS && CONST_INT_P (op2) |
bbf6f052 | 6987 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 0)) == PLUS |
f8cfc6aa | 6988 | && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6989 | && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER |
6990 | && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) <= LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER) | |
6991 | { | |
8a28dbcc JH |
6992 | rtx temp = expand_simple_binop (GET_MODE (value), code, |
6993 | XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0), op2, | |
6994 | subtarget, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
6995 | return expand_simple_binop (GET_MODE (value), code, temp, | |
6996 | force_operand (XEXP (XEXP (value, | |
6997 | 0), 1), 0), | |
6998 | target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 | 6999 | } |
3a94c984 | 7000 | |
8a28dbcc JH |
7001 | op1 = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget); |
7002 | op2 = force_operand (op2, NULL_RTX); | |
7003 | switch (code) | |
7004 | { | |
7005 | case MULT: | |
7006 | return expand_mult (GET_MODE (value), op1, op2, target, 1); | |
7007 | case DIV: | |
7008 | if (!INTEGRAL_MODE_P (GET_MODE (value))) | |
7009 | return expand_simple_binop (GET_MODE (value), code, op1, op2, | |
7010 | target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
7011 | else | |
7012 | return expand_divmod (0, | |
7013 | FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (value)) | |
7014 | ? RDIV_EXPR : TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, | |
7015 | GET_MODE (value), op1, op2, target, 0); | |
8a28dbcc JH |
7016 | case MOD: |
7017 | return expand_divmod (1, TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, GET_MODE (value), op1, op2, | |
7018 | target, 0); | |
8a28dbcc JH |
7019 | case UDIV: |
7020 | return expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, GET_MODE (value), op1, op2, | |
7021 | target, 1); | |
8a28dbcc JH |
7022 | case UMOD: |
7023 | return expand_divmod (1, TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, GET_MODE (value), op1, op2, | |
7024 | target, 1); | |
8a28dbcc JH |
7025 | case ASHIFTRT: |
7026 | return expand_simple_binop (GET_MODE (value), code, op1, op2, | |
7027 | target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
8a28dbcc JH |
7028 | default: |
7029 | return expand_simple_binop (GET_MODE (value), code, op1, op2, | |
7030 | target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
7031 | } | |
7032 | } | |
ec8e098d | 7033 | if (UNARY_P (value)) |
8a28dbcc | 7034 | { |
72a10eff RS |
7035 | if (!target) |
7036 | target = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (value)); | |
8a28dbcc | 7037 | op1 = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), NULL_RTX); |
1fd5360d R |
7038 | switch (code) |
7039 | { | |
72a10eff RS |
7040 | case ZERO_EXTEND: |
7041 | case SIGN_EXTEND: | |
1fd5360d | 7042 | case TRUNCATE: |
e69e3d0e ZD |
7043 | case FLOAT_EXTEND: |
7044 | case FLOAT_TRUNCATE: | |
72a10eff RS |
7045 | convert_move (target, op1, code == ZERO_EXTEND); |
7046 | return target; | |
7047 | ||
7048 | case FIX: | |
7049 | case UNSIGNED_FIX: | |
7050 | expand_fix (target, op1, code == UNSIGNED_FIX); | |
7051 | return target; | |
7052 | ||
7053 | case FLOAT: | |
7054 | case UNSIGNED_FLOAT: | |
7055 | expand_float (target, op1, code == UNSIGNED_FLOAT); | |
7056 | return target; | |
7057 | ||
1fd5360d R |
7058 | default: |
7059 | return expand_simple_unop (GET_MODE (value), code, op1, target, 0); | |
7060 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 7061 | } |
34e81b5a RK |
7062 | |
7063 | #ifdef INSN_SCHEDULING | |
7064 | /* On machines that have insn scheduling, we want all memory reference to be | |
7065 | explicit, so we need to deal with such paradoxical SUBREGs. */ | |
6a4bdc79 | 7066 | if (paradoxical_subreg_p (value) && MEM_P (SUBREG_REG (value))) |
34e81b5a RK |
7067 | value |
7068 | = simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (value), | |
7069 | force_reg (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (value)), | |
7070 | force_operand (SUBREG_REG (value), | |
7071 | NULL_RTX)), | |
7072 | GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (value)), | |
7073 | SUBREG_BYTE (value)); | |
7074 | #endif | |
7075 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7076 | return value; |
7077 | } | |
7078 | \f | |
bbf6f052 | 7079 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return nonzero iff there is no way that |
e5e809f4 JL |
7080 | EXP can reference X, which is being modified. TOP_P is nonzero if this |
7081 | call is going to be used to determine whether we need a temporary | |
ff439b5f CB |
7082 | for EXP, as opposed to a recursive call to this function. |
7083 | ||
7084 | It is always safe for this routine to return zero since it merely | |
7085 | searches for optimization opportunities. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 7086 | |
8f17b5c5 | 7087 | int |
22ea9ec0 | 7088 | safe_from_p (const_rtx x, tree exp, int top_p) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7089 | { |
7090 | rtx exp_rtl = 0; | |
7091 | int i, nops; | |
7092 | ||
6676e72f RK |
7093 | if (x == 0 |
7094 | /* If EXP has varying size, we MUST use a target since we currently | |
8f6562d0 PB |
7095 | have no way of allocating temporaries of variable size |
7096 | (except for arrays that have TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE set). | |
7097 | So we assume here that something at a higher level has prevented a | |
f4510f37 | 7098 | clash. This is somewhat bogus, but the best we can do. Only |
e5e809f4 | 7099 | do this when X is BLKmode and when we are at the top level. */ |
d0f062fb | 7100 | || (top_p && TREE_TYPE (exp) != 0 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) |
f4510f37 | 7101 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) != INTEGER_CST |
8f6562d0 PB |
7102 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != ARRAY_TYPE |
7103 | || TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == NULL_TREE | |
7104 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
7105 | != INTEGER_CST) | |
1da68f56 RK |
7106 | && GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode) |
7107 | /* If X is in the outgoing argument area, it is always safe. */ | |
3c0cb5de | 7108 | || (MEM_P (x) |
1da68f56 RK |
7109 | && (XEXP (x, 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx |
7110 | || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS | |
7111 | && XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx)))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7112 | return 1; |
7113 | ||
7114 | /* If this is a subreg of a hard register, declare it unsafe, otherwise, | |
7115 | find the underlying pseudo. */ | |
7116 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG) | |
7117 | { | |
7118 | x = SUBREG_REG (x); | |
f8cfc6aa | 7119 | if (REG_P (x) && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7120 | return 0; |
7121 | } | |
7122 | ||
1da68f56 | 7123 | /* Now look at our tree code and possibly recurse. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
7124 | switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp))) |
7125 | { | |
6615c446 | 7126 | case tcc_declaration: |
a9772b60 | 7127 | exp_rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7128 | break; |
7129 | ||
6615c446 | 7130 | case tcc_constant: |
bbf6f052 RK |
7131 | return 1; |
7132 | ||
6615c446 | 7133 | case tcc_exceptional: |
bbf6f052 | 7134 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TREE_LIST) |
f8d4be57 CE |
7135 | { |
7136 | while (1) | |
7137 | { | |
7138 | if (TREE_VALUE (exp) && !safe_from_p (x, TREE_VALUE (exp), 0)) | |
7139 | return 0; | |
7140 | exp = TREE_CHAIN (exp); | |
7141 | if (!exp) | |
7142 | return 1; | |
7143 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) != TREE_LIST) | |
7144 | return safe_from_p (x, exp, 0); | |
7145 | } | |
7146 | } | |
33598a1b BS |
7147 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
7148 | { | |
7149 | constructor_elt *ce; | |
7150 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx; | |
7151 | ||
ac47786e | 7152 | FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, ce) |
33598a1b BS |
7153 | if ((ce->index != NULL_TREE && !safe_from_p (x, ce->index, 0)) |
7154 | || !safe_from_p (x, ce->value, 0)) | |
7155 | return 0; | |
7156 | return 1; | |
7157 | } | |
ff439b5f CB |
7158 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK) |
7159 | return 1; /* An already-visited SAVE_EXPR? */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7160 | else |
7161 | return 0; | |
7162 | ||
6615c446 | 7163 | case tcc_statement: |
350fae66 RK |
7164 | /* The only case we look at here is the DECL_INITIAL inside a |
7165 | DECL_EXPR. */ | |
7166 | return (TREE_CODE (exp) != DECL_EXPR | |
7167 | || TREE_CODE (DECL_EXPR_DECL (exp)) != VAR_DECL | |
7168 | || !DECL_INITIAL (DECL_EXPR_DECL (exp)) | |
7169 | || safe_from_p (x, DECL_INITIAL (DECL_EXPR_DECL (exp)), 0)); | |
7170 | ||
6615c446 JO |
7171 | case tcc_binary: |
7172 | case tcc_comparison: | |
f8d4be57 CE |
7173 | if (!safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)) |
7174 | return 0; | |
5d3cc252 | 7175 | /* Fall through. */ |
f8d4be57 | 7176 | |
6615c446 | 7177 | case tcc_unary: |
f8d4be57 | 7178 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); |
bbf6f052 | 7179 | |
6615c446 JO |
7180 | case tcc_expression: |
7181 | case tcc_reference: | |
5039610b | 7182 | case tcc_vl_exp: |
bbf6f052 RK |
7183 | /* Now do code-specific tests. EXP_RTL is set to any rtx we find in |
7184 | the expression. If it is set, we conflict iff we are that rtx or | |
7185 | both are in memory. Otherwise, we check all operands of the | |
7186 | expression recursively. */ | |
7187 | ||
7188 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
7189 | { | |
7190 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
70072ed9 RK |
7191 | /* If the operand is static or we are static, we can't conflict. |
7192 | Likewise if we don't conflict with the operand at all. */ | |
7193 | if (staticp (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
7194 | || TREE_STATIC (exp) | |
7195 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) | |
7196 | return 1; | |
7197 | ||
7198 | /* Otherwise, the only way this can conflict is if we are taking | |
7199 | the address of a DECL a that address if part of X, which is | |
7200 | very rare. */ | |
7201 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7202 | if (DECL_P (exp)) | |
7203 | { | |
7204 | if (!DECL_RTL_SET_P (exp) | |
3c0cb5de | 7205 | || !MEM_P (DECL_RTL (exp))) |
70072ed9 RK |
7206 | return 0; |
7207 | else | |
7208 | exp_rtl = XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0); | |
7209 | } | |
7210 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 7211 | |
be1ac4ec | 7212 | case MEM_REF: |
3c0cb5de | 7213 | if (MEM_P (x) |
1da68f56 RK |
7214 | && alias_sets_conflict_p (MEM_ALIAS_SET (x), |
7215 | get_alias_set (exp))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7216 | return 0; |
7217 | break; | |
7218 | ||
7219 | case CALL_EXPR: | |
f9808f81 MM |
7220 | /* Assume that the call will clobber all hard registers and |
7221 | all of memory. */ | |
f8cfc6aa | 7222 | if ((REG_P (x) && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
3c0cb5de | 7223 | || MEM_P (x)) |
f9808f81 | 7224 | return 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
7225 | break; |
7226 | ||
bbf6f052 | 7227 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: |
5dab5552 | 7228 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: |
ac45df5d | 7229 | /* Lowered by gimplify.c. */ |
5b0264cb | 7230 | gcc_unreachable (); |
ac45df5d | 7231 | |
bbf6f052 | 7232 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
82c82743 | 7233 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); |
bbf6f052 | 7234 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
7235 | default: |
7236 | break; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7237 | } |
7238 | ||
7239 | /* If we have an rtx, we do not need to scan our operands. */ | |
7240 | if (exp_rtl) | |
7241 | break; | |
7242 | ||
5039610b | 7243 | nops = TREE_OPERAND_LENGTH (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7244 | for (i = 0; i < nops; i++) |
7245 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0 | |
e5e809f4 | 7246 | && ! safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, i), 0)) |
bbf6f052 | 7247 | return 0; |
8f17b5c5 | 7248 | |
6615c446 JO |
7249 | break; |
7250 | ||
7251 | case tcc_type: | |
7252 | /* Should never get a type here. */ | |
7253 | gcc_unreachable (); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7254 | } |
7255 | ||
7256 | /* If we have an rtl, find any enclosed object. Then see if we conflict | |
7257 | with it. */ | |
7258 | if (exp_rtl) | |
7259 | { | |
7260 | if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == SUBREG) | |
7261 | { | |
7262 | exp_rtl = SUBREG_REG (exp_rtl); | |
f8cfc6aa | 7263 | if (REG_P (exp_rtl) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7264 | && REGNO (exp_rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
7265 | return 0; | |
7266 | } | |
7267 | ||
7268 | /* If the rtl is X, then it is not safe. Otherwise, it is unless both | |
1da68f56 | 7269 | are memory and they conflict. */ |
bbf6f052 | 7270 | return ! (rtx_equal_p (x, exp_rtl) |
3c0cb5de | 7271 | || (MEM_P (x) && MEM_P (exp_rtl) |
53d9622b | 7272 | && true_dependence (exp_rtl, VOIDmode, x))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7273 | } |
7274 | ||
7275 | /* If we reach here, it is safe. */ | |
7276 | return 1; | |
7277 | } | |
7278 | ||
14a774a9 | 7279 | \f |
0d4903b8 RK |
7280 | /* Return the highest power of two that EXP is known to be a multiple of. |
7281 | This is used in updating alignment of MEMs in array references. */ | |
7282 | ||
86a07404 | 7283 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT |
fa233e34 | 7284 | highest_pow2_factor (const_tree exp) |
0d4903b8 | 7285 | { |
9ceca302 | 7286 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT c0, c1; |
0d4903b8 RK |
7287 | |
7288 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
7289 | { | |
7290 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
e0f1be5c JJ |
7291 | /* We can find the lowest bit that's a one. If the low |
7292 | HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT bits are zero, return BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT. | |
7293 | We need to handle this case since we can find it in a COND_EXPR, | |
a98ebe2e | 7294 | a MIN_EXPR, or a MAX_EXPR. If the constant overflows, we have an |
e0f1be5c | 7295 | erroneous program, so return BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT to avoid any |
3a531a8b | 7296 | later ICE. */ |
455f14dd | 7297 | if (TREE_OVERFLOW (exp)) |
1ed1b4fb | 7298 | return BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT; |
e0f1be5c | 7299 | else |
0d4903b8 | 7300 | { |
e0f1be5c JJ |
7301 | /* Note: tree_low_cst is intentionally not used here, |
7302 | we don't care about the upper bits. */ | |
7303 | c0 = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp); | |
7304 | c0 &= -c0; | |
7305 | return c0 ? c0 : BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT; | |
0d4903b8 RK |
7306 | } |
7307 | break; | |
7308 | ||
65a07688 | 7309 | case PLUS_EXPR: case MINUS_EXPR: case MIN_EXPR: case MAX_EXPR: |
0d4903b8 RK |
7310 | c0 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
7311 | c1 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
7312 | return MIN (c0, c1); | |
7313 | ||
7314 | case MULT_EXPR: | |
7315 | c0 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
7316 | c1 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
7317 | return c0 * c1; | |
7318 | ||
7319 | case ROUND_DIV_EXPR: case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: | |
7320 | case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: | |
65a07688 RK |
7321 | if (integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
7322 | && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) | |
7323 | { | |
7324 | c0 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
7325 | c1 = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1); | |
7326 | return MAX (1, c0 / c1); | |
7327 | } | |
7328 | break; | |
0d4903b8 | 7329 | |
a2acd8bf EB |
7330 | case BIT_AND_EXPR: |
7331 | /* The highest power of two of a bit-and expression is the maximum of | |
7332 | that of its operands. We typically get here for a complex LHS and | |
7333 | a constant negative power of two on the RHS to force an explicit | |
7334 | alignment, so don't bother looking at the LHS. */ | |
7335 | return highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
7336 | ||
1043771b | 7337 | CASE_CONVERT: |
6fce44af | 7338 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
0d4903b8 RK |
7339 | return highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
7340 | ||
65a07688 RK |
7341 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: |
7342 | return highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
7343 | ||
0d4903b8 RK |
7344 | case COND_EXPR: |
7345 | c0 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
7346 | c1 = highest_pow2_factor (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); | |
7347 | return MIN (c0, c1); | |
7348 | ||
7349 | default: | |
7350 | break; | |
7351 | } | |
7352 | ||
7353 | return 1; | |
7354 | } | |
818c0c94 | 7355 | |
d50a16c4 EB |
7356 | /* Similar, except that the alignment requirements of TARGET are |
7357 | taken into account. Assume it is at least as aligned as its | |
7358 | type, unless it is a COMPONENT_REF in which case the layout of | |
7359 | the structure gives the alignment. */ | |
818c0c94 | 7360 | |
9ceca302 | 7361 | static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT |
fa233e34 | 7362 | highest_pow2_factor_for_target (const_tree target, const_tree exp) |
818c0c94 | 7363 | { |
ceadb728 OH |
7364 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT talign = target_align (target) / BITS_PER_UNIT; |
7365 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT factor = highest_pow2_factor (exp); | |
b8698a0f | 7366 | |
ceadb728 | 7367 | return MAX (factor, talign); |
818c0c94 | 7368 | } |
0d4903b8 | 7369 | \f |
18c56439 | 7370 | #ifdef HAVE_conditional_move |
073a8998 | 7371 | /* Convert the tree comparison code TCODE to the rtl one where the |
683c600b AP |
7372 | signedness is UNSIGNEDP. */ |
7373 | ||
7374 | static enum rtx_code | |
7375 | convert_tree_comp_to_rtx (enum tree_code tcode, int unsignedp) | |
7376 | { | |
7377 | enum rtx_code code; | |
7378 | switch (tcode) | |
7379 | { | |
7380 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
7381 | code = EQ; | |
7382 | break; | |
7383 | case NE_EXPR: | |
7384 | code = NE; | |
7385 | break; | |
7386 | case LT_EXPR: | |
7387 | code = unsignedp ? LTU : LT; | |
7388 | break; | |
7389 | case LE_EXPR: | |
7390 | code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
7391 | break; | |
7392 | case GT_EXPR: | |
7393 | code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
7394 | break; | |
7395 | case GE_EXPR: | |
7396 | code = unsignedp ? GEU : GE; | |
7397 | break; | |
7398 | case UNORDERED_EXPR: | |
7399 | code = UNORDERED; | |
7400 | break; | |
7401 | case ORDERED_EXPR: | |
7402 | code = ORDERED; | |
7403 | break; | |
7404 | case UNLT_EXPR: | |
7405 | code = UNLT; | |
7406 | break; | |
7407 | case UNLE_EXPR: | |
7408 | code = UNLE; | |
7409 | break; | |
7410 | case UNGT_EXPR: | |
7411 | code = UNGT; | |
7412 | break; | |
7413 | case UNGE_EXPR: | |
7414 | code = UNGE; | |
7415 | break; | |
7416 | case UNEQ_EXPR: | |
7417 | code = UNEQ; | |
7418 | break; | |
7419 | case LTGT_EXPR: | |
7420 | code = LTGT; | |
7421 | break; | |
7422 | ||
7423 | default: | |
7424 | gcc_unreachable (); | |
7425 | } | |
7426 | return code; | |
7427 | } | |
18c56439 | 7428 | #endif |
683c600b | 7429 | |
eb698c58 RS |
7430 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr. Expand the two operands of a binary |
7431 | expression EXP0 and EXP1 placing the results in OP0 and OP1. | |
7432 | The value may be stored in TARGET if TARGET is nonzero. The | |
7433 | MODIFIER argument is as documented by expand_expr. */ | |
7434 | ||
7435 | static void | |
7436 | expand_operands (tree exp0, tree exp1, rtx target, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, | |
7437 | enum expand_modifier modifier) | |
7438 | { | |
7439 | if (! safe_from_p (target, exp1, 1)) | |
7440 | target = 0; | |
7441 | if (operand_equal_p (exp0, exp1, 0)) | |
7442 | { | |
7443 | *op0 = expand_expr (exp0, target, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
7444 | *op1 = copy_rtx (*op0); | |
7445 | } | |
7446 | else | |
7447 | { | |
c67e6e14 RS |
7448 | /* If we need to preserve evaluation order, copy exp0 into its own |
7449 | temporary variable so that it can't be clobbered by exp1. */ | |
7450 | if (flag_evaluation_order && TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (exp1)) | |
7451 | exp0 = save_expr (exp0); | |
eb698c58 RS |
7452 | *op0 = expand_expr (exp0, target, VOIDmode, modifier); |
7453 | *op1 = expand_expr (exp1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
7454 | } | |
7455 | } | |
7456 | ||
f47e9b4e | 7457 | \f |
c0220ea4 | 7458 | /* Return a MEM that contains constant EXP. DEFER is as for |
aacd3885 RS |
7459 | output_constant_def and MODIFIER is as for expand_expr. */ |
7460 | ||
7461 | static rtx | |
7462 | expand_expr_constant (tree exp, int defer, enum expand_modifier modifier) | |
7463 | { | |
7464 | rtx mem; | |
7465 | ||
7466 | mem = output_constant_def (exp, defer); | |
7467 | if (modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
7468 | mem = use_anchored_address (mem); | |
7469 | return mem; | |
7470 | } | |
7471 | ||
70bb498a | 7472 | /* A subroutine of expand_expr_addr_expr. Evaluate the address of EXP. |
6377bb9a RH |
7473 | The TARGET, TMODE and MODIFIER arguments are as for expand_expr. */ |
7474 | ||
7475 | static rtx | |
70bb498a | 7476 | expand_expr_addr_expr_1 (tree exp, rtx target, enum machine_mode tmode, |
d4ebfa65 | 7477 | enum expand_modifier modifier, addr_space_t as) |
6377bb9a RH |
7478 | { |
7479 | rtx result, subtarget; | |
7480 | tree inner, offset; | |
7481 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos; | |
7482 | int volatilep, unsignedp; | |
7483 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
7484 | ||
7485 | /* If we are taking the address of a constant and are at the top level, | |
7486 | we have to use output_constant_def since we can't call force_const_mem | |
7487 | at top level. */ | |
7488 | /* ??? This should be considered a front-end bug. We should not be | |
7489 | generating ADDR_EXPR of something that isn't an LVALUE. The only | |
7490 | exception here is STRING_CST. */ | |
16089886 | 7491 | if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (exp)) |
b1b95093 JJ |
7492 | { |
7493 | result = XEXP (expand_expr_constant (exp, 0, modifier), 0); | |
7494 | if (modifier < EXPAND_SUM) | |
7495 | result = force_operand (result, target); | |
7496 | return result; | |
7497 | } | |
6377bb9a RH |
7498 | |
7499 | /* Everything must be something allowed by is_gimple_addressable. */ | |
7500 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
7501 | { | |
7502 | case INDIRECT_REF: | |
7503 | /* This case will happen via recursion for &a->b. */ | |
aacd3885 | 7504 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, modifier); |
6377bb9a | 7505 | |
70f34814 RG |
7506 | case MEM_REF: |
7507 | { | |
7508 | tree tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7509 | if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
0d82a1c8 | 7510 | tem = fold_build_pointer_plus (tem, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); |
70f34814 RG |
7511 | return expand_expr (tem, target, tmode, modifier); |
7512 | } | |
7513 | ||
6377bb9a | 7514 | case CONST_DECL: |
ffab1d07 | 7515 | /* Expand the initializer like constants above. */ |
b1b95093 JJ |
7516 | result = XEXP (expand_expr_constant (DECL_INITIAL (exp), |
7517 | 0, modifier), 0); | |
7518 | if (modifier < EXPAND_SUM) | |
7519 | result = force_operand (result, target); | |
7520 | return result; | |
6377bb9a RH |
7521 | |
7522 | case REALPART_EXPR: | |
7523 | /* The real part of the complex number is always first, therefore | |
7524 | the address is the same as the address of the parent object. */ | |
7525 | offset = 0; | |
7526 | bitpos = 0; | |
7527 | inner = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7528 | break; | |
7529 | ||
7530 | case IMAGPART_EXPR: | |
7531 | /* The imaginary part of the complex number is always second. | |
2a7e31df | 7532 | The expression is therefore always offset by the size of the |
6377bb9a RH |
7533 | scalar type. */ |
7534 | offset = 0; | |
7535 | bitpos = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
7536 | inner = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7537 | break; | |
7538 | ||
7539 | default: | |
7540 | /* If the object is a DECL, then expand it for its rtl. Don't bypass | |
7541 | expand_expr, as that can have various side effects; LABEL_DECLs for | |
16089886 RS |
7542 | example, may not have their DECL_RTL set yet. Expand the rtl of |
7543 | CONSTRUCTORs too, which should yield a memory reference for the | |
7544 | constructor's contents. Assume language specific tree nodes can | |
7545 | be expanded in some interesting way. */ | |
2ec5deb5 | 7546 | gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) < LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE); |
6377bb9a | 7547 | if (DECL_P (exp) |
16089886 | 7548 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR |
2ec5deb5 | 7549 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR) |
6377bb9a RH |
7550 | { |
7551 | result = expand_expr (exp, target, tmode, | |
7552 | modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
7553 | ? EXPAND_INITIALIZER : EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); | |
7554 | ||
7555 | /* If the DECL isn't in memory, then the DECL wasn't properly | |
7556 | marked TREE_ADDRESSABLE, which will be either a front-end | |
7557 | or a tree optimizer bug. */ | |
69135c94 DD |
7558 | |
7559 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp) | |
7560 | && ! MEM_P (result) | |
7561 | && ! targetm.calls.allocate_stack_slots_for_args()) | |
7562 | { | |
7563 | error ("local frame unavailable (naked function?)"); | |
7564 | return result; | |
7565 | } | |
7566 | else | |
7567 | gcc_assert (MEM_P (result)); | |
6377bb9a RH |
7568 | result = XEXP (result, 0); |
7569 | ||
7570 | /* ??? Is this needed anymore? */ | |
bbee5843 SB |
7571 | if (DECL_P (exp)) |
7572 | TREE_USED (exp) = 1; | |
6377bb9a RH |
7573 | |
7574 | if (modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
825298c4 JJ |
7575 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
7576 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM) | |
6377bb9a RH |
7577 | result = force_operand (result, target); |
7578 | return result; | |
7579 | } | |
7580 | ||
2614034e EB |
7581 | /* Pass FALSE as the last argument to get_inner_reference although |
7582 | we are expanding to RTL. The rationale is that we know how to | |
7583 | handle "aligning nodes" here: we can just bypass them because | |
7584 | they won't change the final object whose address will be returned | |
7585 | (they actually exist only for that purpose). */ | |
6377bb9a | 7586 | inner = get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, |
2614034e | 7587 | &mode1, &unsignedp, &volatilep, false); |
6377bb9a RH |
7588 | break; |
7589 | } | |
7590 | ||
7591 | /* We must have made progress. */ | |
5b0264cb | 7592 | gcc_assert (inner != exp); |
6377bb9a RH |
7593 | |
7594 | subtarget = offset || bitpos ? NULL_RTX : target; | |
8ebec1a5 JJ |
7595 | /* For VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR, where the outer alignment is bigger than |
7596 | inner alignment, force the inner to be sufficiently aligned. */ | |
7597 | if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (inner) | |
7598 | && TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (inner)) < TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
7599 | { | |
7600 | inner = copy_node (inner); | |
7601 | TREE_TYPE (inner) = copy_node (TREE_TYPE (inner)); | |
7602 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (inner)) = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
7603 | TYPE_USER_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (inner)) = 1; | |
7604 | } | |
d4ebfa65 | 7605 | result = expand_expr_addr_expr_1 (inner, subtarget, tmode, modifier, as); |
6377bb9a | 7606 | |
6377bb9a RH |
7607 | if (offset) |
7608 | { | |
7609 | rtx tmp; | |
7610 | ||
7611 | if (modifier != EXPAND_NORMAL) | |
7612 | result = force_operand (result, NULL); | |
b8698a0f | 7613 | tmp = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, tmode, |
4543943a AP |
7614 | modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
7615 | ? EXPAND_INITIALIZER : EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
6377bb9a | 7616 | |
d4ebfa65 BE |
7617 | result = convert_memory_address_addr_space (tmode, result, as); |
7618 | tmp = convert_memory_address_addr_space (tmode, tmp, as); | |
b0b324b0 | 7619 | |
d047a201 | 7620 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
419e1853 | 7621 | result = simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, tmode, result, tmp); |
6377bb9a RH |
7622 | else |
7623 | { | |
7624 | subtarget = bitpos ? NULL_RTX : target; | |
7625 | result = expand_simple_binop (tmode, PLUS, result, tmp, subtarget, | |
7626 | 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
7627 | } | |
7628 | } | |
7629 | ||
7630 | if (bitpos) | |
7631 | { | |
7632 | /* Someone beforehand should have rejected taking the address | |
7633 | of such an object. */ | |
b0b324b0 | 7634 | gcc_assert ((bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0); |
6377bb9a | 7635 | |
b7104c55 | 7636 | result = convert_memory_address_addr_space (tmode, result, as); |
0a81f074 | 7637 | result = plus_constant (tmode, result, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
6377bb9a RH |
7638 | if (modifier < EXPAND_SUM) |
7639 | result = force_operand (result, target); | |
7640 | } | |
7641 | ||
7642 | return result; | |
7643 | } | |
7644 | ||
70bb498a RH |
7645 | /* A subroutine of expand_expr. Evaluate EXP, which is an ADDR_EXPR. |
7646 | The TARGET, TMODE and MODIFIER arguments are as for expand_expr. */ | |
7647 | ||
7648 | static rtx | |
7649 | expand_expr_addr_expr (tree exp, rtx target, enum machine_mode tmode, | |
7650 | enum expand_modifier modifier) | |
7651 | { | |
d4ebfa65 BE |
7652 | addr_space_t as = ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC; |
7653 | enum machine_mode address_mode = Pmode; | |
7654 | enum machine_mode pointer_mode = ptr_mode; | |
70bb498a RH |
7655 | enum machine_mode rmode; |
7656 | rtx result; | |
7657 | ||
b0b324b0 RH |
7658 | /* Target mode of VOIDmode says "whatever's natural". */ |
7659 | if (tmode == VOIDmode) | |
7660 | tmode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
7661 | ||
d4ebfa65 BE |
7662 | if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
7663 | { | |
7664 | as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
7665 | address_mode = targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as); | |
7666 | pointer_mode = targetm.addr_space.pointer_mode (as); | |
7667 | } | |
7668 | ||
b0b324b0 RH |
7669 | /* We can get called with some Weird Things if the user does silliness |
7670 | like "(short) &a". In that case, convert_memory_address won't do | |
7671 | the right thing, so ignore the given target mode. */ | |
d4ebfa65 BE |
7672 | if (tmode != address_mode && tmode != pointer_mode) |
7673 | tmode = address_mode; | |
b0b324b0 | 7674 | |
70bb498a | 7675 | result = expand_expr_addr_expr_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, |
d4ebfa65 | 7676 | tmode, modifier, as); |
70bb498a RH |
7677 | |
7678 | /* Despite expand_expr claims concerning ignoring TMODE when not | |
b0b324b0 RH |
7679 | strictly convenient, stuff breaks if we don't honor it. Note |
7680 | that combined with the above, we only do this for pointer modes. */ | |
70bb498a RH |
7681 | rmode = GET_MODE (result); |
7682 | if (rmode == VOIDmode) | |
7683 | rmode = tmode; | |
7684 | if (rmode != tmode) | |
d4ebfa65 | 7685 | result = convert_memory_address_addr_space (tmode, result, as); |
b0b324b0 | 7686 | |
70bb498a RH |
7687 | return result; |
7688 | } | |
7689 | ||
32eed045 JJ |
7690 | /* Generate code for computing CONSTRUCTOR EXP. |
7691 | An rtx for the computed value is returned. If AVOID_TEMP_MEM | |
7692 | is TRUE, instead of creating a temporary variable in memory | |
7693 | NULL is returned and the caller needs to handle it differently. */ | |
7694 | ||
7695 | static rtx | |
7696 | expand_constructor (tree exp, rtx target, enum expand_modifier modifier, | |
7697 | bool avoid_temp_mem) | |
7698 | { | |
7699 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); | |
7700 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
7701 | ||
7702 | /* Try to avoid creating a temporary at all. This is possible | |
7703 | if all of the initializer is zero. | |
7704 | FIXME: try to handle all [0..255] initializers we can handle | |
7705 | with memset. */ | |
7706 | if (TREE_STATIC (exp) | |
7707 | && !TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp) | |
7708 | && target != 0 && mode == BLKmode | |
7709 | && all_zeros_p (exp)) | |
7710 | { | |
7711 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp), BLOCK_OP_NORMAL); | |
7712 | return target; | |
7713 | } | |
7714 | ||
7715 | /* All elts simple constants => refer to a constant in memory. But | |
7716 | if this is a non-BLKmode mode, let it store a field at a time | |
7717 | since that should make a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE when we | |
7718 | fold. Likewise, if we have a target we can use, it is best to | |
7719 | store directly into the target unless the type is large enough | |
7720 | that memcpy will be used. If we are making an initializer and | |
7721 | all operands are constant, put it in memory as well. | |
7722 | ||
7723 | FIXME: Avoid trying to fill vector constructors piece-meal. | |
7724 | Output them with output_constant_def below unless we're sure | |
7725 | they're zeros. This should go away when vector initializers | |
7726 | are treated like VECTOR_CST instead of arrays. */ | |
7727 | if ((TREE_STATIC (exp) | |
7728 | && ((mode == BLKmode | |
7729 | && ! (target != 0 && safe_from_p (target, exp, 1))) | |
7730 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp) | |
7731 | || (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type), 1) | |
7732 | && (! MOVE_BY_PIECES_P | |
7733 | (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type), 1), | |
7734 | TYPE_ALIGN (type))) | |
7735 | && ! mostly_zeros_p (exp)))) | |
7736 | || ((modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS) | |
7737 | && TREE_CONSTANT (exp))) | |
7738 | { | |
7739 | rtx constructor; | |
7740 | ||
7741 | if (avoid_temp_mem) | |
7742 | return NULL_RTX; | |
7743 | ||
7744 | constructor = expand_expr_constant (exp, 1, modifier); | |
7745 | ||
7746 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
7747 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
7748 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM) | |
7749 | constructor = validize_mem (constructor); | |
7750 | ||
7751 | return constructor; | |
7752 | } | |
7753 | ||
7754 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous | |
7755 | locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
7756 | if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, exp, 1) | |
7757 | || GET_CODE (target) == PARALLEL || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
7758 | { | |
7759 | if (avoid_temp_mem) | |
7760 | return NULL_RTX; | |
7761 | ||
7762 | target | |
7763 | = assign_temp (build_qualified_type (type, (TYPE_QUALS (type) | |
7764 | | (TREE_READONLY (exp) | |
7765 | * TYPE_QUAL_CONST))), | |
9474e8ab | 7766 | TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp), 1); |
32eed045 JJ |
7767 | } |
7768 | ||
7769 | store_constructor (exp, target, 0, int_expr_size (exp)); | |
7770 | return target; | |
7771 | } | |
7772 | ||
70bb498a | 7773 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7774 | /* expand_expr: generate code for computing expression EXP. |
7775 | An rtx for the computed value is returned. The value is never null. | |
7776 | In the case of a void EXP, const0_rtx is returned. | |
7777 | ||
7778 | The value may be stored in TARGET if TARGET is nonzero. | |
7779 | TARGET is just a suggestion; callers must assume that | |
7780 | the rtx returned may not be the same as TARGET. | |
7781 | ||
7782 | If TARGET is CONST0_RTX, it means that the value will be ignored. | |
7783 | ||
7784 | If TMODE is not VOIDmode, it suggests generating the | |
7785 | result in mode TMODE. But this is done only when convenient. | |
7786 | Otherwise, TMODE is ignored and the value generated in its natural mode. | |
7787 | TMODE is just a suggestion; callers must assume that | |
7788 | the rtx returned may not have mode TMODE. | |
7789 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
7790 | Note that TARGET may have neither TMODE nor MODE. In that case, it |
7791 | probably will not be used. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7792 | |
7793 | If MODIFIER is EXPAND_SUM then when EXP is an addition | |
7794 | we can return an rtx of the form (MULT (REG ...) (CONST_INT ...)) | |
7795 | or a nest of (PLUS ...) and (MINUS ...) where the terms are | |
7796 | products as above, or REG or MEM, or constant. | |
7797 | Ordinarily in such cases we would output mul or add instructions | |
7798 | and then return a pseudo reg containing the sum. | |
7799 | ||
7800 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER is much like EXPAND_SUM except that | |
7801 | it also marks a label as absolutely required (it can't be dead). | |
26fcb35a | 7802 | It also makes a ZERO_EXTEND or SIGN_EXTEND instead of emitting extend insns. |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7803 | This is used for outputting expressions used in initializers. |
7804 | ||
7805 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS says that it is okay to return a MEM | |
7806 | with a constant address even if that address is not normally legitimate. | |
8403445a AM |
7807 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER and EXPAND_SUM also have this effect. |
7808 | ||
7809 | EXPAND_STACK_PARM is used when expanding to a TARGET on the stack for | |
7810 | a call parameter. Such targets require special care as we haven't yet | |
7811 | marked TARGET so that it's safe from being trashed by libcalls. We | |
7812 | don't want to use TARGET for anything but the final result; | |
7813 | Intermediate values must go elsewhere. Additionally, calls to | |
caf93cb0 | 7814 | emit_block_move will be flagged with BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM. |
0fab64a3 MM |
7815 | |
7816 | If EXP is a VAR_DECL whose DECL_RTL was a MEM with an invalid | |
7817 | address, and ALT_RTL is non-NULL, then *ALT_RTL is set to the | |
7818 | DECL_RTL of the VAR_DECL. *ALT_RTL is also set if EXP is a | |
7819 | COMPOUND_EXPR whose second argument is such a VAR_DECL, and so on | |
7820 | recursively. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7821 | |
7822 | rtx | |
0fab64a3 MM |
7823 | expand_expr_real (tree exp, rtx target, enum machine_mode tmode, |
7824 | enum expand_modifier modifier, rtx *alt_rtl) | |
6de9cd9a | 7825 | { |
a5883ba0 | 7826 | rtx ret; |
6de9cd9a DN |
7827 | |
7828 | /* Handle ERROR_MARK before anybody tries to access its type. */ | |
7829 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK | |
726a989a | 7830 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == ERROR_MARK)) |
6de9cd9a DN |
7831 | { |
7832 | ret = CONST0_RTX (tmode); | |
7833 | return ret ? ret : const0_rtx; | |
7834 | } | |
7835 | ||
6de9cd9a | 7836 | /* If this is an expression of some kind and it has an associated line |
caf93cb0 | 7837 | number, then emit the line number before expanding the expression. |
6de9cd9a DN |
7838 | |
7839 | We need to save and restore the file and line information so that | |
7840 | errors discovered during expansion are emitted with the right | |
caf93cb0 | 7841 | information. It would be better of the diagnostic routines |
6de9cd9a DN |
7842 | used the file/line information embedded in the tree nodes rather |
7843 | than globals. */ | |
55e092c4 | 7844 | if (cfun && EXPR_HAS_LOCATION (exp)) |
6de9cd9a DN |
7845 | { |
7846 | location_t saved_location = input_location; | |
d0ed412a JJ |
7847 | location_t saved_curr_loc = get_curr_insn_source_location (); |
7848 | tree saved_block = get_curr_insn_block (); | |
6de9cd9a | 7849 | input_location = EXPR_LOCATION (exp); |
55e092c4 | 7850 | set_curr_insn_source_location (input_location); |
caf93cb0 | 7851 | |
6de9cd9a | 7852 | /* Record where the insns produced belong. */ |
55e092c4 | 7853 | set_curr_insn_block (TREE_BLOCK (exp)); |
6de9cd9a DN |
7854 | |
7855 | ret = expand_expr_real_1 (exp, target, tmode, modifier, alt_rtl); | |
7856 | ||
7857 | input_location = saved_location; | |
d0ed412a JJ |
7858 | set_curr_insn_block (saved_block); |
7859 | set_curr_insn_source_location (saved_curr_loc); | |
6de9cd9a DN |
7860 | } |
7861 | else | |
7862 | { | |
7863 | ret = expand_expr_real_1 (exp, target, tmode, modifier, alt_rtl); | |
7864 | } | |
7865 | ||
6de9cd9a DN |
7866 | return ret; |
7867 | } | |
7868 | ||
683c600b AP |
7869 | /* Try to expand the conditional expression which is represented by |
7870 | TREEOP0 ? TREEOP1 : TREEOP2 using conditonal moves. If succeseds | |
7871 | return the rtl reg which repsents the result. Otherwise return | |
7872 | NULL_RTL. */ | |
7873 | ||
7874 | static rtx | |
7875 | expand_cond_expr_using_cmove (tree treeop0 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
7876 | tree treeop1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
7877 | tree treeop2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
7878 | { | |
7879 | #ifdef HAVE_conditional_move | |
7880 | rtx insn; | |
7881 | rtx op00, op01, op1, op2; | |
7882 | enum rtx_code comparison_code; | |
7883 | enum machine_mode comparison_mode; | |
7884 | gimple srcstmt; | |
7885 | rtx temp; | |
7886 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (treeop1); | |
7887 | int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
7888 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
7889 | ||
9474e8ab | 7890 | temp = assign_temp (type, 0, 1); |
683c600b AP |
7891 | |
7892 | /* If we cannot do a conditional move on the mode, try doing it | |
7893 | with the promoted mode. */ | |
7894 | if (!can_conditionally_move_p (mode)) | |
7895 | mode = promote_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp); | |
7896 | ||
7897 | if (!can_conditionally_move_p (mode)) | |
7898 | return NULL_RTX; | |
7899 | ||
7900 | start_sequence (); | |
7901 | expand_operands (treeop1, treeop2, | |
7902 | temp, &op1, &op2, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
7903 | ||
7904 | if (TREE_CODE (treeop0) == SSA_NAME | |
7905 | && (srcstmt = get_def_for_expr_class (treeop0, tcc_comparison))) | |
7906 | { | |
7907 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_rhs1 (srcstmt)); | |
7908 | enum tree_code cmpcode = gimple_assign_rhs_code (srcstmt); | |
7909 | op00 = expand_normal (gimple_assign_rhs1 (srcstmt)); | |
7910 | op01 = expand_normal (gimple_assign_rhs2 (srcstmt)); | |
7911 | comparison_mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
7912 | unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
7913 | comparison_code = convert_tree_comp_to_rtx (cmpcode, unsignedp); | |
7914 | } | |
7915 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (treeop0)) == tcc_comparison) | |
7916 | { | |
7917 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (treeop0, 0)); | |
7918 | enum tree_code cmpcode = TREE_CODE (treeop0); | |
7919 | op00 = expand_normal (TREE_OPERAND (treeop0, 0)); | |
7920 | op01 = expand_normal (TREE_OPERAND (treeop0, 1)); | |
7921 | unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
7922 | comparison_mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
7923 | comparison_code = convert_tree_comp_to_rtx (cmpcode, unsignedp); | |
7924 | } | |
7925 | else | |
7926 | { | |
7927 | op00 = expand_normal (treeop0); | |
7928 | op01 = const0_rtx; | |
7929 | comparison_code = NE; | |
7930 | comparison_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (treeop0)); | |
7931 | } | |
7932 | ||
7933 | if (GET_MODE (op1) != mode) | |
7934 | op1 = gen_lowpart (mode, op1); | |
7935 | ||
7936 | if (GET_MODE (op2) != mode) | |
7937 | op2 = gen_lowpart (mode, op2); | |
7938 | ||
7939 | /* Try to emit the conditional move. */ | |
7940 | insn = emit_conditional_move (temp, comparison_code, | |
7941 | op00, op01, comparison_mode, | |
7942 | op1, op2, mode, | |
7943 | unsignedp); | |
7944 | ||
7945 | /* If we could do the conditional move, emit the sequence, | |
7946 | and return. */ | |
7947 | if (insn) | |
7948 | { | |
7949 | rtx seq = get_insns (); | |
7950 | end_sequence (); | |
7951 | emit_insn (seq); | |
7952 | return temp; | |
7953 | } | |
7954 | ||
7955 | /* Otherwise discard the sequence and fall back to code with | |
7956 | branches. */ | |
7957 | end_sequence (); | |
7958 | #endif | |
7959 | return NULL_RTX; | |
7960 | } | |
7961 | ||
28ed065e | 7962 | rtx |
f994f296 MM |
7963 | expand_expr_real_2 (sepops ops, rtx target, enum machine_mode tmode, |
7964 | enum expand_modifier modifier) | |
bbf6f052 | 7965 | { |
f994f296 | 7966 | rtx op0, op1, op2, temp; |
07beea0d | 7967 | tree type; |
8df83eae | 7968 | int unsignedp; |
b3694847 | 7969 | enum machine_mode mode; |
f994f296 | 7970 | enum tree_code code = ops->code; |
bbf6f052 | 7971 | optab this_optab; |
68557e14 ML |
7972 | rtx subtarget, original_target; |
7973 | int ignore; | |
ac5dc795 | 7974 | bool reduce_bit_field; |
f994f296 | 7975 | location_t loc = ops->location; |
16949072 | 7976 | tree treeop0, treeop1, treeop2; |
ac5dc795 | 7977 | #define REDUCE_BIT_FIELD(expr) (reduce_bit_field \ |
bc15d0ef JM |
7978 | ? reduce_to_bit_field_precision ((expr), \ |
7979 | target, \ | |
7980 | type) \ | |
7981 | : (expr)) | |
bbf6f052 | 7982 | |
f994f296 | 7983 | type = ops->type; |
726a989a RB |
7984 | mode = TYPE_MODE (type); |
7985 | unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
8df83eae | 7986 | |
f994f296 MM |
7987 | treeop0 = ops->op0; |
7988 | treeop1 = ops->op1; | |
16949072 | 7989 | treeop2 = ops->op2; |
f994f296 MM |
7990 | |
7991 | /* We should be called only on simple (binary or unary) expressions, | |
7992 | exactly those that are valid in gimple expressions that aren't | |
7993 | GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS (or invalid). */ | |
7994 | gcc_assert (get_gimple_rhs_class (code) == GIMPLE_UNARY_RHS | |
0354c0c7 BS |
7995 | || get_gimple_rhs_class (code) == GIMPLE_BINARY_RHS |
7996 | || get_gimple_rhs_class (code) == GIMPLE_TERNARY_RHS); | |
b32e7cdb | 7997 | |
68557e14 | 7998 | ignore = (target == const0_rtx |
1a87cf0c | 7999 | || ((CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (code) |
a134e5f3 | 8000 | || code == COND_EXPR || code == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR) |
68557e14 ML |
8001 | && TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)); |
8002 | ||
f994f296 MM |
8003 | /* We should be called only if we need the result. */ |
8004 | gcc_assert (!ignore); | |
8005 | ||
ac5dc795 PB |
8006 | /* An operation in what may be a bit-field type needs the |
8007 | result to be reduced to the precision of the bit-field type, | |
8008 | which is narrower than that of the type's mode. */ | |
a577c405 | 8009 | reduce_bit_field = (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type) |
ac5dc795 PB |
8010 | && GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) > TYPE_PRECISION (type)); |
8011 | ||
ac5dc795 PB |
8012 | if (reduce_bit_field && modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8013 | target = 0; | |
8014 | ||
8015 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ | |
8016 | subtarget = get_subtarget (target); | |
8017 | original_target = target; | |
bbf6f052 | 8018 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8019 | switch (code) |
8020 | { | |
1d65f45c | 8021 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: |
f994f296 MM |
8022 | case PAREN_EXPR: |
8023 | CASE_CONVERT: | |
8024 | if (treeop0 == error_mark_node) | |
8025 | return const0_rtx; | |
6de9cd9a | 8026 | |
f994f296 MM |
8027 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE) |
8028 | { | |
8029 | tree valtype = TREE_TYPE (treeop0); | |
6de9cd9a | 8030 | |
f994f296 MM |
8031 | /* If both input and output are BLKmode, this conversion isn't doing |
8032 | anything except possibly changing memory attribute. */ | |
8033 | if (mode == BLKmode && TYPE_MODE (valtype) == BLKmode) | |
8034 | { | |
8035 | rtx result = expand_expr (treeop0, target, tmode, | |
8036 | modifier); | |
bbf6f052 | 8037 | |
f994f296 MM |
8038 | result = copy_rtx (result); |
8039 | set_mem_attributes (result, type, 0); | |
8040 | return result; | |
8041 | } | |
8b11a64c | 8042 | |
f994f296 MM |
8043 | if (target == 0) |
8044 | { | |
8045 | if (TYPE_MODE (type) != BLKmode) | |
8046 | target = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (type)); | |
8047 | else | |
9474e8ab | 8048 | target = assign_temp (type, 1, 1); |
f994f296 | 8049 | } |
921b3427 | 8050 | |
f994f296 MM |
8051 | if (MEM_P (target)) |
8052 | /* Store data into beginning of memory target. */ | |
8053 | store_expr (treeop0, | |
8054 | adjust_address (target, TYPE_MODE (valtype), 0), | |
8055 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM, | |
8056 | false); | |
8893239d | 8057 | |
f994f296 MM |
8058 | else |
8059 | { | |
8060 | gcc_assert (REG_P (target)); | |
d6a5ac33 | 8061 | |
f994f296 MM |
8062 | /* Store this field into a union of the proper type. */ |
8063 | store_field (target, | |
8064 | MIN ((int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE | |
8065 | (treeop0)) | |
8066 | * BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
8067 | (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)), | |
1169e45d | 8068 | 0, 0, 0, TYPE_MODE (valtype), treeop0, |
f994f296 MM |
8069 | type, 0, false); |
8070 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 8071 | |
f994f296 MM |
8072 | /* Return the entire union. */ |
8073 | return target; | |
e44842fe RK |
8074 | } |
8075 | ||
f994f296 MM |
8076 | if (mode == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (treeop0))) |
8077 | { | |
8078 | op0 = expand_expr (treeop0, target, VOIDmode, | |
8079 | modifier); | |
d6a5ac33 | 8080 | |
f994f296 MM |
8081 | /* If the signedness of the conversion differs and OP0 is |
8082 | a promoted SUBREG, clear that indication since we now | |
8083 | have to do the proper extension. */ | |
8084 | if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (treeop0)) != unsignedp | |
8085 | && GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) | |
8086 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op0) = 0; | |
d6a5ac33 | 8087 | |
f994f296 | 8088 | return REDUCE_BIT_FIELD (op0); |
0fab64a3 | 8089 | } |
1499e0a8 | 8090 | |
f994f296 MM |
8091 | op0 = expand_expr (treeop0, NULL_RTX, mode, |
8092 | modifier == EXPAND_SUM ? EXPAND_NORMAL : modifier); | |
8093 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode) | |
8094 | ; | |
8095 | ||
8096 | /* If OP0 is a constant, just convert it into the proper mode. */ | |
8097 | else if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
dc6d66b3 | 8098 | { |
f994f296 | 8099 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (treeop0); |
7254cb57 MM |
8100 | enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (op0); |
8101 | ||
8102 | if (inner_mode == VOIDmode) | |
8103 | inner_mode = TYPE_MODE (inner_type); | |
dc6d66b3 | 8104 | |
f994f296 MM |
8105 | if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
8106 | op0 = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, op0, inner_mode, | |
8107 | subreg_lowpart_offset (mode, | |
8108 | inner_mode)); | |
8109 | else | |
8110 | op0= convert_modes (mode, inner_mode, op0, | |
8111 | TYPE_UNSIGNED (inner_type)); | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
8112 | } |
8113 | ||
f994f296 MM |
8114 | else if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
8115 | op0 = gen_rtx_fmt_e (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0); | |
1499e0a8 | 8116 | |
f994f296 MM |
8117 | else if (target == 0) |
8118 | op0 = convert_to_mode (mode, op0, | |
8119 | TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE | |
8120 | (treeop0))); | |
8121 | else | |
1499e0a8 | 8122 | { |
f994f296 MM |
8123 | convert_move (target, op0, |
8124 | TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (treeop0))); | |
8125 | op0 = target; | |
8126 | } | |
ed1223ba | 8127 | |
f994f296 | 8128 | return REDUCE_BIT_FIELD (op0); |
bbf6f052 | 8129 | |
09e881c9 BE |
8130 | case ADDR_SPACE_CONVERT_EXPR: |
8131 | { | |
8132 | tree treeop0_type = TREE_TYPE (treeop0); | |
8133 | addr_space_t as_to; | |
8134 | addr_space_t as_from; | |
8135 | ||
8136 | gcc_assert (POINTER_TYPE_P (type)); | |
8137 | gcc_assert (POINTER_TYPE_P (treeop0_type)); | |
8138 | ||
8139 | as_to = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (type)); | |
8140 | as_from = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (treeop0_type)); | |
8141 | ||
8142 | /* Conversions between pointers to the same address space should | |
8143 | have been implemented via CONVERT_EXPR / NOP_EXPR. */ | |
8144 | gcc_assert (as_to != as_from); | |
8145 | ||
8146 | /* Ask target code to handle conversion between pointers | |
8147 | to overlapping address spaces. */ | |
8148 | if (targetm.addr_space.subset_p (as_to, as_from) | |
8149 | || targetm.addr_space.subset_p (as_from, as_to)) | |
8150 | { | |
8151 | op0 = expand_expr (treeop0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
8152 | op0 = targetm.addr_space.convert (op0, treeop0_type, type); | |
8153 | gcc_assert (op0); | |
8154 | return op0; | |
8155 | } | |
8156 | ||
8157 | /* For disjoint address spaces, converting anything but | |
8158 | a null pointer invokes undefined behaviour. We simply | |
8159 | always return a null pointer here. */ | |
8160 | return CONST0_RTX (mode); | |
8161 | } | |
8162 | ||
b8698a0f | 8163 | case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR: |
f994f296 | 8164 | /* Even though the sizetype mode and the pointer's mode can be different |
b8698a0f | 8165 | expand is able to handle this correctly and get the correct result out |
f994f296 MM |
8166 | of the PLUS_EXPR code. */ |
8167 | /* Make sure to sign-extend the sizetype offset in a POINTER_PLUS_EXPR | |
8168 | if sizetype precision is smaller than pointer precision. */ | |
8169 | if (TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype) < TYPE_PRECISION (type)) | |
8170 | treeop1 = fold_convert_loc (loc, type, | |
8171 | fold_convert_loc (loc, ssizetype, | |
8172 | treeop1)); | |
9516c54e TG |
8173 | /* If sizetype precision is larger than pointer precision, truncate the |
8174 | offset to have matching modes. */ | |
8175 | else if (TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype) > TYPE_PRECISION (type)) | |
8176 | treeop1 = fold_convert_loc (loc, type, treeop1); | |
8177 | ||
f994f296 | 8178 | case PLUS_EXPR: |
f994f296 MM |
8179 | /* If we are adding a constant, a VAR_DECL that is sp, fp, or ap, and |
8180 | something else, make sure we add the register to the constant and | |
8181 | then to the other thing. This case can occur during strength | |
8182 | reduction and doing it this way will produce better code if the | |
8183 | frame pointer or argument pointer is eliminated. | |
bbf6f052 | 8184 | |
f994f296 MM |
8185 | fold-const.c will ensure that the constant is always in the inner |
8186 | PLUS_EXPR, so the only case we need to do anything about is if | |
8187 | sp, ap, or fp is our second argument, in which case we must swap | |
8188 | the innermost first argument and our second argument. */ | |
3a94c984 | 8189 | |
f994f296 MM |
8190 | if (TREE_CODE (treeop0) == PLUS_EXPR |
8191 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (treeop0, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
8192 | && TREE_CODE (treeop1) == VAR_DECL | |
8193 | && (DECL_RTL (treeop1) == frame_pointer_rtx | |
8194 | || DECL_RTL (treeop1) == stack_pointer_rtx | |
8195 | || DECL_RTL (treeop1) == arg_pointer_rtx)) | |
8196 | { | |
e384e6b5 | 8197 | gcc_unreachable (); |
f994f296 | 8198 | } |
bbf6f052 | 8199 | |
f994f296 MM |
8200 | /* If the result is to be ptr_mode and we are adding an integer to |
8201 | something, we might be forming a constant. So try to use | |
8202 | plus_constant. If it produces a sum and we can't accept it, | |
8203 | use force_operand. This allows P = &ARR[const] to generate | |
8204 | efficient code on machines where a SYMBOL_REF is not a valid | |
8205 | address. | |
0f996086 | 8206 | |
f994f296 MM |
8207 | If this is an EXPAND_SUM call, always return the sum. */ |
8208 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
8209 | || (mode == ptr_mode && (unsignedp || ! flag_trapv))) | |
9ad58e09 | 8210 | { |
f994f296 MM |
8211 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8212 | target = 0; | |
8213 | if (TREE_CODE (treeop0) == INTEGER_CST | |
69660a70 | 8214 | && GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT |
f994f296 MM |
8215 | && TREE_CONSTANT (treeop1)) |
8216 | { | |
8217 | rtx constant_part; | |
9ad58e09 | 8218 | |
f994f296 MM |
8219 | op1 = expand_expr (treeop1, subtarget, VOIDmode, |
8220 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
8221 | /* Use immed_double_const to ensure that the constant is | |
8222 | truncated according to the mode of OP1, then sign extended | |
8223 | to a HOST_WIDE_INT. Using the constant directly can result | |
8224 | in non-canonical RTL in a 64x32 cross compile. */ | |
8225 | constant_part | |
8226 | = immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (treeop0), | |
8227 | (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, | |
8228 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (treeop1))); | |
0a81f074 | 8229 | op1 = plus_constant (mode, op1, INTVAL (constant_part)); |
f994f296 MM |
8230 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
8231 | op1 = force_operand (op1, target); | |
8232 | return REDUCE_BIT_FIELD (op1); | |
8233 | } | |
9ad58e09 | 8234 | |
f994f296 | 8235 | else if (TREE_CODE (treeop1) == INTEGER_CST |
69660a70 | 8236 | && GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT |
f994f296 MM |
8237 | && TREE_CONSTANT (treeop0)) |
8238 | { | |
8239 | rtx constant_part; | |
9ad58e09 | 8240 | |
f994f296 MM |
8241 | op0 = expand_expr (treeop0, subtarget, VOIDmode, |
8242 | (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
8243 | ? EXPAND_INITIALIZER : EXPAND_SUM)); | |
8244 | if (! CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
8245 | { | |
8246 | op1 = expand_expr (treeop1, NULL_RTX, | |
8247 | VOIDmode, modifier); | |
8248 | /* Return a PLUS if modifier says it's OK. */ | |
8249 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM | |
8250 | || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
8251 | return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, op1); | |
8252 | goto binop2; | |
8253 | } | |
8254 | /* Use immed_double_const to ensure that the constant is | |
8255 | truncated according to the mode of OP1, then sign extended | |
8256 | to a HOST_WIDE_INT. Using the constant directly can result | |
8257 | in non-canonical RTL in a 64x32 cross compile. */ | |
8258 | constant_part | |
8259 | = immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (treeop1), | |
8260 | (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, | |
8261 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (treeop0))); | |
0a81f074 | 8262 | op0 = plus_constant (mode, op0, INTVAL (constant_part)); |
f994f296 MM |
8263 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
8264 | op0 = force_operand (op0, target); | |
8265 | return REDUCE_BIT_FIELD (op0); | |
8266 | } | |
9ad58e09 RS |
8267 | } |
8268 | ||
cc99c5fe JJ |
8269 | /* Use TER to expand pointer addition of a negated value |
8270 | as pointer subtraction. */ | |
8271 | if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (treeop0)) | |
8272 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (treeop0)) == VECTOR_TYPE | |
8273 | && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (treeop0))))) | |
8274 | && TREE_CODE (treeop1) == SSA_NAME | |
8275 | && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (treeop0)) | |
8276 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (treeop1))) | |
8277 | { | |
8278 | gimple def = get_def_for_expr (treeop1, NEGATE_EXPR); | |
8279 | if (def) | |
8280 | { | |
8281 | treeop1 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def); | |
8282 | code = MINUS_EXPR; | |
8283 | goto do_minus; | |
8284 | } | |
8285 | } | |
8286 | ||
f994f296 MM |
8287 | /* No sense saving up arithmetic to be done |
8288 | if it's all in the wrong mode to form part of an address. | |
8289 | And force_operand won't know whether to sign-extend or | |
8290 | zero-extend. */ | |
8291 | if ((modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
8292 | || mode != ptr_mode) | |
8293 | { | |
8294 | expand_operands (treeop0, treeop1, | |
8295 | subtarget, &op0, &op1, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8296 | if (op0 == const0_rtx) | |
8297 | return op1; | |
8298 | if (op1 == const0_rtx) | |
8299 | return op0; | |
8300 | goto binop2; | |
8301 | } | |
9ad58e09 | 8302 | |
f994f296 MM |
8303 | expand_operands (treeop0, treeop1, |
8304 | subtarget, &op0, &op1, modifier); | |
8305 | return REDUCE_BIT_FIELD (simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, op1)); | |
bbf6f052 | 8306 | |
f994f296 | 8307 | case MINUS_EXPR: |
cc99c5fe | 8308 | do_minus: |
f994f296 MM |
8309 | /* For initializers, we are allowed to return a MINUS of two |
8310 | symbolic constants. Here we handle all cases when both operands | |
8311 | are constant. */ | |
8312 | /* Handle difference of two symbolic constants, | |
8313 | for the sake of an initializer. */ | |
8314 | if ((modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
8315 | && really_constant_p (treeop0) | |
8316 | && really_constant_p (treeop1)) | |
8317 | { | |
8318 | expand_operands (treeop0, treeop1, | |
8319 | NULL_RTX, &op0, &op1, modifier); | |
1499e0a8 | 8320 | |
f994f296 MM |
8321 | /* If the last operand is a CONST_INT, use plus_constant of |
8322 | the negated constant. Else make the MINUS. */ | |
8323 | if (CONST_INT_P (op1)) | |
0a81f074 RS |
8324 | return REDUCE_BIT_FIELD (plus_constant (mode, op0, |
8325 | -INTVAL (op1))); | |
f994f296 MM |
8326 | else |
8327 | return REDUCE_BIT_FIELD (gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, op0, op1)); | |
8328 | } | |
1499e0a8 | 8329 | |
f994f296 MM |
8330 | /* No sense saving up arithmetic to be done |
8331 | if it's all in the wrong mode to form part of an address. | |
8332 | And force_operand won't know whether to sign-extend or | |
8333 | zero-extend. */ | |
8334 | if ((modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
8335 | || mode != ptr_mode) | |
8336 | goto binop; | |
bbf6f052 | 8337 | |
f994f296 MM |
8338 | expand_operands (treeop0, treeop1, |
8339 | subtarget, &op0, &op1, modifier); | |
70e6ca43 | 8340 | |
f994f296 MM |
8341 | /* Convert A - const to A + (-const). */ |
8342 | if (CONST_INT_P (op1)) | |
dd27116b | 8343 | { |
f994f296 MM |
8344 | op1 = negate_rtx (mode, op1); |
8345 | return REDUCE_BIT_FIELD (simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, op1)); | |
dd27116b | 8346 | } |
3207b172 | 8347 | |
f994f296 | 8348 | goto binop2; |
3a94c984 | 8349 | |
0354c0c7 BS |
8350 | case WIDEN_MULT_PLUS_EXPR: |
8351 | case WIDEN_MULT_MINUS_EXPR: | |
8352 | expand_operands (treeop0, treeop1, NULL_RTX, &op0, &op1, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
16949072 | 8353 | op2 = expand_normal (treeop2); |
0354c0c7 BS |
8354 | target = expand_widen_pattern_expr (ops, op0, op1, op2, |
8355 | target, unsignedp); | |
8356 | return target; | |
8357 | ||
5b58b39b | 8358 | case WIDEN_MULT_EXPR: |
f994f296 MM |
8359 | /* If first operand is constant, swap them. |
8360 | Thus the following special case checks need only | |
8361 | check the second operand. */ | |
8362 | if (TREE_CODE (treeop0) == INTEGER_CST) | |
8363 | { | |
8364 | tree t1 = treeop0; | |
8365 | treeop0 = treeop1; | |
8366 | treeop1 = t1; | |
8367 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8368 | |
f994f296 MM |
8369 | /* First, check if we have a multiplication of one signed and one |
8370 | unsigned operand. */ | |
5b58b39b BS |
8371 | if (TREE_CODE (treeop1) != INTEGER_CST |
8372 | && (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (treeop0)) | |
8373 | != TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (treeop1)))) | |
f994f296 | 8374 | { |
5b58b39b | 8375 | enum machine_mode innermode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (treeop0)); |
f994f296 | 8376 | this_optab = usmul_widen_optab; |
5dfe80ba AS |
8377 | if (find_widening_optab_handler (this_optab, mode, innermode, 0) |
8378 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
f994f296 | 8379 | { |
5dfe80ba AS |
8380 | if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (treeop0))) |
8381 | expand_operands (treeop0, treeop1, NULL_RTX, &op0, &op1, | |
8382 | EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8383 | else | |
8384 | expand_operands (treeop0, treeop1, NULL_RTX, &op1, &op0, | |
8385 | EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8386 | goto binop3; | |
f994f296 MM |
8387 | } |
8388 | } | |
5b58b39b BS |
8389 | /* Check for a multiplication with matching signedness. */ |
8390 | else if ((TREE_CODE (treeop1) == INTEGER_CST | |
8391 | && int_fits_type_p (treeop1, TREE_TYPE (treeop0))) | |
8392 | || (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (treeop1)) | |
8393 | == TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (treeop0)))) | |
f994f296 | 8394 | { |
5b58b39b | 8395 | tree op0type = TREE_TYPE (treeop0); |
f994f296 MM |
8396 | enum machine_mode innermode = TYPE_MODE (op0type); |
8397 | bool zextend_p = TYPE_UNSIGNED (op0type); | |
8398 | optab other_optab = zextend_p ? smul_widen_optab : umul_widen_optab; | |
8399 | this_optab = zextend_p ? umul_widen_optab : smul_widen_optab; | |
1e0598e2 | 8400 | |
5dfe80ba | 8401 | if (TREE_CODE (treeop0) != INTEGER_CST) |
f994f296 | 8402 | { |
5dfe80ba | 8403 | if (find_widening_optab_handler (this_optab, mode, innermode, 0) |
a484f6ba | 8404 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
f994f296 | 8405 | { |
5b58b39b BS |
8406 | expand_operands (treeop0, treeop1, NULL_RTX, &op0, &op1, |
8407 | EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8408 | temp = expand_widening_mult (mode, op0, op1, target, | |
8409 | unsignedp, this_optab); | |
8410 | return REDUCE_BIT_FIELD (temp); | |
f994f296 | 8411 | } |
5dfe80ba | 8412 | if (find_widening_optab_handler (other_optab, mode, innermode, 0) |
a484f6ba | 8413 | != CODE_FOR_nothing |
5b58b39b | 8414 | && innermode == word_mode) |
f994f296 MM |
8415 | { |
8416 | rtx htem, hipart; | |
5b58b39b BS |
8417 | op0 = expand_normal (treeop0); |
8418 | if (TREE_CODE (treeop1) == INTEGER_CST) | |
f994f296 | 8419 | op1 = convert_modes (innermode, mode, |
5b58b39b | 8420 | expand_normal (treeop1), unsignedp); |
f994f296 | 8421 | else |
5b58b39b | 8422 | op1 = expand_normal (treeop1); |
f994f296 MM |
8423 | temp = expand_binop (mode, other_optab, op0, op1, target, |
8424 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
8425 | hipart = gen_highpart (innermode, temp); | |
8426 | htem = expand_mult_highpart_adjust (innermode, hipart, | |
8427 | op0, op1, hipart, | |
8428 | zextend_p); | |
8429 | if (htem != hipart) | |
8430 | emit_move_insn (hipart, htem); | |
8431 | return REDUCE_BIT_FIELD (temp); | |
8432 | } | |
8433 | } | |
8434 | } | |
5b58b39b BS |
8435 | treeop0 = fold_build1 (CONVERT_EXPR, type, treeop0); |
8436 | treeop1 = fold_build1 (CONVERT_EXPR, type, treeop1); | |
8437 | expand_operands (treeop0, treeop1, subtarget, &op0, &op1, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8438 | return REDUCE_BIT_FIELD (expand_mult (mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp)); | |
8439 | ||
16949072 RG |
8440 | case FMA_EXPR: |
8441 | { | |
8442 | optab opt = fma_optab; | |
8443 | gimple def0, def2; | |
8444 | ||
65450d64 JJ |
8445 | /* If there is no insn for FMA, emit it as __builtin_fma{,f,l} |
8446 | call. */ | |
8447 | if (optab_handler (fma_optab, mode) == CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
8448 | { | |
8449 | tree fn = mathfn_built_in (TREE_TYPE (treeop0), BUILT_IN_FMA); | |
8450 | tree call_expr; | |
8451 | ||
8452 | gcc_assert (fn != NULL_TREE); | |
8453 | call_expr = build_call_expr (fn, 3, treeop0, treeop1, treeop2); | |
8454 | return expand_builtin (call_expr, target, subtarget, mode, false); | |
8455 | } | |
8456 | ||
16949072 RG |
8457 | def0 = get_def_for_expr (treeop0, NEGATE_EXPR); |
8458 | def2 = get_def_for_expr (treeop2, NEGATE_EXPR); | |
8459 | ||
8460 | op0 = op2 = NULL; | |
8461 | ||
8462 | if (def0 && def2 | |
8463 | && optab_handler (fnms_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
8464 | { | |
8465 | opt = fnms_optab; | |
8466 | op0 = expand_normal (gimple_assign_rhs1 (def0)); | |
8467 | op2 = expand_normal (gimple_assign_rhs1 (def2)); | |
8468 | } | |
8469 | else if (def0 | |
8470 | && optab_handler (fnma_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
8471 | { | |
8472 | opt = fnma_optab; | |
8473 | op0 = expand_normal (gimple_assign_rhs1 (def0)); | |
8474 | } | |
8475 | else if (def2 | |
8476 | && optab_handler (fms_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
8477 | { | |
8478 | opt = fms_optab; | |
8479 | op2 = expand_normal (gimple_assign_rhs1 (def2)); | |
8480 | } | |
8481 | ||
8482 | if (op0 == NULL) | |
8483 | op0 = expand_expr (treeop0, subtarget, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8484 | if (op2 == NULL) | |
8485 | op2 = expand_normal (treeop2); | |
8486 | op1 = expand_normal (treeop1); | |
8487 | ||
8488 | return expand_ternary_op (TYPE_MODE (type), opt, | |
8489 | op0, op1, op2, target, 0); | |
8490 | } | |
8491 | ||
5b58b39b BS |
8492 | case MULT_EXPR: |
8493 | /* If this is a fixed-point operation, then we cannot use the code | |
8494 | below because "expand_mult" doesn't support sat/no-sat fixed-point | |
8495 | multiplications. */ | |
8496 | if (ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (mode)) | |
8497 | goto binop; | |
8498 | ||
8499 | /* If first operand is constant, swap them. | |
8500 | Thus the following special case checks need only | |
8501 | check the second operand. */ | |
8502 | if (TREE_CODE (treeop0) == INTEGER_CST) | |
8503 | { | |
8504 | tree t1 = treeop0; | |
8505 | treeop0 = treeop1; | |
8506 | treeop1 = t1; | |
8507 | } | |
8508 | ||
8509 | /* Attempt to return something suitable for generating an | |
8510 | indexed address, for machines that support that. */ | |
8511 | ||
8512 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM && mode == ptr_mode | |
8513 | && host_integerp (treeop1, 0)) | |
8514 | { | |
8515 | tree exp1 = treeop1; | |
8516 | ||
8517 | op0 = expand_expr (treeop0, subtarget, VOIDmode, | |
8518 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
8519 | ||
8520 | if (!REG_P (op0)) | |
8521 | op0 = force_operand (op0, NULL_RTX); | |
8522 | if (!REG_P (op0)) | |
8523 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op0); | |
8524 | ||
8525 | return REDUCE_BIT_FIELD (gen_rtx_MULT (mode, op0, | |
8526 | gen_int_mode (tree_low_cst (exp1, 0), | |
8527 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp1))))); | |
8528 | } | |
8529 | ||
8530 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
8531 | target = 0; | |
8532 | ||
8533 | expand_operands (treeop0, treeop1, subtarget, &op0, &op1, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
f994f296 | 8534 | return REDUCE_BIT_FIELD (expand_mult (mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp)); |
bbf6f052 | 8535 | |
f994f296 MM |
8536 | case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: |
8537 | case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: | |
8538 | case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: | |
8539 | case ROUND_DIV_EXPR: | |
8540 | case EXACT_DIV_EXPR: | |
8541 | /* If this is a fixed-point operation, then we cannot use the code | |
8542 | below because "expand_divmod" doesn't support sat/no-sat fixed-point | |
8543 | divisions. */ | |
8544 | if (ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (mode)) | |
8545 | goto binop; | |
ac182688 | 8546 | |
f994f296 MM |
8547 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
8548 | target = 0; | |
8549 | /* Possible optimization: compute the dividend with EXPAND_SUM | |
8550 | then if the divisor is constant can optimize the case | |
8551 | where some terms of the dividend have coeffs divisible by it. */ | |
8552 | expand_operands (treeop0, treeop1, | |
8553 | subtarget, &op0, &op1, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8554 | return expand_divmod (0, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); | |
ac182688 | 8555 | |
f994f296 | 8556 | case RDIV_EXPR: |
98449720 | 8557 | case MULT_HIGHPART_EXPR: |
f994f296 | 8558 | goto binop; |
6de9cd9a | 8559 | |
f994f296 MM |
8560 | case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR: |
8561 | case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR: | |
8562 | case CEIL_MOD_EXPR: | |
8563 | case ROUND_MOD_EXPR: | |
8564 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
8565 | target = 0; | |
8566 | expand_operands (treeop0, treeop1, | |
8567 | subtarget, &op0, &op1, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8568 | return expand_divmod (1, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); | |
742920c7 | 8569 | |
f994f296 MM |
8570 | case FIXED_CONVERT_EXPR: |
8571 | op0 = expand_normal (treeop0); | |
8572 | if (target == 0 || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
8573 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
742920c7 | 8574 | |
f994f296 MM |
8575 | if ((TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (treeop0)) == INTEGER_TYPE |
8576 | && TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (treeop0))) | |
8577 | || (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))) | |
8578 | expand_fixed_convert (target, op0, 1, TYPE_SATURATING (type)); | |
8579 | else | |
8580 | expand_fixed_convert (target, op0, 0, TYPE_SATURATING (type)); | |
8581 | return target; | |
6de9cd9a | 8582 | |
f994f296 MM |
8583 | case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR: |
8584 | op0 = expand_normal (treeop0); | |
8585 | if (target == 0 || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
8586 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
8587 | expand_fix (target, op0, unsignedp); | |
8588 | return target; | |
bbf6f052 | 8589 | |
f994f296 MM |
8590 | case FLOAT_EXPR: |
8591 | op0 = expand_normal (treeop0); | |
8592 | if (target == 0 || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
8593 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
8594 | /* expand_float can't figure out what to do if FROM has VOIDmode. | |
8595 | So give it the correct mode. With -O, cse will optimize this. */ | |
8596 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode) | |
8597 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (treeop0)), | |
8598 | op0); | |
8599 | expand_float (target, op0, | |
8600 | TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (treeop0))); | |
8601 | return target; | |
4af3895e | 8602 | |
f994f296 MM |
8603 | case NEGATE_EXPR: |
8604 | op0 = expand_expr (treeop0, subtarget, | |
8605 | VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8606 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
8607 | target = 0; | |
8608 | temp = expand_unop (mode, | |
8609 | optab_for_tree_code (NEGATE_EXPR, type, | |
8610 | optab_default), | |
8611 | op0, target, 0); | |
8612 | gcc_assert (temp); | |
8613 | return REDUCE_BIT_FIELD (temp); | |
05bccae2 | 8614 | |
f994f296 MM |
8615 | case ABS_EXPR: |
8616 | op0 = expand_expr (treeop0, subtarget, | |
8617 | VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8618 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
8619 | target = 0; | |
3a94c984 | 8620 | |
f994f296 MM |
8621 | /* ABS_EXPR is not valid for complex arguments. */ |
8622 | gcc_assert (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
8623 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT); | |
742920c7 | 8624 | |
f994f296 MM |
8625 | /* Unsigned abs is simply the operand. Testing here means we don't |
8626 | risk generating incorrect code below. */ | |
8627 | if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)) | |
8628 | return op0; | |
4038c495 | 8629 | |
f994f296 MM |
8630 | return expand_abs (mode, op0, target, unsignedp, |
8631 | safe_from_p (target, treeop0, 1)); | |
32eed045 | 8632 | |
f994f296 MM |
8633 | case MAX_EXPR: |
8634 | case MIN_EXPR: | |
8635 | target = original_target; | |
8636 | if (target == 0 | |
8637 | || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM | |
8638 | || (MEM_P (target) && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target)) | |
8639 | || GET_MODE (target) != mode | |
8640 | || (REG_P (target) | |
8641 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
8642 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
8643 | expand_operands (treeop0, treeop1, | |
8644 | target, &op0, &op1, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
32eed045 | 8645 | |
f994f296 MM |
8646 | /* First try to do it with a special MIN or MAX instruction. |
8647 | If that does not win, use a conditional jump to select the proper | |
8648 | value. */ | |
8649 | this_optab = optab_for_tree_code (code, type, optab_default); | |
8650 | temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, unsignedp, | |
8651 | OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
8652 | if (temp != 0) | |
8653 | return temp; | |
ed1223ba | 8654 | |
f994f296 MM |
8655 | /* At this point, a MEM target is no longer useful; we will get better |
8656 | code without it. */ | |
ed1223ba | 8657 | |
f994f296 MM |
8658 | if (! REG_P (target)) |
8659 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
ed1223ba | 8660 | |
f994f296 MM |
8661 | /* If op1 was placed in target, swap op0 and op1. */ |
8662 | if (target != op0 && target == op1) | |
8663 | { | |
8664 | temp = op0; | |
8665 | op0 = op1; | |
8666 | op1 = temp; | |
8667 | } | |
ed1223ba | 8668 | |
f994f296 MM |
8669 | /* We generate better code and avoid problems with op1 mentioning |
8670 | target by forcing op1 into a pseudo if it isn't a constant. */ | |
8671 | if (! CONSTANT_P (op1)) | |
8672 | op1 = force_reg (mode, op1); | |
4af3895e | 8673 | |
bbf6f052 | 8674 | { |
f994f296 MM |
8675 | enum rtx_code comparison_code; |
8676 | rtx cmpop1 = op1; | |
ae00112b | 8677 | |
f994f296 MM |
8678 | if (code == MAX_EXPR) |
8679 | comparison_code = unsignedp ? GEU : GE; | |
8680 | else | |
8681 | comparison_code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
ae00112b | 8682 | |
f994f296 MM |
8683 | /* Canonicalize to comparisons against 0. */ |
8684 | if (op1 == const1_rtx) | |
b8e444f4 | 8685 | { |
f994f296 MM |
8686 | /* Converting (a >= 1 ? a : 1) into (a > 0 ? a : 1) |
8687 | or (a != 0 ? a : 1) for unsigned. | |
8688 | For MIN we are safe converting (a <= 1 ? a : 1) | |
8689 | into (a <= 0 ? a : 1) */ | |
8690 | cmpop1 = const0_rtx; | |
8691 | if (code == MAX_EXPR) | |
8692 | comparison_code = unsignedp ? NE : GT; | |
b8e444f4 | 8693 | } |
f994f296 | 8694 | if (op1 == constm1_rtx && !unsignedp) |
8d2e5f72 | 8695 | { |
f994f296 MM |
8696 | /* Converting (a >= -1 ? a : -1) into (a >= 0 ? a : -1) |
8697 | and (a <= -1 ? a : -1) into (a < 0 ? a : -1) */ | |
8698 | cmpop1 = const0_rtx; | |
8699 | if (code == MIN_EXPR) | |
8700 | comparison_code = LT; | |
8d2e5f72 | 8701 | } |
f994f296 MM |
8702 | #ifdef HAVE_conditional_move |
8703 | /* Use a conditional move if possible. */ | |
8704 | if (can_conditionally_move_p (mode)) | |
7bb0943f | 8705 | { |
f994f296 | 8706 | rtx insn; |
7bb0943f | 8707 | |
f994f296 MM |
8708 | /* ??? Same problem as in expmed.c: emit_conditional_move |
8709 | forces a stack adjustment via compare_from_rtx, and we | |
8710 | lose the stack adjustment if the sequence we are about | |
8711 | to create is discarded. */ | |
8712 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
2d48c13d | 8713 | |
f994f296 | 8714 | start_sequence (); |
2d48c13d | 8715 | |
f994f296 MM |
8716 | /* Try to emit the conditional move. */ |
8717 | insn = emit_conditional_move (target, comparison_code, | |
8718 | op0, cmpop1, mode, | |
8719 | op0, op1, mode, | |
8720 | unsignedp); | |
8721 | ||
8722 | /* If we could do the conditional move, emit the sequence, | |
8723 | and return. */ | |
8724 | if (insn) | |
89752202 | 8725 | { |
f994f296 MM |
8726 | rtx seq = get_insns (); |
8727 | end_sequence (); | |
8728 | emit_insn (seq); | |
8729 | return target; | |
89752202 HB |
8730 | } |
8731 | ||
f994f296 MM |
8732 | /* Otherwise discard the sequence and fall back to code with |
8733 | branches. */ | |
8734 | end_sequence (); | |
7bb0943f | 8735 | } |
f994f296 MM |
8736 | #endif |
8737 | if (target != op0) | |
8738 | emit_move_insn (target, op0); | |
7bb0943f | 8739 | |
f994f296 MM |
8740 | temp = gen_label_rtx (); |
8741 | do_compare_rtx_and_jump (target, cmpop1, comparison_code, | |
40e90eac JJ |
8742 | unsignedp, mode, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, temp, |
8743 | -1); | |
f994f296 MM |
8744 | } |
8745 | emit_move_insn (target, op1); | |
8746 | emit_label (temp); | |
8747 | return target; | |
1ce7f3c2 | 8748 | |
f994f296 MM |
8749 | case BIT_NOT_EXPR: |
8750 | op0 = expand_expr (treeop0, subtarget, | |
8751 | VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8752 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
8753 | target = 0; | |
e002c7cb | 8754 | /* In case we have to reduce the result to bitfield precision |
205ec405 JJ |
8755 | for unsigned bitfield expand this as XOR with a proper constant |
8756 | instead. */ | |
8757 | if (reduce_bit_field && TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)) | |
e002c7cb RG |
8758 | temp = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0, |
8759 | immed_double_int_const | |
8760 | (double_int_mask (TYPE_PRECISION (type)), mode), | |
8761 | target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
8762 | else | |
8763 | temp = expand_unop (mode, one_cmpl_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
f994f296 MM |
8764 | gcc_assert (temp); |
8765 | return temp; | |
f47e9b4e | 8766 | |
f994f296 MM |
8767 | /* ??? Can optimize bitwise operations with one arg constant. |
8768 | Can optimize (a bitwise1 n) bitwise2 (a bitwise3 b) | |
8769 | and (a bitwise1 b) bitwise2 b (etc) | |
8770 | but that is probably not worth while. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 8771 | |
f994f296 | 8772 | case BIT_AND_EXPR: |
f994f296 | 8773 | case BIT_IOR_EXPR: |
f994f296 MM |
8774 | case BIT_XOR_EXPR: |
8775 | goto binop; | |
7a06d606 | 8776 | |
f994f296 MM |
8777 | case LROTATE_EXPR: |
8778 | case RROTATE_EXPR: | |
8779 | gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)) | |
8780 | || (GET_MODE_PRECISION (TYPE_MODE (type)) | |
8781 | == TYPE_PRECISION (type))); | |
8782 | /* fall through */ | |
a281e72d | 8783 | |
f994f296 MM |
8784 | case LSHIFT_EXPR: |
8785 | case RSHIFT_EXPR: | |
8786 | /* If this is a fixed-point operation, then we cannot use the code | |
8787 | below because "expand_shift" doesn't support sat/no-sat fixed-point | |
8788 | shifts. */ | |
8789 | if (ALL_FIXED_POINT_MODE_P (mode)) | |
8790 | goto binop; | |
3a94c984 | 8791 | |
f994f296 MM |
8792 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, treeop1, 1)) |
8793 | subtarget = 0; | |
8794 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
8795 | target = 0; | |
8796 | op0 = expand_expr (treeop0, subtarget, | |
8797 | VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
eb6c3df1 RG |
8798 | temp = expand_variable_shift (code, mode, op0, treeop1, target, |
8799 | unsignedp); | |
f994f296 MM |
8800 | if (code == LSHIFT_EXPR) |
8801 | temp = REDUCE_BIT_FIELD (temp); | |
8802 | return temp; | |
bbf6f052 | 8803 | |
f994f296 MM |
8804 | /* Could determine the answer when only additive constants differ. Also, |
8805 | the addition of one can be handled by changing the condition. */ | |
8806 | case LT_EXPR: | |
8807 | case LE_EXPR: | |
8808 | case GT_EXPR: | |
8809 | case GE_EXPR: | |
8810 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
8811 | case NE_EXPR: | |
8812 | case UNORDERED_EXPR: | |
8813 | case ORDERED_EXPR: | |
8814 | case UNLT_EXPR: | |
8815 | case UNLE_EXPR: | |
8816 | case UNGT_EXPR: | |
8817 | case UNGE_EXPR: | |
8818 | case UNEQ_EXPR: | |
8819 | case LTGT_EXPR: | |
8820 | temp = do_store_flag (ops, | |
8821 | modifier != EXPAND_STACK_PARM ? target : NULL_RTX, | |
8822 | tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
8823 | if (temp) | |
8824 | return temp; | |
dc6d66b3 | 8825 | |
f994f296 MM |
8826 | /* Use a compare and a jump for BLKmode comparisons, or for function |
8827 | type comparisons is HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare. */ | |
dc6d66b3 | 8828 | |
f994f296 MM |
8829 | if ((target == 0 |
8830 | || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM | |
8831 | || ! safe_from_p (target, treeop0, 1) | |
8832 | || ! safe_from_p (target, treeop1, 1) | |
8833 | /* Make sure we don't have a hard reg (such as function's return | |
8834 | value) live across basic blocks, if not optimizing. */ | |
8835 | || (!optimize && REG_P (target) | |
8836 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))) | |
8837 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
ef19912d | 8838 | |
f994f296 | 8839 | emit_move_insn (target, const0_rtx); |
ef19912d | 8840 | |
f994f296 | 8841 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
40e90eac | 8842 | jumpifnot_1 (code, treeop0, treeop1, op1, -1); |
befdad07 | 8843 | |
7bba408b JJ |
8844 | if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == 1 && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)) |
8845 | emit_move_insn (target, constm1_rtx); | |
8846 | else | |
8847 | emit_move_insn (target, const1_rtx); | |
bbf6f052 | 8848 | |
f994f296 MM |
8849 | emit_label (op1); |
8850 | return target; | |
bbf6f052 | 8851 | |
f994f296 MM |
8852 | case COMPLEX_EXPR: |
8853 | /* Get the rtx code of the operands. */ | |
8854 | op0 = expand_normal (treeop0); | |
8855 | op1 = expand_normal (treeop1); | |
05019f83 | 8856 | |
f994f296 MM |
8857 | if (!target) |
8858 | target = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (type)); | |
41472af8 | 8859 | |
f994f296 MM |
8860 | /* Move the real (op0) and imaginary (op1) parts to their location. */ |
8861 | write_complex_part (target, op0, false); | |
8862 | write_complex_part (target, op1, true); | |
f47e9b4e | 8863 | |
f994f296 | 8864 | return target; |
dc6d66b3 | 8865 | |
f994f296 MM |
8866 | case WIDEN_SUM_EXPR: |
8867 | { | |
8868 | tree oprnd0 = treeop0; | |
8869 | tree oprnd1 = treeop1; | |
0d15e60c | 8870 | |
f994f296 MM |
8871 | expand_operands (oprnd0, oprnd1, NULL_RTX, &op0, &op1, EXPAND_NORMAL); |
8872 | target = expand_widen_pattern_expr (ops, op0, NULL_RTX, op1, | |
8873 | target, unsignedp); | |
8874 | return target; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8875 | } |
8876 | ||
f994f296 MM |
8877 | case REDUC_MAX_EXPR: |
8878 | case REDUC_MIN_EXPR: | |
8879 | case REDUC_PLUS_EXPR: | |
d2af6a68 | 8880 | { |
f994f296 MM |
8881 | op0 = expand_normal (treeop0); |
8882 | this_optab = optab_for_tree_code (code, type, optab_default); | |
8883 | temp = expand_unop (mode, this_optab, op0, target, unsignedp); | |
8884 | gcc_assert (temp); | |
8885 | return temp; | |
8886 | } | |
d2af6a68 | 8887 | |
f994f296 MM |
8888 | case VEC_LSHIFT_EXPR: |
8889 | case VEC_RSHIFT_EXPR: | |
8890 | { | |
8891 | target = expand_vec_shift_expr (ops, target); | |
8892 | return target; | |
8893 | } | |
14a774a9 | 8894 | |
f994f296 MM |
8895 | case VEC_UNPACK_HI_EXPR: |
8896 | case VEC_UNPACK_LO_EXPR: | |
8897 | { | |
8898 | op0 = expand_normal (treeop0); | |
f994f296 MM |
8899 | temp = expand_widen_pattern_expr (ops, op0, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, |
8900 | target, unsignedp); | |
8901 | gcc_assert (temp); | |
8902 | return temp; | |
8903 | } | |
c3d32120 | 8904 | |
f994f296 MM |
8905 | case VEC_UNPACK_FLOAT_HI_EXPR: |
8906 | case VEC_UNPACK_FLOAT_LO_EXPR: | |
8907 | { | |
8908 | op0 = expand_normal (treeop0); | |
8909 | /* The signedness is determined from input operand. */ | |
f994f296 MM |
8910 | temp = expand_widen_pattern_expr |
8911 | (ops, op0, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, | |
8912 | target, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (treeop0))); | |
14a774a9 | 8913 | |
f994f296 MM |
8914 | gcc_assert (temp); |
8915 | return temp; | |
8916 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 8917 | |
f994f296 MM |
8918 | case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_HI_EXPR: |
8919 | case VEC_WIDEN_MULT_LO_EXPR: | |
8920 | { | |
8921 | tree oprnd0 = treeop0; | |
8922 | tree oprnd1 = treeop1; | |
1499e0a8 | 8923 | |
f994f296 MM |
8924 | expand_operands (oprnd0, oprnd1, NULL_RTX, &op0, &op1, EXPAND_NORMAL); |
8925 | target = expand_widen_pattern_expr (ops, op0, op1, NULL_RTX, | |
8926 | target, unsignedp); | |
8927 | gcc_assert (target); | |
8928 | return target; | |
8929 | } | |
ed1223ba | 8930 | |
36ba4aae IR |
8931 | case VEC_WIDEN_LSHIFT_HI_EXPR: |
8932 | case VEC_WIDEN_LSHIFT_LO_EXPR: | |
8933 | { | |
8934 | tree oprnd0 = treeop0; | |
8935 | tree oprnd1 = treeop1; | |
8936 | ||
8937 | expand_operands (oprnd0, oprnd1, NULL_RTX, &op0, &op1, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8938 | target = expand_widen_pattern_expr (ops, op0, op1, NULL_RTX, | |
8939 | target, unsignedp); | |
8940 | gcc_assert (target); | |
8941 | return target; | |
8942 | } | |
8943 | ||
f994f296 MM |
8944 | case VEC_PACK_TRUNC_EXPR: |
8945 | case VEC_PACK_SAT_EXPR: | |
8946 | case VEC_PACK_FIX_TRUNC_EXPR: | |
8947 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (treeop0)); | |
8948 | goto binop; | |
2205ed25 RH |
8949 | |
8950 | case VEC_PERM_EXPR: | |
22e4dee7 RH |
8951 | expand_operands (treeop0, treeop1, target, &op0, &op1, EXPAND_NORMAL); |
8952 | op2 = expand_normal (treeop2); | |
ccdfb0e2 RH |
8953 | |
8954 | /* Careful here: if the target doesn't support integral vector modes, | |
8955 | a constant selection vector could wind up smooshed into a normal | |
8956 | integral constant. */ | |
8957 | if (CONSTANT_P (op2) && GET_CODE (op2) != CONST_VECTOR) | |
8958 | { | |
8959 | tree sel_type = TREE_TYPE (treeop2); | |
8960 | enum machine_mode vmode | |
8961 | = mode_for_vector (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (sel_type)), | |
8962 | TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (sel_type)); | |
8963 | gcc_assert (GET_MODE_CLASS (vmode) == MODE_VECTOR_INT); | |
8964 | op2 = simplify_subreg (vmode, op2, TYPE_MODE (sel_type), 0); | |
8965 | gcc_assert (op2 && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_VECTOR); | |
8966 | } | |
8967 | else | |
8968 | gcc_assert (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op2)) == MODE_VECTOR_INT); | |
8969 | ||
22e4dee7 RH |
8970 | temp = expand_vec_perm (mode, op0, op1, op2, target); |
8971 | gcc_assert (temp); | |
8972 | return temp; | |
bbf6f052 | 8973 | |
f471fe72 RG |
8974 | case DOT_PROD_EXPR: |
8975 | { | |
8976 | tree oprnd0 = treeop0; | |
8977 | tree oprnd1 = treeop1; | |
8978 | tree oprnd2 = treeop2; | |
8979 | rtx op2; | |
8980 | ||
8981 | expand_operands (oprnd0, oprnd1, NULL_RTX, &op0, &op1, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8982 | op2 = expand_normal (oprnd2); | |
8983 | target = expand_widen_pattern_expr (ops, op0, op1, op2, | |
8984 | target, unsignedp); | |
8985 | return target; | |
8986 | } | |
8987 | ||
8988 | case REALIGN_LOAD_EXPR: | |
8989 | { | |
8990 | tree oprnd0 = treeop0; | |
8991 | tree oprnd1 = treeop1; | |
8992 | tree oprnd2 = treeop2; | |
8993 | rtx op2; | |
8994 | ||
8995 | this_optab = optab_for_tree_code (code, type, optab_default); | |
8996 | expand_operands (oprnd0, oprnd1, NULL_RTX, &op0, &op1, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
8997 | op2 = expand_normal (oprnd2); | |
8998 | temp = expand_ternary_op (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, op2, | |
8999 | target, unsignedp); | |
9000 | gcc_assert (temp); | |
9001 | return temp; | |
9002 | } | |
9003 | ||
4e71066d RG |
9004 | case COND_EXPR: |
9005 | /* A COND_EXPR with its type being VOID_TYPE represents a | |
9006 | conditional jump and is handled in | |
9007 | expand_gimple_cond_expr. */ | |
9008 | gcc_assert (!VOID_TYPE_P (type)); | |
9009 | ||
9010 | /* Note that COND_EXPRs whose type is a structure or union | |
9011 | are required to be constructed to contain assignments of | |
9012 | a temporary variable, so that we can evaluate them here | |
9013 | for side effect only. If type is void, we must do likewise. */ | |
9014 | ||
9015 | gcc_assert (!TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type) | |
9016 | && !ignore | |
9017 | && TREE_TYPE (treeop1) != void_type_node | |
9018 | && TREE_TYPE (treeop2) != void_type_node); | |
9019 | ||
683c600b AP |
9020 | temp = expand_cond_expr_using_cmove (treeop0, treeop1, treeop2); |
9021 | if (temp) | |
9022 | return temp; | |
9023 | ||
4e71066d RG |
9024 | /* If we are not to produce a result, we have no target. Otherwise, |
9025 | if a target was specified use it; it will not be used as an | |
9026 | intermediate target unless it is safe. If no target, use a | |
9027 | temporary. */ | |
9028 | ||
9029 | if (modifier != EXPAND_STACK_PARM | |
9030 | && original_target | |
9031 | && safe_from_p (original_target, treeop0, 1) | |
9032 | && GET_MODE (original_target) == mode | |
4e71066d RG |
9033 | && !MEM_P (original_target)) |
9034 | temp = original_target; | |
9035 | else | |
9474e8ab | 9036 | temp = assign_temp (type, 0, 1); |
4e71066d RG |
9037 | |
9038 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
9039 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
9040 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9041 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9042 | jumpifnot (treeop0, op0, -1); | |
9043 | store_expr (treeop1, temp, | |
9044 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM, | |
9045 | false); | |
9046 | ||
9047 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (op1)); | |
9048 | emit_barrier (); | |
9049 | emit_label (op0); | |
9050 | store_expr (treeop2, temp, | |
9051 | modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM, | |
9052 | false); | |
9053 | ||
9054 | emit_label (op1); | |
9055 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
9056 | return temp; | |
9057 | ||
9058 | case VEC_COND_EXPR: | |
9059 | target = expand_vec_cond_expr (type, treeop0, treeop1, treeop2, target); | |
9060 | return target; | |
9061 | ||
f994f296 MM |
9062 | default: |
9063 | gcc_unreachable (); | |
9064 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 9065 | |
f994f296 MM |
9066 | /* Here to do an ordinary binary operator. */ |
9067 | binop: | |
9068 | expand_operands (treeop0, treeop1, | |
9069 | subtarget, &op0, &op1, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
9070 | binop2: | |
9071 | this_optab = optab_for_tree_code (code, type, optab_default); | |
9072 | binop3: | |
9073 | if (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
9074 | target = 0; | |
9075 | temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, | |
9076 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
9077 | gcc_assert (temp); | |
d906fd7f RG |
9078 | /* Bitwise operations do not need bitfield reduction as we expect their |
9079 | operands being properly truncated. */ | |
9080 | if (code == BIT_XOR_EXPR | |
9081 | || code == BIT_AND_EXPR | |
9082 | || code == BIT_IOR_EXPR) | |
9083 | return temp; | |
f994f296 MM |
9084 | return REDUCE_BIT_FIELD (temp); |
9085 | } | |
9086 | #undef REDUCE_BIT_FIELD | |
7f62854a | 9087 | |
28ed065e | 9088 | rtx |
f994f296 MM |
9089 | expand_expr_real_1 (tree exp, rtx target, enum machine_mode tmode, |
9090 | enum expand_modifier modifier, rtx *alt_rtl) | |
9091 | { | |
9092 | rtx op0, op1, temp, decl_rtl; | |
9093 | tree type; | |
9094 | int unsignedp; | |
9095 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
9096 | enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp); | |
f994f296 MM |
9097 | rtx subtarget, original_target; |
9098 | int ignore; | |
9099 | tree context; | |
9100 | bool reduce_bit_field; | |
9101 | location_t loc = EXPR_LOCATION (exp); | |
9102 | struct separate_ops ops; | |
9103 | tree treeop0, treeop1, treeop2; | |
d36d83e9 EB |
9104 | tree ssa_name = NULL_TREE; |
9105 | gimple g; | |
7f62854a | 9106 | |
f994f296 MM |
9107 | type = TREE_TYPE (exp); |
9108 | mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
9109 | unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
7f62854a | 9110 | |
f994f296 MM |
9111 | treeop0 = treeop1 = treeop2 = NULL_TREE; |
9112 | if (!VL_EXP_CLASS_P (exp)) | |
9113 | switch (TREE_CODE_LENGTH (code)) | |
9114 | { | |
9115 | default: | |
9116 | case 3: treeop2 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
9117 | case 2: treeop1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
9118 | case 1: treeop0 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
9119 | case 0: break; | |
9120 | } | |
9121 | ops.code = code; | |
9122 | ops.type = type; | |
9123 | ops.op0 = treeop0; | |
9124 | ops.op1 = treeop1; | |
9125 | ops.op2 = treeop2; | |
9126 | ops.location = loc; | |
12342f90 | 9127 | |
f994f296 MM |
9128 | ignore = (target == const0_rtx |
9129 | || ((CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (code) | |
9130 | || code == COND_EXPR || code == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR) | |
9131 | && TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)); | |
fdf473ae | 9132 | |
f994f296 MM |
9133 | /* An operation in what may be a bit-field type needs the |
9134 | result to be reduced to the precision of the bit-field type, | |
9135 | which is narrower than that of the type's mode. */ | |
9136 | reduce_bit_field = (!ignore | |
a577c405 | 9137 | && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type) |
f994f296 | 9138 | && GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) > TYPE_PRECISION (type)); |
12342f90 | 9139 | |
f994f296 MM |
9140 | /* If we are going to ignore this result, we need only do something |
9141 | if there is a side-effect somewhere in the expression. If there | |
9142 | is, short-circuit the most common cases here. Note that we must | |
9143 | not call expand_expr with anything but const0_rtx in case this | |
9144 | is an initial expansion of a size that contains a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. */ | |
d6a5ac33 | 9145 | |
f994f296 MM |
9146 | if (ignore) |
9147 | { | |
9148 | if (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (exp)) | |
9149 | return const0_rtx; | |
9150 | ||
9151 | /* Ensure we reference a volatile object even if value is ignored, but | |
9152 | don't do this if all we are doing is taking its address. */ | |
9153 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) | |
9154 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != FUNCTION_DECL | |
9155 | && mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode | |
9156 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS) | |
7acda552 | 9157 | { |
f994f296 MM |
9158 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, modifier); |
9159 | if (MEM_P (temp)) | |
e16b6fd0 | 9160 | copy_to_reg (temp); |
f994f296 | 9161 | return const0_rtx; |
7acda552 RK |
9162 | } |
9163 | ||
f994f296 MM |
9164 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == tcc_unary |
9165 | || code == COMPONENT_REF || code == INDIRECT_REF) | |
9166 | return expand_expr (treeop0, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, | |
9167 | modifier); | |
e675826d | 9168 | |
f994f296 MM |
9169 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == tcc_binary |
9170 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == tcc_comparison | |
9171 | || code == ARRAY_REF || code == ARRAY_RANGE_REF) | |
9172 | { | |
9173 | expand_expr (treeop0, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
9174 | expand_expr (treeop1, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
9175 | return const0_rtx; | |
9176 | } | |
9177 | else if (code == BIT_FIELD_REF) | |
9178 | { | |
9179 | expand_expr (treeop0, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
9180 | expand_expr (treeop1, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
9181 | expand_expr (treeop2, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
9182 | return const0_rtx; | |
9183 | } | |
e675826d | 9184 | |
f994f296 MM |
9185 | target = 0; |
9186 | } | |
e675826d | 9187 | |
f994f296 MM |
9188 | if (reduce_bit_field && modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) |
9189 | target = 0; | |
e675826d | 9190 | |
f994f296 MM |
9191 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ |
9192 | subtarget = get_subtarget (target); | |
9193 | original_target = target; | |
e675826d | 9194 | |
f994f296 MM |
9195 | switch (code) |
9196 | { | |
9197 | case LABEL_DECL: | |
9198 | { | |
9199 | tree function = decl_function_context (exp); | |
e675826d | 9200 | |
f994f296 MM |
9201 | temp = label_rtx (exp); |
9202 | temp = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, temp); | |
e675826d | 9203 | |
f994f296 MM |
9204 | if (function != current_function_decl |
9205 | && function != 0) | |
9206 | LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (temp) = 1; | |
9207 | ||
9208 | temp = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, temp); | |
9209 | return temp; | |
e675826d EB |
9210 | } |
9211 | ||
f994f296 MM |
9212 | case SSA_NAME: |
9213 | /* ??? ivopts calls expander, without any preparation from | |
9214 | out-of-ssa. So fake instructions as if this was an access to the | |
9215 | base variable. This unnecessarily allocates a pseudo, see how we can | |
9216 | reuse it, if partition base vars have it set already. */ | |
9217 | if (!currently_expanding_to_rtl) | |
d36d83e9 EB |
9218 | return expand_expr_real_1 (SSA_NAME_VAR (exp), target, tmode, modifier, |
9219 | NULL); | |
9220 | ||
9221 | g = get_gimple_for_ssa_name (exp); | |
dcde5957 JJ |
9222 | /* For EXPAND_INITIALIZER try harder to get something simpler. */ |
9223 | if (g == NULL | |
9224 | && modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
9225 | && !SSA_NAME_IS_DEFAULT_DEF (exp) | |
9226 | && (optimize || DECL_IGNORED_P (SSA_NAME_VAR (exp))) | |
9227 | && stmt_is_replaceable_p (SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (exp))) | |
9228 | g = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (exp); | |
d36d83e9 | 9229 | if (g) |
7bc14a04 PB |
9230 | { |
9231 | rtx r = expand_expr_real (gimple_assign_rhs_to_tree (g), target, | |
9232 | tmode, modifier, NULL); | |
9233 | if (REG_P (r) && !REG_EXPR (r)) | |
9234 | set_reg_attrs_for_decl_rtl (SSA_NAME_VAR (exp), r); | |
9235 | return r; | |
9236 | } | |
d36d83e9 EB |
9237 | |
9238 | ssa_name = exp; | |
9239 | decl_rtl = get_rtx_for_ssa_name (ssa_name); | |
9240 | exp = SSA_NAME_VAR (ssa_name); | |
f994f296 | 9241 | goto expand_decl_rtl; |
ed239f5a | 9242 | |
f994f296 MM |
9243 | case PARM_DECL: |
9244 | case VAR_DECL: | |
9245 | /* If a static var's type was incomplete when the decl was written, | |
9246 | but the type is complete now, lay out the decl now. */ | |
9247 | if (DECL_SIZE (exp) == 0 | |
9248 | && COMPLETE_OR_UNBOUND_ARRAY_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
9249 | && (TREE_STATIC (exp) || DECL_EXTERNAL (exp))) | |
9250 | layout_decl (exp, 0); | |
9251 | ||
f994f296 | 9252 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
ed239f5a | 9253 | |
f994f296 MM |
9254 | case FUNCTION_DECL: |
9255 | case RESULT_DECL: | |
9256 | decl_rtl = DECL_RTL (exp); | |
9257 | expand_decl_rtl: | |
9258 | gcc_assert (decl_rtl); | |
9259 | decl_rtl = copy_rtx (decl_rtl); | |
b748fbd6 | 9260 | /* Record writes to register variables. */ |
d108e679 AS |
9261 | if (modifier == EXPAND_WRITE |
9262 | && REG_P (decl_rtl) | |
9263 | && HARD_REGISTER_P (decl_rtl)) | |
9264 | add_to_hard_reg_set (&crtl->asm_clobbers, | |
9265 | GET_MODE (decl_rtl), REGNO (decl_rtl)); | |
ed239f5a | 9266 | |
f994f296 MM |
9267 | /* Ensure variable marked as used even if it doesn't go through |
9268 | a parser. If it hasn't be used yet, write out an external | |
9269 | definition. */ | |
bbee5843 | 9270 | TREE_USED (exp) = 1; |
ed239f5a | 9271 | |
f994f296 MM |
9272 | /* Show we haven't gotten RTL for this yet. */ |
9273 | temp = 0; | |
ed239f5a | 9274 | |
f994f296 MM |
9275 | /* Variables inherited from containing functions should have |
9276 | been lowered by this point. */ | |
9277 | context = decl_function_context (exp); | |
9278 | gcc_assert (!context | |
9279 | || context == current_function_decl | |
9280 | || TREE_STATIC (exp) | |
bd39cb52 | 9281 | || DECL_EXTERNAL (exp) |
f994f296 MM |
9282 | /* ??? C++ creates functions that are not TREE_STATIC. */ |
9283 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL); | |
ed239f5a | 9284 | |
f994f296 MM |
9285 | /* This is the case of an array whose size is to be determined |
9286 | from its initializer, while the initializer is still being parsed. | |
9474e8ab | 9287 | ??? We aren't parsing while expanding anymore. */ |
c11c10d8 | 9288 | |
f994f296 MM |
9289 | if (MEM_P (decl_rtl) && REG_P (XEXP (decl_rtl, 0))) |
9290 | temp = validize_mem (decl_rtl); | |
ed239f5a | 9291 | |
f994f296 MM |
9292 | /* If DECL_RTL is memory, we are in the normal case and the |
9293 | address is not valid, get the address into a register. */ | |
0fb7aeda | 9294 | |
f994f296 MM |
9295 | else if (MEM_P (decl_rtl) && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
9296 | { | |
9297 | if (alt_rtl) | |
9298 | *alt_rtl = decl_rtl; | |
9299 | decl_rtl = use_anchored_address (decl_rtl); | |
9300 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
9301 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
09e881c9 BE |
9302 | && !memory_address_addr_space_p (DECL_MODE (exp), |
9303 | XEXP (decl_rtl, 0), | |
9304 | MEM_ADDR_SPACE (decl_rtl))) | |
f994f296 MM |
9305 | temp = replace_equiv_address (decl_rtl, |
9306 | copy_rtx (XEXP (decl_rtl, 0))); | |
ed239f5a RK |
9307 | } |
9308 | ||
f994f296 MM |
9309 | /* If we got something, return it. But first, set the alignment |
9310 | if the address is a register. */ | |
9311 | if (temp != 0) | |
9312 | { | |
9313 | if (MEM_P (temp) && REG_P (XEXP (temp, 0))) | |
9314 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (temp, 0), DECL_ALIGN (exp)); | |
ed239f5a | 9315 | |
f994f296 MM |
9316 | return temp; |
9317 | } | |
5be014d5 | 9318 | |
2ba87a29 RS |
9319 | /* If the mode of DECL_RTL does not match that of the decl, |
9320 | there are two cases: we are dealing with a BLKmode value | |
9321 | that is returned in a register, or we are dealing with | |
9322 | a promoted value. In the latter case, return a SUBREG | |
9323 | of the wanted mode, but mark it so that we know that it | |
9324 | was already extended. */ | |
9325 | if (REG_P (decl_rtl) | |
9326 | && DECL_MODE (exp) != BLKmode | |
9327 | && GET_MODE (decl_rtl) != DECL_MODE (exp)) | |
7f9844ca | 9328 | { |
f994f296 | 9329 | enum machine_mode pmode; |
7f9844ca | 9330 | |
d36d83e9 EB |
9331 | /* Get the signedness to be used for this variable. Ensure we get |
9332 | the same mode we got when the variable was declared. */ | |
9333 | if (code == SSA_NAME | |
9334 | && (g = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (ssa_name)) | |
9335 | && gimple_code (g) == GIMPLE_CALL) | |
25583c4f RS |
9336 | { |
9337 | gcc_assert (!gimple_call_internal_p (g)); | |
9338 | pmode = promote_function_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp, | |
9339 | gimple_call_fntype (g), | |
9340 | 2); | |
9341 | } | |
d36d83e9 EB |
9342 | else |
9343 | pmode = promote_decl_mode (exp, &unsignedp); | |
f994f296 MM |
9344 | gcc_assert (GET_MODE (decl_rtl) == pmode); |
9345 | ||
9346 | temp = gen_lowpart_SUBREG (mode, decl_rtl); | |
9347 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; | |
9348 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_SET (temp, unsignedp); | |
9349 | return temp; | |
7f9844ca RS |
9350 | } |
9351 | ||
f994f296 | 9352 | return decl_rtl; |
bbf6f052 | 9353 | |
f994f296 MM |
9354 | case INTEGER_CST: |
9355 | temp = immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp), | |
9356 | TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (exp), mode); | |
bbf6f052 | 9357 | |
f994f296 | 9358 | return temp; |
bbf6f052 | 9359 | |
f994f296 MM |
9360 | case VECTOR_CST: |
9361 | { | |
9362 | tree tmp = NULL_TREE; | |
9363 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_INT | |
9364 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT | |
9365 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_FRACT | |
9366 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_UFRACT | |
9367 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_ACCUM | |
9368 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_UACCUM) | |
9369 | return const_vector_from_tree (exp); | |
9370 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT) | |
9371 | { | |
9372 | tree type_for_mode = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 1); | |
9373 | if (type_for_mode) | |
9374 | tmp = fold_unary_loc (loc, VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR, type_for_mode, exp); | |
9375 | } | |
9376 | if (!tmp) | |
d2a12ae7 RG |
9377 | { |
9378 | VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *v; | |
9379 | unsigned i; | |
9380 | v = VEC_alloc (constructor_elt, gc, VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp)); | |
9381 | for (i = 0; i < VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp); ++i) | |
9382 | CONSTRUCTOR_APPEND_ELT (v, NULL_TREE, VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, i)); | |
9383 | tmp = build_constructor (type, v); | |
9384 | } | |
f994f296 MM |
9385 | return expand_expr (tmp, ignore ? const0_rtx : target, |
9386 | tmode, modifier); | |
9387 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9388 | |
f994f296 MM |
9389 | case CONST_DECL: |
9390 | return expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (exp), target, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
bbf6f052 | 9391 | |
f994f296 MM |
9392 | case REAL_CST: |
9393 | /* If optimized, generate immediate CONST_DOUBLE | |
9394 | which will be turned into memory by reload if necessary. | |
cbbc503e | 9395 | |
f994f296 MM |
9396 | We used to force a register so that loop.c could see it. But |
9397 | this does not allow gen_* patterns to perform optimizations with | |
9398 | the constants. It also produces two insns in cases like "x = 1.0;". | |
9399 | On most machines, floating-point constants are not permitted in | |
9400 | many insns, so we'd end up copying it to a register in any case. | |
bbf6f052 | 9401 | |
f994f296 MM |
9402 | Now, we do the copying in expand_binop, if appropriate. */ |
9403 | return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (TREE_REAL_CST (exp), | |
9404 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
cbbc503e | 9405 | |
f994f296 MM |
9406 | case FIXED_CST: |
9407 | return CONST_FIXED_FROM_FIXED_VALUE (TREE_FIXED_CST (exp), | |
9408 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
bbf6f052 | 9409 | |
f994f296 MM |
9410 | case COMPLEX_CST: |
9411 | /* Handle evaluating a complex constant in a CONCAT target. */ | |
9412 | if (original_target && GET_CODE (original_target) == CONCAT) | |
4ef7870a | 9413 | { |
f994f296 MM |
9414 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); |
9415 | rtx rtarg, itarg; | |
9416 | ||
9417 | rtarg = XEXP (original_target, 0); | |
9418 | itarg = XEXP (original_target, 1); | |
9419 | ||
9420 | /* Move the real and imaginary parts separately. */ | |
9421 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_REALPART (exp), rtarg, mode, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
9422 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_IMAGPART (exp), itarg, mode, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
9423 | ||
9424 | if (op0 != rtarg) | |
9425 | emit_move_insn (rtarg, op0); | |
9426 | if (op1 != itarg) | |
9427 | emit_move_insn (itarg, op1); | |
9428 | ||
9429 | return original_target; | |
4ef7870a | 9430 | } |
bbf6f052 | 9431 | |
f994f296 | 9432 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
bbf6f052 | 9433 | |
f994f296 MM |
9434 | case STRING_CST: |
9435 | temp = expand_expr_constant (exp, 1, modifier); | |
14661f36 | 9436 | |
f994f296 MM |
9437 | /* temp contains a constant address. |
9438 | On RISC machines where a constant address isn't valid, | |
9439 | make some insns to get that address into a register. */ | |
9440 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
9441 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
9442 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
09e881c9 BE |
9443 | && ! memory_address_addr_space_p (mode, XEXP (temp, 0), |
9444 | MEM_ADDR_SPACE (temp))) | |
f994f296 MM |
9445 | return replace_equiv_address (temp, |
9446 | copy_rtx (XEXP (temp, 0))); | |
9447 | return temp; | |
14661f36 | 9448 | |
f994f296 MM |
9449 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
9450 | { | |
9451 | tree val = treeop0; | |
9452 | rtx ret = expand_expr_real_1 (val, target, tmode, modifier, alt_rtl); | |
ea87523e | 9453 | |
f994f296 MM |
9454 | if (!SAVE_EXPR_RESOLVED_P (exp)) |
9455 | { | |
9456 | /* We can indeed still hit this case, typically via builtin | |
9457 | expanders calling save_expr immediately before expanding | |
9458 | something. Assume this means that we only have to deal | |
9459 | with non-BLKmode values. */ | |
9460 | gcc_assert (GET_MODE (ret) != BLKmode); | |
ae431183 | 9461 | |
f994f296 MM |
9462 | val = build_decl (EXPR_LOCATION (exp), |
9463 | VAR_DECL, NULL, TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
9464 | DECL_ARTIFICIAL (val) = 1; | |
9465 | DECL_IGNORED_P (val) = 1; | |
9466 | treeop0 = val; | |
9467 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = treeop0; | |
9468 | SAVE_EXPR_RESOLVED_P (exp) = 1; | |
1717e19e | 9469 | |
f994f296 MM |
9470 | if (!CONSTANT_P (ret)) |
9471 | ret = copy_to_reg (ret); | |
9472 | SET_DECL_RTL (val, ret); | |
9473 | } | |
1717e19e | 9474 | |
f994f296 MM |
9475 | return ret; |
9476 | } | |
9477 | ||
f994f296 MM |
9478 | |
9479 | case CONSTRUCTOR: | |
9480 | /* If we don't need the result, just ensure we evaluate any | |
9481 | subexpressions. */ | |
9482 | if (ignore) | |
1717e19e | 9483 | { |
f994f296 MM |
9484 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx; |
9485 | tree value; | |
9486 | ||
9487 | FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, value) | |
9488 | expand_expr (value, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
9489 | ||
9490 | return const0_rtx; | |
1717e19e UW |
9491 | } |
9492 | ||
f994f296 | 9493 | return expand_constructor (exp, target, modifier, false); |
bbf6f052 | 9494 | |
be1ac4ec | 9495 | case TARGET_MEM_REF: |
f994f296 | 9496 | { |
e831c1e8 RG |
9497 | addr_space_t as |
9498 | = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
be1ac4ec | 9499 | struct mem_address addr; |
28164eed | 9500 | enum insn_code icode; |
cab35794 | 9501 | unsigned int align; |
09e881c9 | 9502 | |
be1ac4ec RG |
9503 | get_address_description (exp, &addr); |
9504 | op0 = addr_for_mem_ref (&addr, as, true); | |
09e881c9 | 9505 | op0 = memory_address_addr_space (mode, op0, as); |
f994f296 | 9506 | temp = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, op0); |
f994f296 | 9507 | set_mem_attributes (temp, exp, 0); |
09e881c9 | 9508 | set_mem_addr_space (temp, as); |
cab35794 | 9509 | align = get_object_or_type_alignment (exp); |
02f6574b MJ |
9510 | if (modifier != EXPAND_WRITE |
9511 | && mode != BLKmode | |
cab35794 | 9512 | && align < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) |
be1ac4ec RG |
9513 | /* If the target does not have special handling for unaligned |
9514 | loads of mode then it can use regular moves for them. */ | |
9515 | && ((icode = optab_handler (movmisalign_optab, mode)) | |
9516 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
f994f296 | 9517 | { |
28164eed | 9518 | struct expand_operand ops[2]; |
8403445a | 9519 | |
f994f296 | 9520 | /* We've already validated the memory, and we're creating a |
28164eed RS |
9521 | new pseudo destination. The predicates really can't fail, |
9522 | nor can the generator. */ | |
9523 | create_output_operand (&ops[0], NULL_RTX, mode); | |
9524 | create_fixed_operand (&ops[1], temp); | |
9525 | expand_insn (icode, 2, ops); | |
9526 | return ops[0].value; | |
f994f296 | 9527 | } |
f994f296 MM |
9528 | return temp; |
9529 | } | |
9530 | ||
70f34814 RG |
9531 | case MEM_REF: |
9532 | { | |
9533 | addr_space_t as | |
e831c1e8 | 9534 | = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); |
70f34814 RG |
9535 | enum machine_mode address_mode; |
9536 | tree base = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
75421dcd | 9537 | gimple def_stmt; |
28164eed | 9538 | enum insn_code icode; |
cab35794 | 9539 | unsigned align; |
70f34814 RG |
9540 | /* Handle expansion of non-aliased memory with non-BLKmode. That |
9541 | might end up in a register. */ | |
22345357 | 9542 | if (mem_ref_refers_to_non_mem_p (exp)) |
70f34814 RG |
9543 | { |
9544 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset = mem_ref_offset (exp).low; | |
9545 | tree bit_offset; | |
22345357 | 9546 | tree bftype; |
70f34814 | 9547 | base = TREE_OPERAND (base, 0); |
22345357 RG |
9548 | if (offset == 0 |
9549 | && host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), 1) | |
9550 | && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (DECL_MODE (base)) | |
9551 | == TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))))) | |
9552 | return expand_expr (build1 (VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR, | |
9553 | TREE_TYPE (exp), base), | |
9554 | target, tmode, modifier); | |
9555 | bit_offset = bitsize_int (offset * BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
9556 | bftype = TREE_TYPE (base); | |
9557 | if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != BLKmode) | |
9558 | bftype = TREE_TYPE (exp); | |
9559 | else | |
70f34814 | 9560 | { |
22345357 | 9561 | temp = assign_stack_temp (DECL_MODE (base), |
9474e8ab | 9562 | GET_MODE_SIZE (DECL_MODE (base))); |
22345357 RG |
9563 | store_expr (base, temp, 0, false); |
9564 | temp = adjust_address (temp, BLKmode, offset); | |
9565 | set_mem_size (temp, int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
9566 | return temp; | |
70f34814 | 9567 | } |
22345357 RG |
9568 | return expand_expr (build3 (BIT_FIELD_REF, bftype, |
9569 | base, | |
9570 | TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
9571 | bit_offset), | |
9572 | target, tmode, modifier); | |
70f34814 RG |
9573 | } |
9574 | address_mode = targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as); | |
75421dcd RG |
9575 | base = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
9576 | if ((def_stmt = get_def_for_expr (base, BIT_AND_EXPR))) | |
be1ac4ec RG |
9577 | { |
9578 | tree mask = gimple_assign_rhs2 (def_stmt); | |
9579 | base = build2 (BIT_AND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (base), | |
9580 | gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt), mask); | |
9581 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = base; | |
9582 | } | |
cab35794 | 9583 | align = get_object_or_type_alignment (exp); |
ee01a467 | 9584 | op0 = expand_expr (base, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM); |
42a48c4f | 9585 | op0 = memory_address_addr_space (address_mode, op0, as); |
70f34814 | 9586 | if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) |
b4351367 EB |
9587 | { |
9588 | rtx off | |
9589 | = immed_double_int_const (mem_ref_offset (exp), address_mode); | |
9590 | op0 = simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, address_mode, op0, off); | |
9591 | } | |
70f34814 RG |
9592 | op0 = memory_address_addr_space (mode, op0, as); |
9593 | temp = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, op0); | |
9594 | set_mem_attributes (temp, exp, 0); | |
9595 | set_mem_addr_space (temp, as); | |
9596 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp)) | |
9597 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (temp) = 1; | |
02f6574b MJ |
9598 | if (modifier != EXPAND_WRITE |
9599 | && mode != BLKmode | |
0a1c20dc | 9600 | && align < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
be1ac4ec | 9601 | { |
0a1c20dc MJ |
9602 | if ((icode = optab_handler (movmisalign_optab, mode)) |
9603 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
9604 | { | |
9605 | struct expand_operand ops[2]; | |
9606 | ||
9607 | /* We've already validated the memory, and we're creating a | |
9608 | new pseudo destination. The predicates really can't fail, | |
9609 | nor can the generator. */ | |
9610 | create_output_operand (&ops[0], NULL_RTX, mode); | |
9611 | create_fixed_operand (&ops[1], temp); | |
9612 | expand_insn (icode, 2, ops); | |
9613 | return ops[0].value; | |
9614 | } | |
9615 | else if (SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode, align)) | |
9616 | temp = extract_bit_field (temp, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), | |
9617 | 0, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
9618 | true, (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM | |
9619 | ? NULL_RTX : target), | |
9620 | mode, mode); | |
be1ac4ec | 9621 | } |
70f34814 RG |
9622 | return temp; |
9623 | } | |
9624 | ||
f994f296 MM |
9625 | case ARRAY_REF: |
9626 | ||
9627 | { | |
9628 | tree array = treeop0; | |
9629 | tree index = treeop1; | |
9630 | ||
9631 | /* Fold an expression like: "foo"[2]. | |
9632 | This is not done in fold so it won't happen inside &. | |
9633 | Don't fold if this is for wide characters since it's too | |
9634 | difficult to do correctly and this is a very rare case. */ | |
9635 | ||
9636 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
9637 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
9638 | && modifier != EXPAND_MEMORY) | |
9639 | { | |
9640 | tree t = fold_read_from_constant_string (exp); | |
9641 | ||
9642 | if (t) | |
9643 | return expand_expr (t, target, tmode, modifier); | |
9644 | } | |
9645 | ||
9646 | /* If this is a constant index into a constant array, | |
9647 | just get the value from the array. Handle both the cases when | |
9648 | we have an explicit constructor and when our operand is a variable | |
9649 | that was declared const. */ | |
9650 | ||
9651 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
9652 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
9653 | && modifier != EXPAND_MEMORY | |
9654 | && TREE_CODE (array) == CONSTRUCTOR | |
9655 | && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array) | |
9656 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST) | |
9657 | { | |
9658 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix; | |
9659 | tree field, value; | |
9660 | ||
9661 | FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (array), ix, | |
9662 | field, value) | |
9663 | if (tree_int_cst_equal (field, index)) | |
b10af0c8 | 9664 | { |
f994f296 MM |
9665 | if (!TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (value)) |
9666 | return expand_expr (fold (value), target, tmode, modifier); | |
9667 | break; | |
b10af0c8 | 9668 | } |
f994f296 | 9669 | } |
bbf6f052 | 9670 | |
f994f296 MM |
9671 | else if (optimize >= 1 |
9672 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
9673 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
9674 | && modifier != EXPAND_MEMORY | |
9675 | && TREE_READONLY (array) && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array) | |
9676 | && TREE_CODE (array) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (array) | |
9677 | && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (array)) != ERROR_MARK | |
051f8cc6 | 9678 | && const_value_known_p (array)) |
f994f296 MM |
9679 | { |
9680 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST) | |
9681 | { | |
9682 | tree init = DECL_INITIAL (array); | |
0f996086 | 9683 | |
f994f296 MM |
9684 | if (TREE_CODE (init) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
9685 | { | |
9686 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix; | |
9687 | tree field, value; | |
bbf6f052 | 9688 | |
f994f296 MM |
9689 | FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), ix, |
9690 | field, value) | |
9691 | if (tree_int_cst_equal (field, index)) | |
9692 | { | |
9693 | if (TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (value)) | |
9694 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9695 | |
f994f296 MM |
9696 | if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
9697 | { | |
9698 | /* If VALUE is a CONSTRUCTOR, this | |
9699 | optimization is only useful if | |
9700 | this doesn't store the CONSTRUCTOR | |
9701 | into memory. If it does, it is more | |
9702 | efficient to just load the data from | |
9703 | the array directly. */ | |
9704 | rtx ret = expand_constructor (value, target, | |
9705 | modifier, true); | |
9706 | if (ret == NULL_RTX) | |
9707 | break; | |
9708 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9709 | |
f994f296 MM |
9710 | return expand_expr (fold (value), target, tmode, |
9711 | modifier); | |
9712 | } | |
9713 | } | |
9714 | else if(TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST) | |
9715 | { | |
9716 | tree index1 = index; | |
9717 | tree low_bound = array_ref_low_bound (exp); | |
9718 | index1 = fold_convert_loc (loc, sizetype, | |
9719 | treeop1); | |
0f996086 | 9720 | |
f994f296 | 9721 | /* Optimize the special-case of a zero lower bound. |
0f996086 | 9722 | |
f994f296 MM |
9723 | We convert the low_bound to sizetype to avoid some problems |
9724 | with constant folding. (E.g. suppose the lower bound is 1, | |
9725 | and its mode is QI. Without the conversion,l (ARRAY | |
9726 | +(INDEX-(unsigned char)1)) becomes ((ARRAY+(-(unsigned char)1)) | |
9727 | +INDEX), which becomes (ARRAY+255+INDEX). Opps!) */ | |
bbf6f052 | 9728 | |
f994f296 MM |
9729 | if (! integer_zerop (low_bound)) |
9730 | index1 = size_diffop_loc (loc, index1, | |
9731 | fold_convert_loc (loc, sizetype, | |
9732 | low_bound)); | |
bbf6f052 | 9733 | |
f994f296 MM |
9734 | if (0 > compare_tree_int (index1, |
9735 | TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))) | |
9736 | { | |
9737 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (init)); | |
9738 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
bbf6f052 | 9739 | |
f994f296 MM |
9740 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
9741 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1) | |
9742 | return gen_int_mode (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init) | |
9743 | [TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index1)], | |
9744 | mode); | |
9745 | } | |
9746 | } | |
9747 | } | |
9748 | } | |
9749 | } | |
9750 | goto normal_inner_ref; | |
9751 | ||
9752 | case COMPONENT_REF: | |
9753 | /* If the operand is a CONSTRUCTOR, we can just extract the | |
9754 | appropriate field if it is present. */ | |
9755 | if (TREE_CODE (treeop0) == CONSTRUCTOR) | |
9756 | { | |
9757 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx; | |
9758 | tree field, value; | |
9759 | ||
9760 | FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (treeop0), | |
9761 | idx, field, value) | |
9762 | if (field == treeop1 | |
9763 | /* We can normally use the value of the field in the | |
9764 | CONSTRUCTOR. However, if this is a bitfield in | |
9765 | an integral mode that we can fit in a HOST_WIDE_INT, | |
9766 | we must mask only the number of bits in the bitfield, | |
9767 | since this is done implicitly by the constructor. If | |
9768 | the bitfield does not meet either of those conditions, | |
9769 | we can't do this optimization. */ | |
9770 | && (! DECL_BIT_FIELD (field) | |
9771 | || ((GET_MODE_CLASS (DECL_MODE (field)) == MODE_INT) | |
69660a70 | 9772 | && (GET_MODE_PRECISION (DECL_MODE (field)) |
f994f296 MM |
9773 | <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)))) |
9774 | { | |
9775 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (field) | |
9776 | && modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
9777 | target = 0; | |
9778 | op0 = expand_expr (value, target, tmode, modifier); | |
9779 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (field)) | |
9780 | { | |
9781 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (field)); | |
9782 | enum machine_mode imode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (field)); | |
9783 | ||
9784 | if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (field))) | |
9785 | { | |
9786 | op1 = GEN_INT (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bitsize) - 1); | |
9787 | op0 = expand_and (imode, op0, op1, target); | |
9788 | } | |
9789 | else | |
9790 | { | |
69660a70 | 9791 | int count = GET_MODE_PRECISION (imode) - bitsize; |
f994f296 MM |
9792 | |
9793 | op0 = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, imode, op0, count, | |
9794 | target, 0); | |
9795 | op0 = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, imode, op0, count, | |
9796 | target, 0); | |
9797 | } | |
9798 | } | |
9799 | ||
9800 | return op0; | |
9801 | } | |
9802 | } | |
9803 | goto normal_inner_ref; | |
9804 | ||
9805 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: | |
9806 | case ARRAY_RANGE_REF: | |
9807 | normal_inner_ref: | |
9808 | { | |
9809 | enum machine_mode mode1, mode2; | |
9810 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos; | |
9811 | tree offset; | |
9812 | int volatilep = 0, must_force_mem; | |
62519f7f | 9813 | bool packedp = false; |
f994f296 MM |
9814 | tree tem = get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, |
9815 | &mode1, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true); | |
9816 | rtx orig_op0, memloc; | |
65dc645a | 9817 | bool mem_attrs_from_type = false; |
f994f296 MM |
9818 | |
9819 | /* If we got back the original object, something is wrong. Perhaps | |
9820 | we are evaluating an expression too early. In any event, don't | |
9821 | infinitely recurse. */ | |
9822 | gcc_assert (tem != exp); | |
9823 | ||
62519f7f JZ |
9824 | if (TYPE_PACKED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) |
9825 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == FIELD_DECL | |
9826 | && DECL_PACKED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
9827 | packedp = true; | |
9828 | ||
f994f296 MM |
9829 | /* If TEM's type is a union of variable size, pass TARGET to the inner |
9830 | computation, since it will need a temporary and TARGET is known | |
9831 | to have to do. This occurs in unchecked conversion in Ada. */ | |
9832 | orig_op0 = op0 | |
9833 | = expand_expr (tem, | |
9834 | (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)) == UNION_TYPE | |
4519d745 | 9835 | && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (tem)) |
f994f296 MM |
9836 | && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (tem))) |
9837 | != INTEGER_CST) | |
9838 | && modifier != EXPAND_STACK_PARM | |
9839 | ? target : NULL_RTX), | |
9840 | VOIDmode, | |
9841 | (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
9842 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
9843 | || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
9844 | ? modifier : EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
9845 | ||
6a78b724 DD |
9846 | |
9847 | /* If the bitfield is volatile, we want to access it in the | |
1004f0c5 JJ |
9848 | field's mode, not the computed mode. |
9849 | If a MEM has VOIDmode (external with incomplete type), | |
9850 | use BLKmode for it instead. */ | |
9851 | if (MEM_P (op0)) | |
9852 | { | |
9853 | if (volatilep && flag_strict_volatile_bitfields > 0) | |
9854 | op0 = adjust_address (op0, mode1, 0); | |
9855 | else if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode) | |
9856 | op0 = adjust_address (op0, BLKmode, 0); | |
9857 | } | |
6a78b724 | 9858 | |
f994f296 MM |
9859 | mode2 |
9860 | = CONSTANT_P (op0) ? TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)) : GET_MODE (op0); | |
9861 | ||
9862 | /* If we have either an offset, a BLKmode result, or a reference | |
9863 | outside the underlying object, we must force it to memory. | |
9864 | Such a case can occur in Ada if we have unchecked conversion | |
9865 | of an expression from a scalar type to an aggregate type or | |
9866 | for an ARRAY_RANGE_REF whose type is BLKmode, or if we were | |
9867 | passed a partially uninitialized object or a view-conversion | |
9868 | to a larger size. */ | |
9869 | must_force_mem = (offset | |
9870 | || mode1 == BLKmode | |
9871 | || bitpos + bitsize > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode2)); | |
9872 | ||
9873 | /* Handle CONCAT first. */ | |
9874 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONCAT && !must_force_mem) | |
9875 | { | |
9876 | if (bitpos == 0 | |
9877 | && bitsize == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0))) | |
9878 | return op0; | |
9879 | if (bitpos == 0 | |
9880 | && bitsize == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0))) | |
9881 | && bitsize) | |
9882 | { | |
9883 | op0 = XEXP (op0, 0); | |
9884 | mode2 = GET_MODE (op0); | |
9885 | } | |
9886 | else if (bitpos == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0))) | |
9887 | && bitsize == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 1))) | |
9888 | && bitpos | |
9889 | && bitsize) | |
9890 | { | |
9891 | op0 = XEXP (op0, 1); | |
9892 | bitpos = 0; | |
9893 | mode2 = GET_MODE (op0); | |
9894 | } | |
9895 | else | |
9896 | /* Otherwise force into memory. */ | |
9897 | must_force_mem = 1; | |
9898 | } | |
9899 | ||
9900 | /* If this is a constant, put it in a register if it is a legitimate | |
9901 | constant and we don't need a memory reference. */ | |
9902 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0) | |
9903 | && mode2 != BLKmode | |
1a627b35 | 9904 | && targetm.legitimate_constant_p (mode2, op0) |
f994f296 MM |
9905 | && !must_force_mem) |
9906 | op0 = force_reg (mode2, op0); | |
9907 | ||
9908 | /* Otherwise, if this is a constant, try to force it to the constant | |
9909 | pool. Note that back-ends, e.g. MIPS, may refuse to do so if it | |
9910 | is a legitimate constant. */ | |
9911 | else if (CONSTANT_P (op0) && (memloc = force_const_mem (mode2, op0))) | |
9912 | op0 = validize_mem (memloc); | |
9913 | ||
9914 | /* Otherwise, if this is a constant or the object is not in memory | |
9915 | and need be, put it there. */ | |
9916 | else if (CONSTANT_P (op0) || (!MEM_P (op0) && must_force_mem)) | |
9917 | { | |
9918 | tree nt = build_qualified_type (TREE_TYPE (tem), | |
9919 | (TYPE_QUALS (TREE_TYPE (tem)) | |
9920 | | TYPE_QUAL_CONST)); | |
9474e8ab | 9921 | memloc = assign_temp (nt, 1, 1); |
f994f296 MM |
9922 | emit_move_insn (memloc, op0); |
9923 | op0 = memloc; | |
65dc645a | 9924 | mem_attrs_from_type = true; |
f994f296 MM |
9925 | } |
9926 | ||
9927 | if (offset) | |
9928 | { | |
d4ebfa65 | 9929 | enum machine_mode address_mode; |
f994f296 MM |
9930 | rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, |
9931 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
9932 | ||
9933 | gcc_assert (MEM_P (op0)); | |
9934 | ||
372d6395 | 9935 | address_mode = get_address_mode (op0); |
d4ebfa65 BE |
9936 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != address_mode) |
9937 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (address_mode, offset_rtx, 0); | |
f994f296 MM |
9938 | |
9939 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == BLKmode | |
9940 | /* A constant address in OP0 can have VOIDmode, we must | |
9941 | not try to call force_reg in that case. */ | |
9942 | && GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) != VOIDmode | |
9943 | && bitsize != 0 | |
9944 | && (bitpos % bitsize) == 0 | |
9945 | && (bitsize % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) == 0 | |
9946 | && MEM_ALIGN (op0) == GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) | |
9947 | { | |
9948 | op0 = adjust_address (op0, mode1, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
9949 | bitpos = 0; | |
9950 | } | |
9951 | ||
9952 | op0 = offset_address (op0, offset_rtx, | |
9953 | highest_pow2_factor (offset)); | |
9954 | } | |
9955 | ||
9956 | /* If OFFSET is making OP0 more aligned than BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT, | |
9957 | record its alignment as BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT. */ | |
9958 | if (MEM_P (op0) && bitpos == 0 && offset != 0 | |
9959 | && is_aligning_offset (offset, tem)) | |
9960 | set_mem_align (op0, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT); | |
9961 | ||
9962 | /* Don't forget about volatility even if this is a bitfield. */ | |
9963 | if (MEM_P (op0) && volatilep && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0)) | |
9964 | { | |
9965 | if (op0 == orig_op0) | |
9966 | op0 = copy_rtx (op0); | |
9967 | ||
9968 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) = 1; | |
9969 | } | |
9970 | ||
9971 | /* In cases where an aligned union has an unaligned object | |
9972 | as a field, we might be extracting a BLKmode value from | |
9973 | an integer-mode (e.g., SImode) object. Handle this case | |
9974 | by doing the extract into an object as wide as the field | |
9975 | (which we know to be the width of a basic mode), then | |
9976 | storing into memory, and changing the mode to BLKmode. */ | |
9977 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode | |
9978 | || REG_P (op0) || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG | |
9979 | || (mode1 != BLKmode && ! direct_load[(int) mode1] | |
9980 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
9981 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT | |
9982 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
9983 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
6a78b724 | 9984 | /* If the field is volatile, we always want an aligned |
e5fe4319 JY |
9985 | access. Do this in following two situations: |
9986 | 1. the access is not already naturally | |
bf90208f | 9987 | aligned, otherwise "normal" (non-bitfield) volatile fields |
e5fe4319 JY |
9988 | become non-addressable. |
9989 | 2. the bitsize is narrower than the access size. Need | |
9990 | to extract bitfields from the access. */ | |
bf90208f | 9991 | || (volatilep && flag_strict_volatile_bitfields > 0 |
e5fe4319 JY |
9992 | && (bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) != 0 |
9993 | || (mode1 != BLKmode | |
9994 | && bitsize < GET_MODE_SIZE (mode1) * BITS_PER_UNIT))) | |
f994f296 MM |
9995 | /* If the field isn't aligned enough to fetch as a memref, |
9996 | fetch it as a bit field. */ | |
9997 | || (mode1 != BLKmode | |
9998 | && (((TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) | |
9999 | || (bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) != 0) | |
10000 | || (MEM_P (op0) | |
10001 | && (MEM_ALIGN (op0) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1) | |
10002 | || (bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1) != 0)))) | |
10003 | && ((modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
10004 | || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
10005 | ? STRICT_ALIGNMENT | |
10006 | : SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (mode1, MEM_ALIGN (op0)))) | |
10007 | || (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0))) | |
10008 | /* If the type and the field are a constant size and the | |
10009 | size of the type isn't the same size as the bitfield, | |
10010 | we must use bitfield operations. */ | |
10011 | || (bitsize >= 0 | |
10012 | && TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
10013 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) == INTEGER_CST | |
10014 | && 0 != compare_tree_int (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
10015 | bitsize))) | |
10016 | { | |
10017 | enum machine_mode ext_mode = mode; | |
10018 | ||
10019 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode | |
10020 | && ! (target != 0 && MEM_P (op0) | |
10021 | && MEM_P (target) | |
10022 | && bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0)) | |
10023 | ext_mode = mode_for_size (bitsize, MODE_INT, 1); | |
10024 | ||
10025 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode) | |
10026 | { | |
10027 | if (target == 0) | |
9474e8ab | 10028 | target = assign_temp (type, 1, 1); |
f994f296 MM |
10029 | |
10030 | if (bitsize == 0) | |
10031 | return target; | |
10032 | ||
10033 | /* In this case, BITPOS must start at a byte boundary and | |
10034 | TARGET, if specified, must be a MEM. */ | |
10035 | gcc_assert (MEM_P (op0) | |
10036 | && (!target || MEM_P (target)) | |
10037 | && !(bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
10038 | ||
10039 | emit_block_move (target, | |
10040 | adjust_address (op0, VOIDmode, | |
10041 | bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
10042 | GEN_INT ((bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) | |
10043 | / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
10044 | (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM | |
10045 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); | |
10046 | ||
10047 | return target; | |
10048 | } | |
10049 | ||
10050 | op0 = validize_mem (op0); | |
10051 | ||
10052 | if (MEM_P (op0) && REG_P (XEXP (op0, 0))) | |
10053 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (op0, 0), MEM_ALIGN (op0)); | |
10054 | ||
62519f7f | 10055 | op0 = extract_bit_field (op0, bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp, packedp, |
f994f296 MM |
10056 | (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM |
10057 | ? NULL_RTX : target), | |
10058 | ext_mode, ext_mode); | |
10059 | ||
10060 | /* If the result is a record type and BITSIZE is narrower than | |
10061 | the mode of OP0, an integral mode, and this is a big endian | |
10062 | machine, we must put the field into the high-order bits. */ | |
10063 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
10064 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_INT | |
10065 | && bitsize < (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0))) | |
10066 | op0 = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (op0), op0, | |
eb6c3df1 RG |
10067 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) |
10068 | - bitsize, op0, 1); | |
f994f296 MM |
10069 | |
10070 | /* If the result type is BLKmode, store the data into a temporary | |
10071 | of the appropriate type, but with the mode corresponding to the | |
10072 | mode for the data we have (op0's mode). It's tempting to make | |
10073 | this a constant type, since we know it's only being stored once, | |
10074 | but that can cause problems if we are taking the address of this | |
10075 | COMPONENT_REF because the MEM of any reference via that address | |
10076 | will have flags corresponding to the type, which will not | |
10077 | necessarily be constant. */ | |
10078 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
10079 | { | |
f994f296 MM |
10080 | rtx new_rtx; |
10081 | ||
e9d68de9 MJ |
10082 | new_rtx = assign_stack_temp_for_type (ext_mode, |
10083 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ext_mode), | |
9474e8ab | 10084 | type); |
f994f296 MM |
10085 | emit_move_insn (new_rtx, op0); |
10086 | op0 = copy_rtx (new_rtx); | |
10087 | PUT_MODE (op0, BLKmode); | |
f994f296 | 10088 | } |
2d7050fd | 10089 | |
f994f296 MM |
10090 | return op0; |
10091 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10092 | |
f994f296 MM |
10093 | /* If the result is BLKmode, use that to access the object |
10094 | now as well. */ | |
10095 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
10096 | mode1 = BLKmode; | |
bbf6f052 | 10097 | |
f994f296 MM |
10098 | /* Get a reference to just this component. */ |
10099 | if (modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
10100 | || modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
10101 | op0 = adjust_address_nv (op0, mode1, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
10102 | else | |
10103 | op0 = adjust_address (op0, mode1, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
bbf6f052 | 10104 | |
f994f296 MM |
10105 | if (op0 == orig_op0) |
10106 | op0 = copy_rtx (op0); | |
bbf6f052 | 10107 | |
65dc645a MJ |
10108 | /* If op0 is a temporary because of forcing to memory, pass only the |
10109 | type to set_mem_attributes so that the original expression is never | |
10110 | marked as ADDRESSABLE through MEM_EXPR of the temporary. */ | |
10111 | if (mem_attrs_from_type) | |
10112 | set_mem_attributes (op0, type, 0); | |
10113 | else | |
10114 | set_mem_attributes (op0, exp, 0); | |
10115 | ||
f994f296 MM |
10116 | if (REG_P (XEXP (op0, 0))) |
10117 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (op0, 0), MEM_ALIGN (op0)); | |
3a94c984 | 10118 | |
f994f296 MM |
10119 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) |= volatilep; |
10120 | if (mode == mode1 || mode1 == BLKmode || mode1 == tmode | |
10121 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
10122 | || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
10123 | return op0; | |
10124 | else if (target == 0) | |
10125 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
fa2981d8 | 10126 | |
f994f296 MM |
10127 | convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp); |
10128 | return target; | |
10129 | } | |
e3be1116 | 10130 | |
f994f296 MM |
10131 | case OBJ_TYPE_REF: |
10132 | return expand_expr (OBJ_TYPE_REF_EXPR (exp), target, tmode, modifier); | |
dbedefae | 10133 | |
f994f296 MM |
10134 | case CALL_EXPR: |
10135 | /* All valid uses of __builtin_va_arg_pack () are removed during | |
10136 | inlining. */ | |
10137 | if (CALL_EXPR_VA_ARG_PACK (exp)) | |
10138 | error ("%Kinvalid use of %<__builtin_va_arg_pack ()%>", exp); | |
230dedb3 | 10139 | { |
f994f296 | 10140 | tree fndecl = get_callee_fndecl (exp), attr; |
927630a5 | 10141 | |
f994f296 MM |
10142 | if (fndecl |
10143 | && (attr = lookup_attribute ("error", | |
10144 | DECL_ATTRIBUTES (fndecl))) != NULL) | |
10145 | error ("%Kcall to %qs declared with attribute error: %s", | |
10146 | exp, identifier_to_locale (lang_hooks.decl_printable_name (fndecl, 1)), | |
10147 | TREE_STRING_POINTER (TREE_VALUE (TREE_VALUE (attr)))); | |
10148 | if (fndecl | |
10149 | && (attr = lookup_attribute ("warning", | |
10150 | DECL_ATTRIBUTES (fndecl))) != NULL) | |
10151 | warning_at (tree_nonartificial_location (exp), | |
10152 | 0, "%Kcall to %qs declared with attribute warning: %s", | |
10153 | exp, identifier_to_locale (lang_hooks.decl_printable_name (fndecl, 1)), | |
10154 | TREE_STRING_POINTER (TREE_VALUE (TREE_VALUE (attr)))); | |
927630a5 | 10155 | |
f994f296 MM |
10156 | /* Check for a built-in function. */ |
10157 | if (fndecl && DECL_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
230dedb3 | 10158 | { |
f994f296 MM |
10159 | gcc_assert (DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (fndecl) != BUILT_IN_FRONTEND); |
10160 | return expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, tmode, ignore); | |
230dedb3 | 10161 | } |
f994f296 MM |
10162 | } |
10163 | return expand_call (exp, target, ignore); | |
927630a5 | 10164 | |
f994f296 MM |
10165 | case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: |
10166 | op0 = NULL_RTX; | |
927630a5 | 10167 | |
f994f296 MM |
10168 | /* If we are converting to BLKmode, try to avoid an intermediate |
10169 | temporary by fetching an inner memory reference. */ | |
10170 | if (mode == BLKmode | |
10171 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) == INTEGER_CST | |
10172 | && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (treeop0)) != BLKmode | |
10173 | && handled_component_p (treeop0)) | |
10174 | { | |
10175 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
10176 | HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos; | |
10177 | tree offset; | |
10178 | int unsignedp; | |
10179 | int volatilep = 0; | |
10180 | tree tem | |
10181 | = get_inner_reference (treeop0, &bitsize, &bitpos, | |
10182 | &offset, &mode1, &unsignedp, &volatilep, | |
10183 | true); | |
10184 | rtx orig_op0; | |
927630a5 | 10185 | |
f994f296 MM |
10186 | /* ??? We should work harder and deal with non-zero offsets. */ |
10187 | if (!offset | |
10188 | && (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0 | |
10189 | && bitsize >= 0 | |
10190 | && compare_tree_int (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), bitsize) == 0) | |
10191 | { | |
10192 | /* See the normal_inner_ref case for the rationale. */ | |
10193 | orig_op0 | |
10194 | = expand_expr (tem, | |
10195 | (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)) == UNION_TYPE | |
10196 | && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (tem))) | |
10197 | != INTEGER_CST) | |
10198 | && modifier != EXPAND_STACK_PARM | |
10199 | ? target : NULL_RTX), | |
10200 | VOIDmode, | |
10201 | (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
10202 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
10203 | || modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM) | |
10204 | ? modifier : EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
927630a5 | 10205 | |
f994f296 | 10206 | if (MEM_P (orig_op0)) |
230dedb3 | 10207 | { |
f994f296 | 10208 | op0 = orig_op0; |
230dedb3 | 10209 | |
f994f296 MM |
10210 | /* Get a reference to just this component. */ |
10211 | if (modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
10212 | || modifier == EXPAND_SUM | |
10213 | || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
10214 | op0 = adjust_address_nv (op0, mode, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
10215 | else | |
10216 | op0 = adjust_address (op0, mode, bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
d6a5ac33 | 10217 | |
f994f296 MM |
10218 | if (op0 == orig_op0) |
10219 | op0 = copy_rtx (op0); | |
10220 | ||
10221 | set_mem_attributes (op0, treeop0, 0); | |
10222 | if (REG_P (XEXP (op0, 0))) | |
10223 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (op0, 0), MEM_ALIGN (op0)); | |
10224 | ||
10225 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) |= volatilep; | |
10226 | } | |
10227 | } | |
230dedb3 | 10228 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10229 | |
f994f296 MM |
10230 | if (!op0) |
10231 | op0 = expand_expr (treeop0, | |
10232 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, modifier); | |
10233 | ||
10234 | /* If the input and output modes are both the same, we are done. */ | |
10235 | if (mode == GET_MODE (op0)) | |
10236 | ; | |
10237 | /* If neither mode is BLKmode, and both modes are the same size | |
10238 | then we can use gen_lowpart. */ | |
10239 | else if (mode != BLKmode && GET_MODE (op0) != BLKmode | |
69660a70 BS |
10240 | && (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) |
10241 | == GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (op0))) | |
f994f296 MM |
10242 | && !COMPLEX_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op0))) |
10243 | { | |
10244 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) | |
10245 | op0 = force_reg (GET_MODE (op0), op0); | |
220c5f0c JJ |
10246 | temp = gen_lowpart_common (mode, op0); |
10247 | if (temp) | |
10248 | op0 = temp; | |
10249 | else | |
10250 | { | |
10251 | if (!REG_P (op0) && !MEM_P (op0)) | |
10252 | op0 = force_reg (GET_MODE (op0), op0); | |
10253 | op0 = gen_lowpart (mode, op0); | |
10254 | } | |
f994f296 | 10255 | } |
915f5921 EB |
10256 | /* If both types are integral, convert from one mode to the other. */ |
10257 | else if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type) && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (treeop0))) | |
b8698a0f | 10258 | op0 = convert_modes (mode, GET_MODE (op0), op0, |
f994f296 MM |
10259 | TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (treeop0))); |
10260 | /* As a last resort, spill op0 to memory, and reload it in a | |
10261 | different mode. */ | |
10262 | else if (!MEM_P (op0)) | |
10263 | { | |
10264 | /* If the operand is not a MEM, force it into memory. Since we | |
10265 | are going to be changing the mode of the MEM, don't call | |
10266 | force_const_mem for constants because we don't allow pool | |
10267 | constants to change mode. */ | |
10268 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (treeop0); | |
10269 | ||
10270 | gcc_assert (!TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp)); | |
bbf6f052 | 10271 | |
f994f296 MM |
10272 | if (target == 0 || GET_MODE (target) != TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) |
10273 | target | |
10274 | = assign_stack_temp_for_type | |
10275 | (TYPE_MODE (inner_type), | |
9474e8ab | 10276 | GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)), inner_type); |
d6a5ac33 | 10277 | |
f994f296 MM |
10278 | emit_move_insn (target, op0); |
10279 | op0 = target; | |
10280 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 10281 | |
f994f296 MM |
10282 | /* At this point, OP0 is in the correct mode. If the output type is |
10283 | such that the operand is known to be aligned, indicate that it is. | |
10284 | Otherwise, we need only be concerned about alignment for non-BLKmode | |
10285 | results. */ | |
10286 | if (MEM_P (op0)) | |
10287 | { | |
a9d3ac1e RG |
10288 | enum insn_code icode; |
10289 | ||
f994f296 | 10290 | op0 = copy_rtx (op0); |
bbf6f052 | 10291 | |
f994f296 MM |
10292 | if (TYPE_ALIGN_OK (type)) |
10293 | set_mem_align (op0, MAX (MEM_ALIGN (op0), TYPE_ALIGN (type))); | |
a9d3ac1e RG |
10294 | else if (mode != BLKmode |
10295 | && MEM_ALIGN (op0) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) | |
10296 | /* If the target does have special handling for unaligned | |
10297 | loads of mode then use them. */ | |
10298 | && ((icode = optab_handler (movmisalign_optab, mode)) | |
10299 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
10300 | { | |
10301 | rtx reg, insn; | |
10302 | ||
10303 | op0 = adjust_address (op0, mode, 0); | |
10304 | /* We've already validated the memory, and we're creating a | |
10305 | new pseudo destination. The predicates really can't | |
10306 | fail. */ | |
10307 | reg = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
10308 | ||
10309 | /* Nor can the insn generator. */ | |
10310 | insn = GEN_FCN (icode) (reg, op0); | |
10311 | emit_insn (insn); | |
10312 | return reg; | |
10313 | } | |
f994f296 MM |
10314 | else if (STRICT_ALIGNMENT |
10315 | && mode != BLKmode | |
10316 | && MEM_ALIGN (op0) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) | |
10317 | { | |
10318 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (treeop0); | |
10319 | HOST_WIDE_INT temp_size | |
10320 | = MAX (int_size_in_bytes (inner_type), | |
10321 | (HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); | |
10322 | rtx new_rtx | |
9474e8ab | 10323 | = assign_stack_temp_for_type (mode, temp_size, type); |
f994f296 MM |
10324 | rtx new_with_op0_mode |
10325 | = adjust_address (new_rtx, GET_MODE (op0), 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 10326 | |
f994f296 | 10327 | gcc_assert (!TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp)); |
bbf6f052 | 10328 | |
f994f296 MM |
10329 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == BLKmode) |
10330 | emit_block_move (new_with_op0_mode, op0, | |
10331 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)), | |
10332 | (modifier == EXPAND_STACK_PARM | |
10333 | ? BLOCK_OP_CALL_PARM : BLOCK_OP_NORMAL)); | |
10334 | else | |
10335 | emit_move_insn (new_with_op0_mode, op0); | |
70582b3a | 10336 | |
f994f296 MM |
10337 | op0 = new_rtx; |
10338 | } | |
0f996086 | 10339 | |
f994f296 MM |
10340 | op0 = adjust_address (op0, mode, 0); |
10341 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10342 | |
f994f296 | 10343 | return op0; |
6de9cd9a | 10344 | |
939409af RS |
10345 | case MODIFY_EXPR: |
10346 | { | |
b32e7cdb MM |
10347 | tree lhs = treeop0; |
10348 | tree rhs = treeop1; | |
df9af2bb KH |
10349 | gcc_assert (ignore); |
10350 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
10351 | /* Check for |= or &= of a bitfield of size one into another bitfield |
10352 | of size 1. In this case, (unless we need the result of the | |
10353 | assignment) we can do this more efficiently with a | |
10354 | test followed by an assignment, if necessary. | |
10355 | ||
10356 | ??? At this point, we can't get a BIT_FIELD_REF here. But if | |
10357 | things change so we do, this code should be enhanced to | |
10358 | support it. */ | |
df9af2bb | 10359 | if (TREE_CODE (lhs) == COMPONENT_REF |
bbf6f052 RK |
10360 | && (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR |
10361 | || TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR) | |
10362 | && TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 0) == lhs | |
10363 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1)) == COMPONENT_REF | |
05bccae2 RK |
10364 | && integer_onep (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (lhs, 1))) |
10365 | && integer_onep (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), 1)))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
10366 | { |
10367 | rtx label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
3967bc2d | 10368 | int value = TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR; |
bbf6f052 | 10369 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), |
3967bc2d | 10370 | value ? label : 0, |
40e90eac | 10371 | value ? 0 : label, -1); |
79f5e442 ZD |
10372 | expand_assignment (lhs, build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (rhs), value), |
10373 | MOVE_NONTEMPORAL (exp)); | |
e7c33f54 | 10374 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
10375 | emit_label (label); |
10376 | return const0_rtx; | |
10377 | } | |
10378 | ||
79f5e442 | 10379 | expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, MOVE_NONTEMPORAL (exp)); |
7f8adc4e | 10380 | return const0_rtx; |
bbf6f052 RK |
10381 | } |
10382 | ||
bbf6f052 | 10383 | case ADDR_EXPR: |
70bb498a | 10384 | return expand_expr_addr_expr (exp, target, tmode, modifier); |
bbf6f052 | 10385 | |
7308a047 | 10386 | case REALPART_EXPR: |
b32e7cdb | 10387 | op0 = expand_normal (treeop0); |
1466e387 | 10388 | return read_complex_part (op0, false); |
3a94c984 | 10389 | |
7308a047 | 10390 | case IMAGPART_EXPR: |
b32e7cdb | 10391 | op0 = expand_normal (treeop0); |
1466e387 | 10392 | return read_complex_part (op0, true); |
7308a047 | 10393 | |
28ed065e MM |
10394 | case RETURN_EXPR: |
10395 | case LABEL_EXPR: | |
10396 | case GOTO_EXPR: | |
10397 | case SWITCH_EXPR: | |
10398 | case ASM_EXPR: | |
28ed065e MM |
10399 | /* Expanded in cfgexpand.c. */ |
10400 | gcc_unreachable (); | |
6de9cd9a | 10401 | |
e976b8b2 | 10402 | case TRY_CATCH_EXPR: |
6de9cd9a | 10403 | case CATCH_EXPR: |
6de9cd9a | 10404 | case EH_FILTER_EXPR: |
b335b813 | 10405 | case TRY_FINALLY_EXPR: |
ac45df5d | 10406 | /* Lowered by tree-eh.c. */ |
5b0264cb | 10407 | gcc_unreachable (); |
b335b813 | 10408 | |
ac45df5d RH |
10409 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: |
10410 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: | |
10411 | case TARGET_EXPR: | |
165b54c3 | 10412 | case CASE_LABEL_EXPR: |
77c9db77 | 10413 | case VA_ARG_EXPR: |
caf93cb0 | 10414 | case BIND_EXPR: |
e5bacf32 PB |
10415 | case INIT_EXPR: |
10416 | case CONJ_EXPR: | |
10417 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: | |
10418 | case PREINCREMENT_EXPR: | |
10419 | case PREDECREMENT_EXPR: | |
10420 | case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR: | |
10421 | case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR: | |
10422 | case LOOP_EXPR: | |
10423 | case EXIT_EXPR: | |
ca5f4331 | 10424 | case COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR: |
ac45df5d | 10425 | /* Lowered by gimplify.c. */ |
5b0264cb | 10426 | gcc_unreachable (); |
b335b813 | 10427 | |
67231816 RH |
10428 | case FDESC_EXPR: |
10429 | /* Function descriptors are not valid except for as | |
10430 | initialization constants, and should not be expanded. */ | |
5b0264cb | 10431 | gcc_unreachable (); |
67231816 | 10432 | |
d25cee4d RH |
10433 | case WITH_SIZE_EXPR: |
10434 | /* WITH_SIZE_EXPR expands to its first argument. The caller should | |
10435 | have pulled out the size to use in whatever context it needed. */ | |
b32e7cdb | 10436 | return expand_expr_real (treeop0, original_target, tmode, |
d25cee4d RH |
10437 | modifier, alt_rtl); |
10438 | ||
bbf6f052 | 10439 | default: |
f994f296 | 10440 | return expand_expr_real_2 (&ops, target, tmode, modifier); |
bbf6f052 | 10441 | } |
bc15d0ef | 10442 | } |
bc15d0ef JM |
10443 | \f |
10444 | /* Subroutine of above: reduce EXP to the precision of TYPE (in the | |
10445 | signedness of TYPE), possibly returning the result in TARGET. */ | |
10446 | static rtx | |
10447 | reduce_to_bit_field_precision (rtx exp, rtx target, tree type) | |
10448 | { | |
10449 | HOST_WIDE_INT prec = TYPE_PRECISION (type); | |
10450 | if (target && GET_MODE (target) != GET_MODE (exp)) | |
10451 | target = 0; | |
1f2ad84c | 10452 | /* For constant values, reduce using build_int_cst_type. */ |
481683e1 | 10453 | if (CONST_INT_P (exp)) |
1f2ad84c AP |
10454 | { |
10455 | HOST_WIDE_INT value = INTVAL (exp); | |
10456 | tree t = build_int_cst_type (type, value); | |
10457 | return expand_expr (t, target, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
10458 | } | |
10459 | else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)) | |
bc15d0ef | 10460 | { |
54fb1ae0 AS |
10461 | rtx mask = immed_double_int_const (double_int_mask (prec), |
10462 | GET_MODE (exp)); | |
bc15d0ef JM |
10463 | return expand_and (GET_MODE (exp), exp, mask, target); |
10464 | } | |
10465 | else | |
10466 | { | |
69660a70 | 10467 | int count = GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (exp)) - prec; |
eb6c3df1 RG |
10468 | exp = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (exp), |
10469 | exp, count, target, 0); | |
10470 | return expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (exp), | |
10471 | exp, count, target, 0); | |
bc15d0ef | 10472 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10473 | } |
b93a436e | 10474 | \f |
1ce7f3c2 RK |
10475 | /* Subroutine of above: returns 1 if OFFSET corresponds to an offset that |
10476 | when applied to the address of EXP produces an address known to be | |
10477 | aligned more than BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT. */ | |
10478 | ||
10479 | static int | |
22ea9ec0 | 10480 | is_aligning_offset (const_tree offset, const_tree exp) |
1ce7f3c2 | 10481 | { |
6fce44af | 10482 | /* Strip off any conversions. */ |
1043771b | 10483 | while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (offset)) |
1ce7f3c2 RK |
10484 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0); |
10485 | ||
10486 | /* We must now have a BIT_AND_EXPR with a constant that is one less than | |
10487 | power of 2 and which is larger than BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT. */ | |
10488 | if (TREE_CODE (offset) != BIT_AND_EXPR | |
10489 | || !host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (offset, 1), 1) | |
caf93cb0 | 10490 | || compare_tree_int (TREE_OPERAND (offset, 1), |
c0cfc691 | 10491 | BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) <= 0 |
1ce7f3c2 RK |
10492 | || !exact_log2 (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (offset, 1), 1) + 1) < 0) |
10493 | return 0; | |
10494 | ||
10495 | /* Look at the first operand of BIT_AND_EXPR and strip any conversion. | |
10496 | It must be NEGATE_EXPR. Then strip any more conversions. */ | |
10497 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0); | |
1043771b | 10498 | while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (offset)) |
1ce7f3c2 RK |
10499 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0); |
10500 | ||
10501 | if (TREE_CODE (offset) != NEGATE_EXPR) | |
10502 | return 0; | |
10503 | ||
10504 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0); | |
1043771b | 10505 | while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (offset)) |
1ce7f3c2 RK |
10506 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0); |
10507 | ||
6fce44af RK |
10508 | /* This must now be the address of EXP. */ |
10509 | return TREE_CODE (offset) == ADDR_EXPR && TREE_OPERAND (offset, 0) == exp; | |
1ce7f3c2 RK |
10510 | } |
10511 | \f | |
e0a2f705 | 10512 | /* Return the tree node if an ARG corresponds to a string constant or zero |
cc2902df | 10513 | if it doesn't. If we return nonzero, set *PTR_OFFSET to the offset |
fed3cef0 RK |
10514 | in bytes within the string that ARG is accessing. The type of the |
10515 | offset will be `sizetype'. */ | |
b93a436e | 10516 | |
28f4ec01 | 10517 | tree |
502b8322 | 10518 | string_constant (tree arg, tree *ptr_offset) |
b93a436e | 10519 | { |
a3de5951 | 10520 | tree array, offset, lower_bound; |
b93a436e JL |
10521 | STRIP_NOPS (arg); |
10522 | ||
a45f71f5 | 10523 | if (TREE_CODE (arg) == ADDR_EXPR) |
b93a436e | 10524 | { |
a45f71f5 JJ |
10525 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0)) == STRING_CST) |
10526 | { | |
10527 | *ptr_offset = size_zero_node; | |
10528 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
10529 | } | |
10530 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0)) == VAR_DECL) | |
10531 | { | |
10532 | array = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
10533 | offset = size_zero_node; | |
10534 | } | |
10535 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0)) == ARRAY_REF) | |
10536 | { | |
10537 | array = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0), 0); | |
10538 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0), 1); | |
10539 | if (TREE_CODE (array) != STRING_CST | |
10540 | && TREE_CODE (array) != VAR_DECL) | |
10541 | return 0; | |
a3de5951 | 10542 | |
9f5ed61a | 10543 | /* Check if the array has a nonzero lower bound. */ |
a3de5951 AM |
10544 | lower_bound = array_ref_low_bound (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0)); |
10545 | if (!integer_zerop (lower_bound)) | |
10546 | { | |
10547 | /* If the offset and base aren't both constants, return 0. */ | |
10548 | if (TREE_CODE (lower_bound) != INTEGER_CST) | |
10549 | return 0; | |
10550 | if (TREE_CODE (offset) != INTEGER_CST) | |
10551 | return 0; | |
10552 | /* Adjust offset by the lower bound. */ | |
ed1223ba | 10553 | offset = size_diffop (fold_convert (sizetype, offset), |
a3de5951 AM |
10554 | fold_convert (sizetype, lower_bound)); |
10555 | } | |
a45f71f5 | 10556 | } |
321358d4 RG |
10557 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0)) == MEM_REF) |
10558 | { | |
10559 | array = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0), 0); | |
10560 | offset = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0), 1); | |
10561 | if (TREE_CODE (array) != ADDR_EXPR) | |
10562 | return 0; | |
10563 | array = TREE_OPERAND (array, 0); | |
10564 | if (TREE_CODE (array) != STRING_CST | |
10565 | && TREE_CODE (array) != VAR_DECL) | |
10566 | return 0; | |
10567 | } | |
a45f71f5 JJ |
10568 | else |
10569 | return 0; | |
6de9cd9a | 10570 | } |
5be014d5 | 10571 | else if (TREE_CODE (arg) == PLUS_EXPR || TREE_CODE (arg) == POINTER_PLUS_EXPR) |
b93a436e JL |
10572 | { |
10573 | tree arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
10574 | tree arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 1); | |
10575 | ||
10576 | STRIP_NOPS (arg0); | |
10577 | STRIP_NOPS (arg1); | |
10578 | ||
10579 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == ADDR_EXPR | |
a45f71f5 JJ |
10580 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0)) == STRING_CST |
10581 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0)) == VAR_DECL)) | |
bbf6f052 | 10582 | { |
a45f71f5 JJ |
10583 | array = TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0); |
10584 | offset = arg1; | |
bbf6f052 | 10585 | } |
b93a436e | 10586 | else if (TREE_CODE (arg1) == ADDR_EXPR |
a45f71f5 JJ |
10587 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0)) == STRING_CST |
10588 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0)) == VAR_DECL)) | |
bbf6f052 | 10589 | { |
a45f71f5 JJ |
10590 | array = TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0); |
10591 | offset = arg0; | |
bbf6f052 | 10592 | } |
a45f71f5 JJ |
10593 | else |
10594 | return 0; | |
10595 | } | |
10596 | else | |
10597 | return 0; | |
10598 | ||
10599 | if (TREE_CODE (array) == STRING_CST) | |
10600 | { | |
3967bc2d | 10601 | *ptr_offset = fold_convert (sizetype, offset); |
a45f71f5 JJ |
10602 | return array; |
10603 | } | |
1d0804d4 JH |
10604 | else if (TREE_CODE (array) == VAR_DECL |
10605 | || TREE_CODE (array) == CONST_DECL) | |
a45f71f5 JJ |
10606 | { |
10607 | int length; | |
10608 | ||
10609 | /* Variables initialized to string literals can be handled too. */ | |
64e0f5ff | 10610 | if (!const_value_known_p (array) |
1d0804d4 | 10611 | || !DECL_INITIAL (array) |
a45f71f5 JJ |
10612 | || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (array)) != STRING_CST) |
10613 | return 0; | |
10614 | ||
a45f71f5 JJ |
10615 | /* Avoid const char foo[4] = "abcde"; */ |
10616 | if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (array) == NULL_TREE | |
10617 | || TREE_CODE (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (array)) != INTEGER_CST | |
10618 | || (length = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (DECL_INITIAL (array))) <= 0 | |
10619 | || compare_tree_int (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (array), length) < 0) | |
10620 | return 0; | |
10621 | ||
10622 | /* If variable is bigger than the string literal, OFFSET must be constant | |
10623 | and inside of the bounds of the string literal. */ | |
3967bc2d | 10624 | offset = fold_convert (sizetype, offset); |
a45f71f5 JJ |
10625 | if (compare_tree_int (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (array), length) > 0 |
10626 | && (! host_integerp (offset, 1) | |
10627 | || compare_tree_int (offset, length) >= 0)) | |
10628 | return 0; | |
10629 | ||
10630 | *ptr_offset = offset; | |
10631 | return DECL_INITIAL (array); | |
b93a436e | 10632 | } |
ca695ac9 | 10633 | |
b93a436e JL |
10634 | return 0; |
10635 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 10636 | \f |
8e7aa1f9 MM |
10637 | /* Generate code to calculate OPS, and exploded expression |
10638 | using a store-flag instruction and return an rtx for the result. | |
10639 | OPS reflects a comparison. | |
ca695ac9 | 10640 | |
b93a436e | 10641 | If TARGET is nonzero, store the result there if convenient. |
ca695ac9 | 10642 | |
b93a436e JL |
10643 | Return zero if there is no suitable set-flag instruction |
10644 | available on this machine. | |
ca695ac9 | 10645 | |
b93a436e JL |
10646 | Once expand_expr has been called on the arguments of the comparison, |
10647 | we are committed to doing the store flag, since it is not safe to | |
10648 | re-evaluate the expression. We emit the store-flag insn by calling | |
10649 | emit_store_flag, but only expand the arguments if we have a reason | |
10650 | to believe that emit_store_flag will be successful. If we think that | |
10651 | it will, but it isn't, we have to simulate the store-flag with a | |
10652 | set/jump/set sequence. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10653 | |
b93a436e | 10654 | static rtx |
8e7aa1f9 | 10655 | do_store_flag (sepops ops, rtx target, enum machine_mode mode) |
b93a436e JL |
10656 | { |
10657 | enum rtx_code code; | |
10658 | tree arg0, arg1, type; | |
10659 | tree tem; | |
10660 | enum machine_mode operand_mode; | |
b93a436e JL |
10661 | int unsignedp; |
10662 | rtx op0, op1; | |
b93a436e | 10663 | rtx subtarget = target; |
8e7aa1f9 | 10664 | location_t loc = ops->location; |
ca695ac9 | 10665 | |
8e7aa1f9 MM |
10666 | arg0 = ops->op0; |
10667 | arg1 = ops->op1; | |
5129d2ce AH |
10668 | |
10669 | /* Don't crash if the comparison was erroneous. */ | |
10670 | if (arg0 == error_mark_node || arg1 == error_mark_node) | |
10671 | return const0_rtx; | |
10672 | ||
b93a436e JL |
10673 | type = TREE_TYPE (arg0); |
10674 | operand_mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
8df83eae | 10675 | unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (type); |
ca695ac9 | 10676 | |
b93a436e JL |
10677 | /* We won't bother with BLKmode store-flag operations because it would mean |
10678 | passing a lot of information to emit_store_flag. */ | |
10679 | if (operand_mode == BLKmode) | |
10680 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 | 10681 | |
b93a436e JL |
10682 | /* We won't bother with store-flag operations involving function pointers |
10683 | when function pointers must be canonicalized before comparisons. */ | |
10684 | #ifdef HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
10685 | if (HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
8e7aa1f9 MM |
10686 | && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (arg0)) == POINTER_TYPE |
10687 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (arg0))) | |
b93a436e | 10688 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)) |
8e7aa1f9 MM |
10689 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (arg1)) == POINTER_TYPE |
10690 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (arg1))) | |
b93a436e JL |
10691 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)))) |
10692 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 JB |
10693 | #endif |
10694 | ||
b93a436e JL |
10695 | STRIP_NOPS (arg0); |
10696 | STRIP_NOPS (arg1); | |
f90e8e2e AS |
10697 | |
10698 | /* For vector typed comparisons emit code to generate the desired | |
10699 | all-ones or all-zeros mask. Conveniently use the VEC_COND_EXPR | |
10700 | expander for this. */ | |
10701 | if (TREE_CODE (ops->type) == VECTOR_TYPE) | |
10702 | { | |
10703 | tree ifexp = build2 (ops->code, ops->type, arg0, arg1); | |
10704 | tree if_true = constant_boolean_node (true, ops->type); | |
10705 | tree if_false = constant_boolean_node (false, ops->type); | |
10706 | return expand_vec_cond_expr (ops->type, ifexp, if_true, if_false, target); | |
10707 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 10708 | |
d246ab4f AS |
10709 | /* For vector typed comparisons emit code to generate the desired |
10710 | all-ones or all-zeros mask. Conveniently use the VEC_COND_EXPR | |
10711 | expander for this. */ | |
10712 | if (TREE_CODE (ops->type) == VECTOR_TYPE) | |
10713 | { | |
10714 | tree ifexp = build2 (ops->code, ops->type, arg0, arg1); | |
10715 | tree if_true = constant_boolean_node (true, ops->type); | |
10716 | tree if_false = constant_boolean_node (false, ops->type); | |
10717 | return expand_vec_cond_expr (ops->type, ifexp, if_true, if_false, target); | |
10718 | } | |
10719 | ||
b93a436e JL |
10720 | /* Get the rtx comparison code to use. We know that EXP is a comparison |
10721 | operation of some type. Some comparisons against 1 and -1 can be | |
10722 | converted to comparisons with zero. Do so here so that the tests | |
10723 | below will be aware that we have a comparison with zero. These | |
10724 | tests will not catch constants in the first operand, but constants | |
10725 | are rarely passed as the first operand. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10726 | |
8e7aa1f9 | 10727 | switch (ops->code) |
b93a436e JL |
10728 | { |
10729 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
10730 | code = EQ; | |
bbf6f052 | 10731 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
10732 | case NE_EXPR: |
10733 | code = NE; | |
bbf6f052 | 10734 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
10735 | case LT_EXPR: |
10736 | if (integer_onep (arg1)) | |
10737 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
10738 | else | |
10739 | code = unsignedp ? LTU : LT; | |
ca695ac9 | 10740 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
10741 | case LE_EXPR: |
10742 | if (! unsignedp && integer_all_onesp (arg1)) | |
10743 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = LT; | |
10744 | else | |
10745 | code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
ca695ac9 | 10746 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
10747 | case GT_EXPR: |
10748 | if (! unsignedp && integer_all_onesp (arg1)) | |
10749 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = GE; | |
10750 | else | |
10751 | code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
10752 | break; | |
10753 | case GE_EXPR: | |
10754 | if (integer_onep (arg1)) | |
10755 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
10756 | else | |
10757 | code = unsignedp ? GEU : GE; | |
ca695ac9 | 10758 | break; |
1eb8759b RH |
10759 | |
10760 | case UNORDERED_EXPR: | |
10761 | code = UNORDERED; | |
10762 | break; | |
10763 | case ORDERED_EXPR: | |
10764 | code = ORDERED; | |
10765 | break; | |
10766 | case UNLT_EXPR: | |
10767 | code = UNLT; | |
10768 | break; | |
10769 | case UNLE_EXPR: | |
10770 | code = UNLE; | |
10771 | break; | |
10772 | case UNGT_EXPR: | |
10773 | code = UNGT; | |
10774 | break; | |
10775 | case UNGE_EXPR: | |
10776 | code = UNGE; | |
10777 | break; | |
10778 | case UNEQ_EXPR: | |
10779 | code = UNEQ; | |
10780 | break; | |
d1a7edaf PB |
10781 | case LTGT_EXPR: |
10782 | code = LTGT; | |
10783 | break; | |
1eb8759b | 10784 | |
ca695ac9 | 10785 | default: |
5b0264cb | 10786 | gcc_unreachable (); |
bbf6f052 | 10787 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10788 | |
b93a436e | 10789 | /* Put a constant second. */ |
0f996086 CF |
10790 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == REAL_CST || TREE_CODE (arg0) == INTEGER_CST |
10791 | || TREE_CODE (arg0) == FIXED_CST) | |
b93a436e JL |
10792 | { |
10793 | tem = arg0; arg0 = arg1; arg1 = tem; | |
10794 | code = swap_condition (code); | |
ca695ac9 | 10795 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10796 | |
b93a436e JL |
10797 | /* If this is an equality or inequality test of a single bit, we can |
10798 | do this by shifting the bit being tested to the low-order bit and | |
10799 | masking the result with the constant 1. If the condition was EQ, | |
10800 | we xor it with 1. This does not require an scc insn and is faster | |
7960bf22 JL |
10801 | than an scc insn even if we have it. |
10802 | ||
10803 | The code to make this transformation was moved into fold_single_bit_test, | |
10804 | so we just call into the folder and expand its result. */ | |
d39985fa | 10805 | |
b93a436e | 10806 | if ((code == NE || code == EQ) |
3c411f3f | 10807 | && integer_zerop (arg1) |
7bba408b | 10808 | && (TYPE_PRECISION (ops->type) != 1 || TYPE_UNSIGNED (ops->type))) |
60cd4dae | 10809 | { |
3c411f3f AP |
10810 | gimple srcstmt = get_def_for_expr (arg0, BIT_AND_EXPR); |
10811 | if (srcstmt | |
10812 | && integer_pow2p (gimple_assign_rhs2 (srcstmt))) | |
10813 | { | |
10814 | enum tree_code tcode = code == NE ? NE_EXPR : EQ_EXPR; | |
10815 | tree type = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, unsignedp); | |
10816 | tree temp = fold_build2_loc (loc, BIT_AND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (arg1), | |
10817 | gimple_assign_rhs1 (srcstmt), | |
10818 | gimple_assign_rhs2 (srcstmt)); | |
10819 | temp = fold_single_bit_test (loc, tcode, temp, arg1, type); | |
10820 | if (temp) | |
10821 | return expand_expr (temp, target, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
10822 | } | |
60cd4dae | 10823 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10824 | |
296b4ed9 | 10825 | if (! get_subtarget (target) |
e3be1116 | 10826 | || GET_MODE (subtarget) != operand_mode) |
b93a436e JL |
10827 | subtarget = 0; |
10828 | ||
bbbbb16a | 10829 | expand_operands (arg0, arg1, subtarget, &op0, &op1, EXPAND_NORMAL); |
b93a436e JL |
10830 | |
10831 | if (target == 0) | |
10832 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
10833 | ||
495499da PB |
10834 | /* Try a cstore if possible. */ |
10835 | return emit_store_flag_force (target, code, op0, op1, | |
7bba408b JJ |
10836 | operand_mode, unsignedp, |
10837 | (TYPE_PRECISION (ops->type) == 1 | |
10838 | && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (ops->type)) ? -1 : 1); | |
ca695ac9 | 10839 | } |
b93a436e | 10840 | \f |
b93a436e | 10841 | |
ad82abb8 ZW |
10842 | /* Stubs in case we haven't got a casesi insn. */ |
10843 | #ifndef HAVE_casesi | |
10844 | # define HAVE_casesi 0 | |
10845 | # define gen_casesi(a, b, c, d, e) (0) | |
10846 | # define CODE_FOR_casesi CODE_FOR_nothing | |
10847 | #endif | |
10848 | ||
ad82abb8 ZW |
10849 | /* Attempt to generate a casesi instruction. Returns 1 if successful, |
10850 | 0 otherwise (i.e. if there is no casesi instruction). */ | |
10851 | int | |
502b8322 | 10852 | try_casesi (tree index_type, tree index_expr, tree minval, tree range, |
55187c8a RG |
10853 | rtx table_label ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx default_label, |
10854 | rtx fallback_label ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
ad82abb8 | 10855 | { |
a5c7d693 | 10856 | struct expand_operand ops[5]; |
ad82abb8 | 10857 | enum machine_mode index_mode = SImode; |
ad82abb8 | 10858 | rtx op1, op2, index; |
ad82abb8 ZW |
10859 | |
10860 | if (! HAVE_casesi) | |
10861 | return 0; | |
10862 | ||
10863 | /* Convert the index to SImode. */ | |
10864 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (index_type)) > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (index_mode)) | |
10865 | { | |
10866 | enum machine_mode omode = TYPE_MODE (index_type); | |
84217346 | 10867 | rtx rangertx = expand_normal (range); |
ad82abb8 ZW |
10868 | |
10869 | /* We must handle the endpoints in the original mode. */ | |
3244e67d RS |
10870 | index_expr = build2 (MINUS_EXPR, index_type, |
10871 | index_expr, minval); | |
ad82abb8 | 10872 | minval = integer_zero_node; |
84217346 | 10873 | index = expand_normal (index_expr); |
b7814a18 RG |
10874 | if (default_label) |
10875 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (rangertx, index, LTU, NULL_RTX, | |
10876 | omode, 1, default_label); | |
ad82abb8 ZW |
10877 | /* Now we can safely truncate. */ |
10878 | index = convert_to_mode (index_mode, index, 0); | |
10879 | } | |
10880 | else | |
10881 | { | |
10882 | if (TYPE_MODE (index_type) != index_mode) | |
10883 | { | |
0f250839 | 10884 | index_type = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (index_mode, 0); |
3967bc2d | 10885 | index_expr = fold_convert (index_type, index_expr); |
ad82abb8 ZW |
10886 | } |
10887 | ||
84217346 | 10888 | index = expand_normal (index_expr); |
ad82abb8 | 10889 | } |
ad76cef8 | 10890 | |
ad82abb8 ZW |
10891 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
10892 | ||
84217346 | 10893 | op1 = expand_normal (minval); |
84217346 | 10894 | op2 = expand_normal (range); |
ad82abb8 | 10895 | |
a5c7d693 RS |
10896 | create_input_operand (&ops[0], index, index_mode); |
10897 | create_convert_operand_from_type (&ops[1], op1, TREE_TYPE (minval)); | |
10898 | create_convert_operand_from_type (&ops[2], op2, TREE_TYPE (range)); | |
10899 | create_fixed_operand (&ops[3], table_label); | |
10900 | create_fixed_operand (&ops[4], (default_label | |
10901 | ? default_label | |
10902 | : fallback_label)); | |
10903 | expand_jump_insn (CODE_FOR_casesi, 5, ops); | |
ad82abb8 ZW |
10904 | return 1; |
10905 | } | |
10906 | ||
10907 | /* Attempt to generate a tablejump instruction; same concept. */ | |
10908 | #ifndef HAVE_tablejump | |
10909 | #define HAVE_tablejump 0 | |
10910 | #define gen_tablejump(x, y) (0) | |
10911 | #endif | |
10912 | ||
10913 | /* Subroutine of the next function. | |
10914 | ||
10915 | INDEX is the value being switched on, with the lowest value | |
b93a436e JL |
10916 | in the table already subtracted. |
10917 | MODE is its expected mode (needed if INDEX is constant). | |
10918 | RANGE is the length of the jump table. | |
10919 | TABLE_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx for the table itself. | |
88d3b7f0 | 10920 | |
b93a436e JL |
10921 | DEFAULT_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx to jump to if the |
10922 | index value is out of range. */ | |
0f41302f | 10923 | |
ad82abb8 | 10924 | static void |
502b8322 AJ |
10925 | do_tablejump (rtx index, enum machine_mode mode, rtx range, rtx table_label, |
10926 | rtx default_label) | |
ca695ac9 | 10927 | { |
b3694847 | 10928 | rtx temp, vector; |
88d3b7f0 | 10929 | |
cb91fab0 JH |
10930 | if (INTVAL (range) > cfun->cfg->max_jumptable_ents) |
10931 | cfun->cfg->max_jumptable_ents = INTVAL (range); | |
1877be45 | 10932 | |
b93a436e JL |
10933 | /* Do an unsigned comparison (in the proper mode) between the index |
10934 | expression and the value which represents the length of the range. | |
10935 | Since we just finished subtracting the lower bound of the range | |
10936 | from the index expression, this comparison allows us to simultaneously | |
10937 | check that the original index expression value is both greater than | |
10938 | or equal to the minimum value of the range and less than or equal to | |
10939 | the maximum value of the range. */ | |
709f5be1 | 10940 | |
b7814a18 RG |
10941 | if (default_label) |
10942 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (index, range, GTU, NULL_RTX, mode, 1, | |
10943 | default_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10944 | |
b93a436e JL |
10945 | /* If index is in range, it must fit in Pmode. |
10946 | Convert to Pmode so we can index with it. */ | |
10947 | if (mode != Pmode) | |
10948 | index = convert_to_mode (Pmode, index, 1); | |
bbf6f052 | 10949 | |
ba228239 | 10950 | /* Don't let a MEM slip through, because then INDEX that comes |
b93a436e JL |
10951 | out of PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS won't be a valid address, |
10952 | and break_out_memory_refs will go to work on it and mess it up. */ | |
10953 | #ifdef PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS | |
f8cfc6aa | 10954 | if (flag_pic && !REG_P (index)) |
b93a436e JL |
10955 | index = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, index); |
10956 | #endif | |
ca695ac9 | 10957 | |
b93a436e JL |
10958 | /* ??? The only correct use of CASE_VECTOR_MODE is the one inside the |
10959 | GET_MODE_SIZE, because this indicates how large insns are. The other | |
10960 | uses should all be Pmode, because they are addresses. This code | |
10961 | could fail if addresses and insns are not the same size. */ | |
10962 | index = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, | |
10963 | gen_rtx_MULT (Pmode, index, | |
10964 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (CASE_VECTOR_MODE))), | |
10965 | gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, table_label)); | |
10966 | #ifdef PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS | |
10967 | if (flag_pic) | |
10968 | index = PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS (index); | |
10969 | else | |
bbf6f052 | 10970 | #endif |
3de5e93a | 10971 | index = memory_address (CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index); |
b93a436e | 10972 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (CASE_VECTOR_MODE); |
542a8afa | 10973 | vector = gen_const_mem (CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index); |
b93a436e JL |
10974 | convert_move (temp, vector, 0); |
10975 | ||
10976 | emit_jump_insn (gen_tablejump (temp, table_label)); | |
10977 | ||
10978 | /* If we are generating PIC code or if the table is PC-relative, the | |
10979 | table and JUMP_INSN must be adjacent, so don't output a BARRIER. */ | |
10980 | if (! CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE && ! flag_pic) | |
10981 | emit_barrier (); | |
bbf6f052 | 10982 | } |
b93a436e | 10983 | |
ad82abb8 | 10984 | int |
502b8322 AJ |
10985 | try_tablejump (tree index_type, tree index_expr, tree minval, tree range, |
10986 | rtx table_label, rtx default_label) | |
ad82abb8 ZW |
10987 | { |
10988 | rtx index; | |
10989 | ||
10990 | if (! HAVE_tablejump) | |
10991 | return 0; | |
10992 | ||
4845b383 | 10993 | index_expr = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, index_type, |
3967bc2d RS |
10994 | fold_convert (index_type, index_expr), |
10995 | fold_convert (index_type, minval)); | |
84217346 | 10996 | index = expand_normal (index_expr); |
ad82abb8 ZW |
10997 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
10998 | ||
10999 | do_tablejump (index, TYPE_MODE (index_type), | |
11000 | convert_modes (TYPE_MODE (index_type), | |
11001 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (range)), | |
84217346 | 11002 | expand_normal (range), |
8df83eae | 11003 | TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (range))), |
ad82abb8 ZW |
11004 | table_label, default_label); |
11005 | return 1; | |
11006 | } | |
e2500fed | 11007 | |
d744e06e AH |
11008 | /* Return a CONST_VECTOR rtx for a VECTOR_CST tree. */ |
11009 | static rtx | |
502b8322 | 11010 | const_vector_from_tree (tree exp) |
d744e06e AH |
11011 | { |
11012 | rtvec v; | |
d2a12ae7 RG |
11013 | unsigned i; |
11014 | int units; | |
11015 | tree elt; | |
d744e06e AH |
11016 | enum machine_mode inner, mode; |
11017 | ||
11018 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
11019 | ||
6de9cd9a | 11020 | if (initializer_zerop (exp)) |
d744e06e AH |
11021 | return CONST0_RTX (mode); |
11022 | ||
11023 | units = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode); | |
11024 | inner = GET_MODE_INNER (mode); | |
11025 | ||
11026 | v = rtvec_alloc (units); | |
11027 | ||
d2a12ae7 | 11028 | for (i = 0; i < VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp); ++i) |
d744e06e | 11029 | { |
d2a12ae7 | 11030 | elt = VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, i); |
d744e06e AH |
11031 | |
11032 | if (TREE_CODE (elt) == REAL_CST) | |
11033 | RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (TREE_REAL_CST (elt), | |
11034 | inner); | |
0f996086 CF |
11035 | else if (TREE_CODE (elt) == FIXED_CST) |
11036 | RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST_FIXED_FROM_FIXED_VALUE (TREE_FIXED_CST (elt), | |
11037 | inner); | |
d744e06e | 11038 | else |
54fb1ae0 AS |
11039 | RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = immed_double_int_const (tree_to_double_int (elt), |
11040 | inner); | |
d744e06e AH |
11041 | } |
11042 | ||
a73b091d | 11043 | return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v); |
d744e06e | 11044 | } |
f9417da1 | 11045 | |
bde8a146 | 11046 | /* Build a decl for a personality function given a language prefix. */ |
f9417da1 RG |
11047 | |
11048 | tree | |
bde8a146 | 11049 | build_personality_function (const char *lang) |
f9417da1 | 11050 | { |
bde8a146 | 11051 | const char *unwind_and_version; |
f9417da1 | 11052 | tree decl, type; |
bde8a146 RH |
11053 | char *name; |
11054 | ||
677f3fa8 | 11055 | switch (targetm_common.except_unwind_info (&global_options)) |
bde8a146 RH |
11056 | { |
11057 | case UI_NONE: | |
11058 | return NULL; | |
11059 | case UI_SJLJ: | |
11060 | unwind_and_version = "_sj0"; | |
11061 | break; | |
11062 | case UI_DWARF2: | |
11063 | case UI_TARGET: | |
11064 | unwind_and_version = "_v0"; | |
11065 | break; | |
11066 | default: | |
11067 | gcc_unreachable (); | |
11068 | } | |
11069 | ||
11070 | name = ACONCAT (("__", lang, "_personality", unwind_and_version, NULL)); | |
f9417da1 RG |
11071 | |
11072 | type = build_function_type_list (integer_type_node, integer_type_node, | |
11073 | long_long_unsigned_type_node, | |
11074 | ptr_type_node, ptr_type_node, NULL_TREE); | |
11075 | decl = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, FUNCTION_DECL, | |
11076 | get_identifier (name), type); | |
11077 | DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1; | |
11078 | DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1; | |
11079 | TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1; | |
11080 | ||
11081 | /* Zap the nonsensical SYMBOL_REF_DECL for this. What we're left with | |
11082 | are the flags assigned by targetm.encode_section_info. */ | |
11083 | SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), NULL); | |
11084 | ||
11085 | return decl; | |
11086 | } | |
11087 | ||
11088 | /* Extracts the personality function of DECL and returns the corresponding | |
11089 | libfunc. */ | |
11090 | ||
11091 | rtx | |
11092 | get_personality_function (tree decl) | |
11093 | { | |
11094 | tree personality = DECL_FUNCTION_PERSONALITY (decl); | |
11095 | enum eh_personality_kind pk; | |
11096 | ||
11097 | pk = function_needs_eh_personality (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl)); | |
11098 | if (pk == eh_personality_none) | |
11099 | return NULL; | |
11100 | ||
11101 | if (!personality | |
11102 | && pk == eh_personality_any) | |
11103 | personality = lang_hooks.eh_personality (); | |
11104 | ||
11105 | if (pk == eh_personality_lang) | |
11106 | gcc_assert (personality != NULL_TREE); | |
11107 | ||
11108 | return XEXP (DECL_RTL (personality), 0); | |
11109 | } | |
11110 | ||
e2500fed | 11111 | #include "gt-expr.h" |